1.

Workstation
Welcome to the chorus.
I'm so happy and excited to see you here inside this VIP digital
marketing course.
Very we are going to learn a lot of amazing stuff.
So let's begin with the first and most important thing.
Inside this course the student work station.
First of all let me tell you about it.
You cannot find any student work station in any other courses.
I just created this especially for this course for you to have a better
learning experience to have
access to all the documents at the same time to find what you exactly
need much faster.
Take a look at the tools the updates all other features.
All right.
So here we are in my web site.
You have to come to this.
You are ill.
I also will put this address on the next article.
So if it is heartfelt you can just go to the next later click on the link and it
will come to this place
anyway.
Pier 80 dot com slash VIP D M which is the short form for the VIP did
some marketing dash workstation.
So this is this you done for orchestration.
What do we have here.
First of all all the topics all the lectures all the sections exist here.
All right.
And beside that we have the documents that you need.
So let's start from the beginning.
Right.
So beside that we are taking a look at this student workstation to see
what we have on it.
We can take a look at the duck.
The topics that we have inside the core and what we are going to learn
first and how you can have a
better learning experience from where you have to start depending on
your needs.
All right.
So in general if you want to start from scratch you are a beginner at
digital marketing.
You don't know anything about it.
And this is very new to you.
Well start from beginning right.
You can just keep going to the next lectures land every section every
topic become good at it.
Practice and go to the next one.
All right.
This is the first way the second way is that for example you are in here.
You just want to learn Instagram right.
Instagram marketing you can come down here.
Now we have on Instagram marketing we have different sections.
We have for beginners intermediate for advertising retirement only an
advance.
All right.
USA.
All right.
I know a couple of things about Instagram so I don't know I'm a beginner
or intermediate.
You can go through the sections here for example scheduling and
caption marketing as citizens.
All right.
I want to learn more about Instagram marketing strategies can come
here.
You can click on the lecture that you want.
It will jump into a lecture.
You can see it.
You can learn more.
All right.
So this is a second way according to your needs.
You can come take a look at the sections that we have here.
Take a look at the lectures that we have here.
According to our needs needs you can select one and start the course.
All right.
So we have a couple of major sections here.
First of all we have marketing fundamental which is the core of
marketing.
I suggest you to take a look at it.
It's not very long.
I think it's less than an hour.
Both of these two sections and you can learn a lot of things inside.
Then we have Web site optimization creating a website and everything
connected to the Web site right
for example SEO Search Engine Optimization email marketing
copywriting all of them are inside the product
sites set up and optimization.
All right.
So after that we have marketing channels Instagram Facebook Pinterest
LinkedIn YouTube Twitter.
I have put it's not a social media channels but I put them here.
Google ads and google analytics.
Then we have this done marketing mentality which will help you to be
more successful at marketing.
And finally how to make money with marketing the sections all the
documents are here.
And at the end last part we have entrepreneurship mindset which will
give you the mindset how you should
think like an entrepreneur or how you should fix problems how it should
go forward.
You talk about a lot of amazing stuff in this section as well.
So my suggestion to you is that take this take a look at this part at the
beginning.
Then if you want to skip to any other section you want to just land for
example e-mail marketing come
here learn more about it.
OK.
So beside the lectures that you see here these are all the sections for
example on pro web.
We have set up fundamentals Web site essential blog building is your
store for a landing page and song.
This one Web site optimization as well.
Some of them has some documents for example here we have
documents here on search engine optimization.
We have documents.
We have a seal.
Some of them has several documents.
For example here on seal you see to the two type of documents.
And when you get to the lectures to the section I will explain it.
Which one is or what.
Anyway we will talk more about it.
You can come here.
Go through the documents that you have here.
Go through the lecture the sections that we have here and maybe you
find something that you are very
interested in anyway.
This is the first part of a student's workstation.
Let's go for the next part which is even more amazing.
So we have featured marketing tools I have put some of the most useful
marketing tools that we are going
to use along the course put them here.
I wrote down this very short description for it so we can understand what
is what.
And they're very useful and important.
For example see CEO Optima is really helpful.
For example let's say you want to do marketing for a restaurant right.
And for example New York.
So I'm just searching for a restaurant in New York right.
I found for example this one and I'm.
I'm trying to find their website.
Now I want to show you how these things these tools can help you.
Now this is their Web site right.
Let's say you want to do marketing for them for this company actually I
think we have talked about it
and the website optimization part right.
So you come here you copy your URL.
You go back to the optima paste and audit.
Now the tools here will analyze the website and will tell you which part of
this website it is weak.
It needs improvement.
How you can fix it.
What you have to change and saw right.
So in general this is a great tool for creating an audit to analyze a
website and how you can improve
it.
It will help you a lot.
So you see it's very interesting to see analyzing more or less complete.
You see when it come down for example under seal the result is B plus.
Now there should be some problems here.
For example the keyword consistency is not enough.
They have used different boards that they are not even a good keyboard
for their website.
Then you get to the a c section you will learn a lot more about these
tools.
Anyway I just want you to make you more interested and excited about
the course about all of these amazing
tools and so on.
Let's take a look at the next tool that we have here.
Spiteful.
We're not going to take a look at all of them.
I just want to show you some of them pop once again.
You can come here.
Let's say this Web site that we took this company in this restaurant is
our competitor.
Right.
You can come here.
Sure.
Put their website in and remove this.
All right.
So these are the information all about your competitors Web site.
You see how many keywords the ranking gain from where they're seeing
the traffic.
What are their competitors and song it could come down a lot of good
information valuable information
exist here as well.
The next tool for example this one video IQ is a great tool for YouTube
marketing.
Again when we get to the YouTube part we'll talk about it.
It will give you see all the information here is coming from the video.
Q chrome extension right.
You see it.
This is showing us everything about it.
What good what bad things it has.
What are the keyboards that it is ranking in for example here.
You see this video it is ranking on keyboard Gordon Ramsay number
seven.
Right.
So these are very valuable information that you can use.
And this was about the next tool with IQ.
This one is a great tool for Pinterest.
Very helpful.
It can come for example let's say you are just looking around in the
Internet different Web site and
come down and you see a great image that you want to share on your
Pinterest right.
You just hover your most on it.
You see it comes here.
You can schedule it you can post it on your Pinterest.
It's really amazing.
There are a lot of other tools buffer for post a schedule tool your for CEO
over just for a secure them
all taste good go daddy named Chip for Halston domain assault.
So this is the second part on a student workstation.
The next part is also more amazing.
So here we have VIP live sessions.
Now we have weekly VIP life calls.
As I mentioned in the first video.
So every week on Tuesday 6:00 a.m. GMT we have a live call you can
join needs to be talked about a lot
of amazing stuff.
Mostly about entrepreneurship mindset and tools.
And if you even miss it after a couple of hours added to the course and
to the vault you can come here.
Click on the vault and it will jump to the page that we have all the videos
of the previous sessions
starting.
All right.
So as you can see here it is this is for example time to the next VIP
session.
You can come here and enjoy learning all of these amazing materials.
The next one is question answer with me.
So I will select the top questions and we'll talk about it more on a video
and I will restore them and
my Web site.
You can come here take a look at these questions and learn more from
them right.
And finally on this a student workstation we have two parts that can help
you two tools that can help
you first along is Facebook our Facebook group which include more
than three thousand.
Right now I think it's about three thousand four hundred people.
Lot of students like yourself a lot of experts in marketing there are there
you can share your thoughts
about what you want to do your projects your questions there and really
learn more from it.
You can just come here click on this image and it will jump into the
Facebook group and the next one
is my Instagram page.
If you want to contact me and have a chat as a voice chat you can come
here click here jump into my
Instagram and send me text messages.
All right.
So more or less that was all about the student at the station.
Again the address is pretty dot com slash VIP the m dash walking
station.
Right.
So that was all about this lecture on the next part.
I put that on the next article I put the link up this pace you can jump in
here.
Take a look around.
Play with the tools and get more excited about learning marketing.
All right.
So that was all about this part.
If you're excited let's jump into the next lecture.

Links
Student's Workstation:
Below is the link to your student workstation and inside it
you will have access to all the documents for this course.
https://pouyaeti.com/vipdm-workstation/

FAQ
Frequently Asked Questions:
1. The video is not loading: There are many reasons to
slow the loading process. You can adjust the video
quality by clicking the gear icon on the bottom right of
 the video. You can also try using a different browser
and/or internet connection. If that doesn't help, please
contact [email protected] as Udemy control the
platform.

2. Can I see the course on Full HD (1080p): Yes, click

on the gear icon and select auto. If you internet
support it will jump on full HD quality.

3. How can I get access to premium support: All you

have to do if you needed my help, please go to the Q&A
section of the course and ask your question there. I will
respond under 12 hours. You can also contact me with
personal message for 1 on 1 mentoring.

4. How can I access the resources? If a lecture has

resources available it will be indicated by a folder icon
on the right hand side of the course player.

5. Can I watch this course offline? Yes, just download

the Udemy app. Sadly it is not possible to download
the lectures directly on your computer hard drive for
now (to stop pirates stealing the course content!).

6. How do I get the course certificate? Click on the

trophy in your dashboard to view your certificate. You
must complete 100% of the course.
 7. How long do I have access to this course?
Forever :) You have lifetime access to the course and
all future updates!

8. Please can I have a refund? Absolutely - you can

request a refund directly through Udemy up to 30 days
after buying the course.

9. Can I watch the live calls offline: Yes, all sessions will
be added to the course after maximum 1 day.

Excited to start the course?

Amazing ... see you on the next lecture ;)

Love you
Pouya
4. Intro
Welcome to this section which is about market research.
During this section we are going to learn how to create a research about
the market that we are going
to jump in.
Who is exactly our potential customers what are they looked like.
What are their needs.
And beside that we are going to take a look at the best and worst dive in
the market how they are doing
the marketing for those products what are their strengths and
weaknesses.
We are going to learn all of these strategies and some other more
strategies for you to collect these
informations and create your research.
Now these steps are extremely important.
If you don't do them if you don't do the market research right at the
beginning as you go forward you
start to make mistakes in your marketing.
You will spend a lot of time you spend a lot of money doing the
marketing but you won't get the result
because of this fundamental step.
So these market research that we're going to learn more about is the
foundation of the marketing that
you are going to do along the way.
Right.
So if you're ready let's a thought.
Our first lecture on this part.
5. Market detection
All right.
So welcome to our first lecture in this topic where we are going to talk
about market research.
All right.
So let's jump into our student workstation here.
So here as I mentioned before you have the letter but also we have the
documents that we need in these
parts as well.
So first of all let me tell you that market research is extremely important
is it is a foundation of
marketing whatever you want to do next.
For example you want to do Facebook more marketing.
You want to run ads on Google.
You want to run ads on YouTube you want to do YouTube marketing
whatever you want to do.
If you don't do this a step if you make a lot of mistakes in your market
research later you're going
to have a lot of problem.
You will work a lot.
You will spend a lot of money but you don't get results.
Why.
Because here you didn't find the right answers.
Now together we are going to learn how we can do a pro market
research and find the answers that we
really need.
So later we don't make mistakes and have a better result in our
marketing.
So first of all in this part we are going to talk about market research so
I'm going to open the document.
You can.
Same as me you can come here.
Click on the market decision and it will open.
So here I prepared a document here for you so you can use it.
You can make a copy from it.
First of all when you come here this is google document.
It may ask you to sign in and it's not my website.
It's not connected to me.
It's Google.
So if you haven't if you have a Google account you can sign in to a
Google account.
Then if you want to use this document you can do it by coming here to
files.
See it right.
You can't come here to 5:00 and make a copy rename it name select the
name whatever you want and click
Okay.
And it will create a copy for yourself so you can edit it.
You can write whatever you want inside it.
It's just yours.
You can see it and so on.
All right.
This version that you just clicked from my web site and jumped here.
This is not editable for you.
You can just view it and make a copy from it anyway.
That was the first step.
So here the first question that we have.
The first question that we have to answer is what is our product or our
Aneesh.
Let's say you want to sell it for example treat the pen right.
You can come here write down for example 3D pen right.
Maybe right now just focus on one niche or one product.
OK.
If you have for example several products try to do a market and they're
not close to each other.
Try to do market research for each of them separately.
Anyway you write down your product whatever it is let's say maybe it is
an online
online Photoshop course.
Hey maybe it's whatever it is.
Hey maybe you want maybe you don't have a product.
Want to focus on a niche right.
Maybe you want to do marketing for or let's say for a cafe right.
You can write it here.
This is the first step.
The second step We have to find who and what are the top five best
companies or products in this field.
For example if I want to sell 3D pen I must know who are the top five
best seller in this market.
What are they selling.
What is their product.
What is the difference between their product.
With my we will go three together.
But right now we we must only find the top five sellers company's
product.
OK whatever.
So.
And also after that we have the same question but for the war's top five
wars.
So let's practice together right.
For example let's say I want to sell 3D pen right.
I'm going to come.
You can search it so spread in different platforms on Google for
example.
Depend on Amazon on eBay on Walmart on the places that you can find
more information about these kinds
of products.
For example if you want to search for a cafe or if your market is hotels
for example you can.
For hotels you can search on booking dot.com right for cafe.
You can search on Yelp dot com right.
You should make a research and find venture on which platforms you
can gather this information and make
your research.
So I just search and Google.
There are some for example a link from Amazon came.
There are some blogs here but the best place to search for a product
like this is Amazon.
So let's go for Amazon here and then write down 3D pan and while
several suggestions come right.
So on what elements you have to pay attention here.
First of all when you come here it is sorted by feature.
Right.
It generally shows you the top ones by.
So if you want to find divorce you have to go to the final pages.
Right.
So here you have to pay attention to the reviews.
And usually it won't show how many items they have sold in this for
example on Amazon.
They won't show it I think.
But on some platforms like for example in auto market they show how
many items they have sold.
Anyway if you can gather those kinds of information with how much
money they have made it's perfect
if not pay attention to the reviews.
So let's go through the products and see what we can find here.
As you can see these they don't have a lot of reviews.
So we cannot depend on them.
We cannot make sure that they are good or bad.
We have to try to look for the ones that help that has a lot of Libya's for
example.
So this one as you can see it is Amazon's choice and it has for almost
500 reviews.
All right.
So this can be a good choice.
Let me open it in another page.
If we go take a look at here it can also show us if we can find some.
For example the best seller.
Right now it's not in the first place.
Let's.
We are.
You have to spend some time looking through the products until you find
the top ones OK.
If you spend just something about 30 minutes to one hour you can get
familiar with the places with the
products available here.
Amazon and you can find the top ones.
Right now it's not showing exactly what we need to see here.
Let's take a look at the one that we've found already.
So this is Amazon's choice about 40 dollar.
And let's take a look at reviews to see about 72 percent of people gave
five a store so it should be
a very good price die.
And while people are happy with it.
Right.
So what you have to do you can save the link or for example take a part
off the name of this product.
Come here.
OK.
It's a little bit big.
Let me decrease the size and this is the name of the product.
And what we need here.
So later we can find it easier.
Here's the link of it.
So I'm going to insert the link and every time that I want to come back
take a look at this product
to learn more about it to make a research about this product.
I have it here.
So this was one of the top products that we found.
You can search more about it.
There are some suggestions here that Amazon sometimes show.
Right now we are in reviews.
Sometimes the show some other product products similar to this one.
And you can go through them.
OK.
So this was for a 3D pen for example.
Let's talk about online Photoshop course.
OK.
For for example for something like this you have to go to somewhere
like huge right.
So when we come here we can come and search for Photoshop and
well again here it's a to show the top
wants first.
It usually search engines usually work this way.
So we have to open them go through them and maybe we can find a
good product here.
For example this one has seventy to seventy four thousand students
10000 reviews.
The average reviews 4.5 so it's good right.
It's a good product.
We can save it for example.
This is the name can come back here.
Let's move this phone to avoid this problem of the tax.
You can when you copy and paste it.
You can pace it here in the search bar again select all and copied this
tax.
So it appears here with no additional typography.
Right.
So that's at the link.
And this is the link that's come here and apply later.
We are going to analyze all of these products.
We are going to find out why they are the best buy they are the worst.
So let's take a look at one of the products here that let us find one
candidates for our war list.
So let's come down usually you have to go to the final pages.
Right.
So we are in the final page but the topic is not connected.
Let's go ahead and
these are not even connected to photos of some of the so you have to
spend some time searching for it.
One quick tip to give you for example you are right.
We are right now in the page 228.
Maybe you want to check out the page 200 but it's difficult right.
If you pay attention here at the top in your U.R.L. you can just selected
and change this to 200 press
enter and you will go to the page 200.
Right.
So let's see what do we have here.
These are some for example.
This one at a photoshop S.C..
The average is not that bad but it's on page 200.
So there should be some reasons usually finding the.
It's it take some time because you have are a lot of them.
Let me go.
Let me be more specific.
Photoshop change.
Hey I can't find the cause here with low results.
Let's go to the page for let's see what we can see here.
I'm trying to find something with low review for example.
This is how to change and fix any color in photoshop.
It's very specific about some topic.
It's not generally how to learn Photoshop but you see it has seven
ratings and the average is three
point eight.
So we can come here we can take a look at even Louis that it has 4000
students.
This is a bad result anyway.
For example we can again take the name from here and take the name
bring it here take the address come
here pasted it.
So this way we can create our list of top five best and top five floors.
Now on the next part which is about market analyzation we are going to
analyze these products find out
what good things that they have what bad things that they have.
And we are going to learn more about it.
But anyway for now for this lecture if you have if you know what is your
what is your topic What is
your niche.
Come here make a copy for yourself and make a visit.
It's usually take something between 30 minutes to up to two hours
because later you have to spend more
time on it because it is important.
As I said if you find the right or the wrong answer here later you will
have problems in your marketing
you won't get the result that you really are looking for.
So spend some time here find the five best product or companies and
also find the five laws companies
or products usually the worst one is a little bit harder.
As I said there are a lot of competition for this one.
So it usually takes some time but you don't need to exactly go for the
worst one.
You just need to find bad examples.
OK there for example is Cafe.
Well there are thousands of cafes that you can find and are not selling
good there.
Underline to go broke.
Right.
So you don't need to find the lowest of them but you just need five
examples.
All right.
So do that if you can right now and on the next part we are going to
learn how we can analyze this.
I will keep these two examples so we can complete our next lecture
using these two examples.
All right.
So that was all for this lecture if you have any questions right now for me
and I will see you in the
next one.
6. Market Analyzation
So in this part we have to analyze the information that we have found
under previous leaked saw in the
previous part.
We have found one example for the good companies or good products
and one bad example for bad products.
Now on this part we have to analyze and find what good and bad thing
exist into these examples.
So on the first pass we have to list this trying points you find in your
market research below.
So let's open these two pages.
This one and let's analyze them together.
Right.
So how we can do it.
First of all let's come down.
Let's take a look at the product.
There should be some differences for example.
This one is 13 hours.
This one is one hour.
So this one it has more to offer.
Right.
But one thing I have to mention is here you may say right.
These are the differences between products.
Okay.
But we are here right now focusing on marketing.
Yes.
But also beside that there are some other things that you can find here
that is good for marketing for
example.
Let me show you.
That's come here that the title that it has.
All right.
This is the name of the product.
But it has some effects on marketing it has some effects on ACL the
image the way it looks.
Okay.
There are a lot of marketing things for example what you will learn.
You can see this list.
It is very clean very short.
Design icons business cards illustrations and characters.
All right.
So it is very understandable.
Let's take a look at this one industrial standards for color complimentary
harmony in contrast.
And so on.
OK.
So this is not very understanding of what I'm going to learn.
Right.
Learn to use theories in real application.
This is a little better but still you see only offers three rewards for me.
So these are the marketing perspective that you can take a look you
have to pay attention to every element
here.
OK.
So you can see all of these things.
For example this one was less updated in four of 2019.
This one was less updated in seven of 2019.
So this thing here it can increase a sale.
Why.
Because people will think that all right.
This one is newer right.
It was updated recently campaign to that's one.
These are the marketing things as well.
But in general you have to take a look at the product itself.
Maybe the product has some problems.
And what one thing I tell you if you spend a lot of time and energy and
money on marketing a bad product
the result won't be that much.
But if the product is good and the marketing is good you are going to get
a real result.
So you have to compare everything together until you understand
exactly what are the good things and
bad things.
But let's come down to the reviews because here and reviews it is more
obvious.
So let's take a look at the five stars.
Usually people say that right the five stars don't look at the five stars
don't look at the ones so
look at the two top three are stars because it's more right.
But I disagree.
You have to look for everything that you can find here.
For example fantastic course I did enjoy every part of it.
What I liked the most is how the instructor explains and teaches how to
walk faster and more efficiently.
Now this is a good thing how to work faster and more efficient.
This is one of the good things about this product.
When you join this course you will learn this as well so it can be one of
those strength strong point
that we have here next.
Let's come down for example to this one.
Thank you so much for everything.
It's okay.
This course has really helped me before taking the course I consider
myself having an Intermediate knowledge
of Photoshop but that was so wrong.
Now I can say confidently that okay with it's not you have to go through
them until you find more information.
But but let's take a look at the stars.
So here you can find some good and bad thing together.
Great technical part but sometimes it takes too much time to explain a
simple thing.
OK.
It teaches you how to walk faster and more efficient.
But maybe Dean's tractor.
It take a lot of time to explain something so it takes too much time to
explain a simple thing right.
It can be a weakness here.
Right.
So this is one thing.
Now let's try to look at.
These are the reviews you can come here and take a look at the
reviews as well.
For example the tour star it has won three stars and a lot of these
anyway you can take a look at the
display and also compare the marketing stuff okay how they have
explained everything.
For example the promotional video is one of the parts that they can
increase the sale so they can come
here take a look at the video and compare the video.
This is the part that they convinced the visitor to buy from them.
OK.
You can see the different approach the different timings and how it
shows what they're doing inside
this product.
So all of these things affect how we are going to feel this list.
What are the good things what are the bad things for example.
Another good thing that they can they could say here it was the clear
clear rebar
using the products
that are promotional video better name that includes for example more
keyboards.
Right.
So you have to go through them compare them and find the strong
points and weak points of each product
from a marketing perspective from product perspective and so on.
OK.
So you can do the same if you did the last part.
You can come here and make a recess for this part as well find the good
things and bad things in a product
for example again if you're your topic is something like about restaurants
for example you can go to
Yelp and search for some restaurants.
The good ones the bad ones read the reviews and find out why people
don't like that product.
What are the problems and song.
OK so that was the second part for the market research the market
analyzation.
And if you have any question write it down for me.
If not let's go for the next lecture.
7. How to Stay Ahead of Competitors
Welcome to the next lecture where we are going to talk about how you
can stay ahead of your competitors.
Now on the previous two later as we learn more.
Who are our competitors.
Who are the best companies that have the best products and what.
Who are the worst companies that provide the worst product.
The worst marketing out there.
So I have added several tips five tips here that will help you to stay
ahead of the game.
And this is really important.
This is not just about marketing.
If you want to become successful at any kind of business this is really
important.
You have to track every single step every single steps that your
competitors take.
So let's take it take a look at the tips that we have here analyze their
website their traffic the new
changes.
Take a look at their website every couple of for example days every
week to see if they made a change
to see how you can use.
There are a lot of tools that we have here.
For example if you can if you come down here we have some marketing
tools for example.
This one.
And also a spy.
Who are these.
We'll show you.
What are the problems and what are their weaknesses and strength in
their website.
Then analyze their social media.
Follow them.
And pay attention to what exactly they are doing on their social media
what posts that they have.
What are they talking about.
What strategies they're using.
Are they going live a lot are doing uploading a lot of for example videos
or more photos or what is
the topic of these photos.
You have to track their steps okay what they are doing because not only
this but you can understand
what is coming next in the market.
What will happen soon.
Also it can when you know what they are doing you can stay ahead of
the game.
You can do better than that you can learn from them also.
So there are a lot of benefits.
The next thing that you can do is sign up to their email list and read their
e-mails.
OK.
So pay attention to the e-mail marketing that they are doing receive
demons is to learn from the e-mails
if they are using good things inside it and saw the next one.
You can also buy their products and analyze them find the differences
for example on online courses.
I do this a lot.
I go out there I buy a lot of courses in my own topic.
I try to listen.
I try to pay attention to find the good things inside them to find the bad
things inside them.
What I can learn from them is a lot of other things.
So on your own nation on your own product you can do this as well to
stay ahead of the game.
The next thing is to calculate the revenue usually you cannot find the
revenue but on online this stuff
usually sometimes it is possible to make some kind of calculation that
alright.
This company they made this much this month.
And for example I made this march and this way you can understand
exactly what's going on.
You can come up with an X with a formula to calculate their sales.
All right.
So these are the five tips that help you to stay ahead of the game to
track your competitors to learn
from them and improve yourself and your product and your marketing.
All right.
So that was all for this later if you have any questions regarding this
one.
Write it down for me and I will see you in the next lecture.
8. Targeted Potential Customers
We have to understand and learn more about and that is who is our
potential customers like how they
look like do they like these things or do they like other stuff.
Do they want to.
What is their age.
Where do they live what they will do.
Okay.
These are all the information that if you know them you are going to be
more successful at marketing.
So here I have put another thing here for you.
Targeted customer.
So it's again another google document.
You can come here click on File make a copy for yourself so we can
use.
So also you may heard of this as buyer persona.
But we are going to go a little bit deeper than by our person.
So who is your target customers.
Who are they where they are what they do.
How do they look like now you can guess some of these for example if
you are selling your product for
mothers.
Well they're of course married.
Yes they of course they have children.
Right.
Location depending where you want to sell your product.
Okay.
Age range usually it may start from for example 25 to 40.
Right.
So according to your product you can guess some of these if you
needed more help you can go out or find
your competitors customers.
Look at the reviews who left their review for example again.
Let me show you.
If I come to you then me and if I for example Select for example this
photography course and if I come
down in for example this one this was a feature review I can see it's a
woman I can find out more about
and sometimes we can go through their profile and learn more about
them gather more information.
All right.
So if you don't know exactly the answer for each of these questions you
can take a look at your competitors
customers.
For example if your topic is about cafe and you cannot do it online you
can do it locally you can go
to a cafe that one of your competitors you can sit there for a couple of
hours order something and pay
attention to the people who come there.
You can write them for example a person like this came a person like
that game you can write them down
and you can even connect with the customer ask them some questions.
All right.
So let's quickly go through the question that we have here.
We have age range gender location niche married children.
What are they trying to do.
Kaye for example if it is a cafe they're trying to enjoy a cup of coffee.
Good coffee.
Right.
Or maybe a muffin or a cake something like that a specific problem we
can help them with.
OK so one good thing when you connect with the potential clients with
your with the customers of your
competitors you can ask them some questions.
For example you went to a restaurant you can ask the other person
sitting in the next table you can
ask them right.
What do you like the most here in this restaurant or what do you hate
the most here.
What's the problem.
OK.
So you can understand it now a specific problem you can help them
with.
We had it here for example.
Let me open our markets research file and if we come down here take a
look at this product.
Now a specific problem you can help them with if we come down to the
reviews where is it here it is.
Let's go to one the story is now OK.
No interaction.
Do not like the dark back on.
Way too many hotkeys for a beginner.
Hey so of course hotkey is using a lot of key on the keywords for a
beginner.
It's going to be very hard.
So this can be a problem that I can help read if I want to create a
product like this and so on.
OK so he can pay attention to these stuff as well.
He talked very fast for a beginner.
OK.
So this is not a problem.
You can go slower.
These reviews are available on a lot of other products for example
Sephora.
It's it's for beauty products and cosmetics so you can come here.
Let's say you want to sell
not new I want to take a look at some of the products that there are a lot
of reviews for for example
lipstick.
Mm hmm.
How can I find I'm not familiar with this website look.
But how can I find the reviews.
For example Let's open some of them to see how many reviews they've
got.
For example this one has 500 almost 600 reviews.
If we click on it now let's go to usually when you click on one a so it will
show you the one to star.
But here on filters they should have something about.
Okay this is the.
So this.
This is also good.
It will filter the reviews according to a lot of information here the age
range skin type.
Okay.
This is good.
So these are the colors yes.
All this.
Okay.
Lowest ratings.
So here is what you have to look for.
I love a good read but sorry just not feeling it OK.
No.
Look Kiki I'm really upset that I spent this much money.
So you get the idea right.
You get how you have to do this analyzation how to find these answers.
So according to your research that you make.
You can come back here and write delicate what with what problems
you're going to exactly help them.
The next question what are the places they spent time to find answers.
For example if someone's looking for a course to learn Photoshop they
may search on you then you write
the message on google.
Very short you can write down the places.
Also here I have made an example for you so you can come here and
take a look at these examples where
you can find it.
This was I have done this some time ago for one of my marketing
courses so you can come here and take
a look at it for example the age range between this.
This the nation's is on marketing usually does not manage you.
They don't have children specific problems as I can help to start about
marketing and so on.
There are a lot of things here.
Let's go back to our list here.
Now the next question that we have on this list is areas that your
product is better.
So before we had make the research that what are the good things in
other products and the bad things.
But according to the product that we have now it's a time to make this to
compare them together.
Right.
Compare your product with the top ones and see right from your product
service.
What are the main advantages.
What are the main these advantages and answer the questions for
example the pricing the delivery right.
It can be more.
I just wrote down five according to your.
For example if it is about restaurants.
The service also matters.
Okay.
The way they act and they speak with the customer matters also.
Okay.
So there are a lot of things we can go through the questions and answer
them according to your products
some of them for example you may not have any delivery system so you
can remove it.
You may have any.
I mean some other questions you can go for the next one and write it
yourself.
All right.
So he can make these changes answer these questions to gather the
information that you need.
Select.
Let's take a look at the example that we have here areas that my
product for example is better than
my competitors though the description the service what is it is a
marketing course that covers all marketing
platforms businesses and how to make money.
So what are the main advantages of for example valuable information
that bring result over 40 hours
content up to date information and fast support under 12 hours weekly
live calls student workers that
these are the things that other courses compared to my product.
They don't have any of them.
So it's the part that I can focus on marketing.
Kay you may again you may say that all right.
I'm going to do marketing I'm not going to create the product but if you
know these things you understand
very you can focus more on your marketing.
For example comparing my course to any other courses not only in my
own topic but any other topic.
It's extremely hard to find a course that provide weekly life costs or a
student workstation may be
one in two.
One hundred thousand courses have these things right.
So this is really a good advantage here.
And from a marketing perspective I can focus on it.
I can talk about these things more with my customers.
So when they compare the two products that they say All right this is
really good.
I cannot find this anywhere else because only of this element.
So not only you can understand the product better but you have more
ideas for your marketing.
What will you improve in your product compared to your competitors for
example showing more strength
as is high quality video and audio more engaging delivery.
For example most what I did in my courses if I want to compare these
two products other courses they
usually do they just record they sound but I try to do my sound and my
video as well.
So it will be more interactive.
You get the connection better.
We can connect with each other better.
And I think this is more real comparing to just having a voice and some
screenshots right better mentoring
and some other things.
So I have did the example if you have some problem with answering
yours you can come to the example
here take a look at the ones that I answered and learn how you can
answer them as well.
Right.
So that was all for this part for this lecture on the next level.
Let me take a look what we have next.
All right.
This one is also important where you can find your potential customers.
We pointed out very little in this lecture but we are going to take a look at
a much deeper find the
real answers real places that our potential clients are there.
So if you have any questions or if you need any help with anything
contact me I will be happy to help
you.
And if not let's go for the next lecture.
9. Where to Target Clients
Welcome to the next lecture where we are going to talk about the very
our potential customers are.
So let's see the screens.
So here we are in the same file.
Who is your customer.
Who your customer is.
The third question is very you can find your potential customer.
Mention all the locations that your potential customer may be online or
locally.
So again depending on your product depending if you are going to sell
this product online or you have
to sell it in a store or or it is a service or whatever it is that you want to
do marketing for.
You have to answer these questions for example if if I want to sell a
marketing course I have to go
on Instagram and find some of the pages that they already have some
followers and those followers can
be my potential customers as well.
So let's say I want to some marketing courses there should be some
other pages on Instagram with the
same topic.
There for example maybe they are selling the same product.
So if for example 10000 people followed their page so they're interested
in that topic.
So those followers are my potential clients as well.
So I can write the name of that page the link of that page and saw
maybe the following some specific
hashtag right.
Hashtag marketing courses maybe on Instagram I can make a research
I can go to Instagram search for
it and find that out come and write here.
Here it can be many different pages many different hashtags you can
write them all here and continue
for Facebook for example.
It can be some pages.
It can be some groups you can get very good results on Facebook
groups for example.
Again I am selling marketing courses I can go on Facebook find groups
about marketing learning marketing
and maybe promoting our product they're OK or maybe just get in touch
with the people who are on those
groups.
OK.
You can take a look at who are in that group.
We can send them private message as a song.
So this is a very good way to get connected with the customers to
understand exactly where they are.
If you know exactly where they are learn later on marketing your work
will be much easier.
You exactly know where you should target them.
For example this was Facebook you can search for Pinterest you go on
Pinterest is your right.
That type of product that you are selling even doesn't exist on Pinterest
so you can all right.
We can say Pinterest is not a good channel for marketing for this
product.
Snapchat okay.
This is not a good channel for this product.
And so on it can keep going.
Right.
But your potential clients also may appear in some locations locally.
For example you want to sell T-shirts online.
Well you can pay attention to the places that are selling T-shirts locally.
OK.
Your potential clients are there.
For example you have pay attention in the street.
Some companies for advertising that put some people to pass on some
papers to Pete to the people to
the potential customers.
Usually they do this in the wrong location.
Usually they put those people to pass on those papers those ads in the
wrong places.
So that can be and the strategy here.
Right.
Or for example some kind of products are sold in some specific streets
in the city.
OK.
For example if you're selling lights well not all of the lighting stores are
exactly in all over the
city.
They usually all of them gather in one places according to my
experience.
So you can go through this list.
Look at the places that come up to your mind.
Search for it locally online.
Write them down here because later when you want to do marketing if
you know this stuff you are going
to be vey more successful in marketing.
OK.
So that was all about this part.
Very you can find your potential clients.
And again if you need any help with it if you have any question write it
down for me.
I am here for you.
Do not hesitate to ask me any questions.
All right.
So that was all for this part.
10. The Form
All right.
Welcome to the next part.
Now till now we have learned many different ways hall together
information about our potential customers
about what they want.
About differences between products between marketing and so on.
Now here in this part we are going to take one more step get closer.
One more step to our potential customers.
So on the previous lecture we had learned who is our potential
customers and where they are.
Now it's the time to gather more information and also maybe the contact
information.
So what we have to do now is to create a forum.
OK so here I have put the link Google forms or you can search for it
online and come to Google forums
you can use those samples above and select one of them.
Create a forum.
Ask questions according to what you really want.
For example this one.
It was an example for one of my products a wordpress Web site for
marketing.
If Walker's theme for marketing so I send it to my potential clients to
potential customers and I ask
them solve the question that I really need.
For example what is their business and is Which element do they really
want to have on their Web site.
You can ask some questions about the products.
OK.
If you're selling shoes what color of shoes do you like the most.
For example maybe 200 people say black.
One hundred people say white.
And for example 20 people say red case this way you know if you create
a black shoes you can sell it
more right.
So all of these information can help you if you have any suggestions you
can write it down for me.
And song and these are the responses that people wrote down and
they're very helpful you can if there
are a lot you can export them on a excel sheet but you can go through
them here as well.
OK.
For example this was about what is your business name.
For example this is Instagram growth fitness uniques mix and growth
hacking fitness and dance and song
came.
Then what elements do you want to see on your Web site more.
Which one it.
For example most of them a 78 percent they said they need something
good for landing page for creating
landing pages.
Then we have this one is for testimonials and reviews.
This one is for e-mails as sliders and so on.
So you see it gives me a good idea.
For example here
social media followers amount.
OK.
It's not everyone needs something like this.
And also do you have any other suggestions they have provided a lot of
answers a lot of good ideas that
come that they need and they can tell me this way and I can if I can
create something like this on the
product I can do it and they will be more happier.
Right.
There is another thing here.
When you're creating the questions I think it was under setting collect e-
mail addresses you see here
many select this everyone that want they want to submit the for they
have to write down their e-mail
or you can do it another way you can come you can ask a new question
and not multiple choices.
It should be short answer.
So would you.
Write down your email address
if you want to get.
Notify
when the parole board is ready.
Right.
So if you want to get notified when the product is ready you can write
down your e-mail.
This way you can collect e-mail addresses and later these people are
interested in your product.
When you create that they create that product when you provide it to
them.
You can.
These are your first customers.
You can sell them right.
They will be happy to buy.
So in general that is all you have to do you have to ask some questions
about the product about the
marketing whatever is in your mind.
And also you have a chance to collect their e-mail addresses and what
you have to do.
For example you can share this.
You can come to send and you can send them by e-mail or.
This is the link you can just copy and paste the link on Facebook Twitter
or wherever you want.
For example on linking groups and Facebook groups again.
For example let's say I want to create a marketing course.
I want to share this with people who are interested in marketing.
I can go to Facebook groups about marketing and share this thing there
and ask them to fill the form.
Right.
This way you can get valuable answers that will help you a lot along the
way to become successful at
your products and your marketing and sales.
All right.
So this is how you can share your for and when people start to answer
the questions you can see the
result in the responses.
All right.
So that was all for this lecture.
Doing this will help you a lot along the way.
I mentioned it several times but I am saying this because these things
these are steps are really important.
So if you have any question about what we have learned till now write it
down for me.
I am here for you.
If not let's go for the next part which is our assignment for you on the
next one.
Assignment: Market Research of Your
Product
20 minutes to complete 311 student solutions
Welcome to the first assignment in this section. Watch the video and
follow the instructions to complete the assignment.
11. Intro
Welcome come to the next section on this course.
During this section which is about marketing planning.
First of all you are going to learn a general idea about digital marketing.
What is digital marketing.
What you have to do along the way.
What is the main goal in marketing.
And after that we are going to talk about how you can create a good and
powerful marketing plan for
depending on your product depending on the niche that you are working
on.
And after that you will learn how you can track and find the marketing
channels that your competitors
are using right now.
So you can use take advantage and use them in your marketing plan as
well.
And we are going to end this section with an assignment.
So if you're ready let's go for the next lecture.
12. Marketing fundamentals
And before we go very deep into digital marketing and I start learning
about some strategies and platforms
that we have ahead of us in this late in this course I want to zoom back
a little and explain the whole
the big picture of digital marketing.
What is digital marketing.
What big steps we have along the way.
For those of you who are beginner and it's not very clear for you that.
All right.
What is it on marketing what I have to do because I get this question a
lot.
All right.
What I have to do as a digital marketer should they for example do
Instagram marketing should I do Facebook
marketing people.
This is not clear for most people.
So that's why I decided to explain these fundamentalist steps for you
right.
So in general we have a product
in general.
We have a proud life and the job of a digital marketing digital market that
is to grab attention of
people bring them show them the product that hey we have a product
here and make
since OK so the job of a digital marketer from beginning up to the end is
to drive traffic and show
them the product as sell the product to people.
Okay.
It doesn't matter if you want to do Instagram marketing if you want to do
Facebook marketing if you
want to run ads on Google or YouTube it doesn't matter the whole
picture.
The main goal is here.
There is a product always.
There is a product.
And you have to make sense.
You have to increase sales.
You have to bring more people show the product the more amount of
people and saw.
Okay let's divide this main task into different parts.
I will explain the steps some of the general steps that you have a long
delay.
So the very first is that if you want to become successful led this is to
know who is your audience
your
your audience.
Okay.
This is the first step.
Most people who want to start digital marketing will they don't know
about this their store.
I want to do so go to marketing I want more followers.
I have a pen or a marker.
I want to sell it online.
And so for that I need more people.
So it doesn't matter who I'm going to just grab the attention of whoever I
can and try to sell this
marker or pen to them.
This is not working because you don't know who is your audience.
Not everyone needs a marketer.
Not everyone will buy a or.
OK not everyone terrible this product.
So you must know exactly who is your target how you should find them
how you should grab the attention
and so on.
OK so the first thing that we are going to talk about is the first steps.
Is your audience know your audience very do they look for your product
as saw after you really understand
that who is your target audience where they are.
The next step is to prepare your product and appear for the places that
they are looking for.
Very social media right.
Well this is one part Google search engines okay.
Facebook Instagram Pinterest and so on.
Okay then you know your target audience who they are.
You will also understand there.
They will look for your product.
Okay.
I want to buy a marker there should I look for it.
Hey maybe I go on Google and search for it.
Maybe I go on Amazon and search for it.
I want a black marker.
Almost all search products comic right.
Maybe.
Will I go to Instagram and search for it.
Probably not.
Okay so according to your prior life people may search in different
places.
So you must know what is your product.
Who is your audience and then prepare your product.
Put your product in those places.
So when people come and search for it they find it okay.
So this is a second step.
Step number one.
Step number two.
Right.
We put our product in front of people our target audience in these
places.
Okay.
There are many.
As I mentioned.
And then mix is that after this is to make sense.
Okay.
Sell your product.
You see it right.
You see that makes the third step is to sell your product.
Okay when people come to these places when they see your product
they're now your job is to convince
them.
This is a good product.
You can use different marketing strategies different cognitive biases to
persuade them that Alright
buy this product.
This product is good.
This product is exactly what you need.
And it's going to help you with whatever you want to do with it.
Right.
So did till now we have two steps as your job as a digital marketer.
OK.
The next step.
Most people even some professional marketers have missed the fourth
step.
And it is very important.
And that is to measure and
optimize.
OK.
This is step number four.
Right.
This is the number four.
So you have been doing you have been searching for your target
audience know them put your product there.
Convince them to buy.
And then after May sales you have to take a look at the whole process
and make optimization measure
of the thing analyze everything.
All right.
We have a problem here.
All right.
We have a problem here.
We have a weakness here.
How to fix it.
Okay.
You have to do that.
And then again just go back into this look okay.
You have to do this over and over until you have a perfectly.
Now if you've missed this part your Sarge your pride you a war.
You start doing this the marketing everything is good people calm.
People find you and you make sales you are you're making money.
Now there are some other features that have faith in the system.
The environment change the market change.
New products come out.
Your competitors do other things.
Okay.
So there are tons of things tons of elements that can affect this process.
So if you have a good system right now on small team it's all right.
It is working why I should measure and optimize because the
environment change.
And if you don't adapt to the environment the system will go down little
by little.
And after some time you see your business is gone.
It's not working.
You don't have any sales.
Why.
Because before it happens it will show you some signs.
And if you are there in number four if you are they're prepared to see
these signs and understand them
find the problems find them weaknesses in your system and fix it.
You will have a perfect loop.
You will have cells all the time if not as you go for a ride because always
the market is changing always.
People are changing people today they want your product tomorrow
something comes in the market which
is way better way cheaper from your product.
So who is going to buy yours right.
So this path is important.
All of these parts are important but.
Well most people most marketers they pay attention and these three
parts.
All right.
I know who is my target audience.
I know where for example I according to this product I have to work on
Pinterest and Facebook ads and
all right.
I create a good landing page.
People come to this web page they put their their credit card and they
buy my product.
So everything is fine.
And let's leave it this way.
And after a couple of months they see that their sales going down and
it's dying and they don't know
what's the problem.
You must fix it before it happened.
All right.
So more or less that was all about digital marketing the whole picture
and what you have to do.
And on the next part we are going to take out take a look at the
documents that we have.
So on the next lecture you have to go to your workstation under
marketing fundamentals click on let
a section documents.
And there you will see the same thing we talked about in the beginning.
And after that we are going to pay attention to target audience and learn
more about.
Who exactly is our target audience.
We are going to do some exercises and answer some questions that
may our targeted audience very clear
for us.
According to our business according to our topic and our product.
So if you have any questions don't forget to write it for me and I will see
you in the next 1.
13. The Big Picture
All right.
So welcome to the next part.
Till now we have learned who is our target audience our potential
customers where we can find them.
What is their knees and how we can improve our product or our service
or our marketing comparing to
the market to the other companies to our competitors and also in a
previous lecture we talked about
a general idea of marketing and what you have to do what is even
marketing.
But it is very important that every single time that you want to work in a
company or work on a product
you must create a marketing plan.
It shows the steps that you have aligned the way as you go forward in
the marketing visa steps may take
for example a year six months or less or more two years something like
that but more or less you have
to create a general picture a general plan and multiple marketing.
And one thing I have to tell you that you doesn't you don't need to make
it so precise and exact.
So it's your prediction about the steps.
Maybe you go for a walk.
Some of them you have to change is right.
But for now at the beginning you must have some general idea.
So what we are going to see what we are going to focus right now is to
create
marketing plan.
OK.
So we have to create a marketing plan now for this.
We have to according to our niche according to our product.
We have to do what we have to find the channels.
Okay from here we have to come to select find and select
channels.
OK.
Marketing channels where do you want to do marketing.
According to your product.
Is it better to do marketing on Pinterest or is it better to do my thing on a
Snapchat.
Or is it better to do marketing on Facebook.
OK.
You may ask alright how I have to know this is is so new to me I'm new
to marketing I don't know what
I have to do in this nation I haven't done maybe marketing for these kind
of companies.
I don't know which channels I have to use and just keep right on
Facebook.
Instagram the interest is so great.
I don't know which channel to use now we will talk about this how you
can find out more about it on
the next lecture.
We'll discuss some strategies that make this a step and to be clear.
But right now in this lecture let's focus on the general picture from here
where we have to go from
there where we have to go from there where we have to go okay.
And this is not something that you have to do.
Step by step exactly as I show you.
You can make some changes and some tweaks according to the
situation you are in.
If maybe you want to do marketing for a campaign that they already did
some marketing that they were
selling their product for a couple of years or maybe you want to do
marketing for your own product and
you want to start from scratch.
Okay.
So this is my suggestion as a general structure.
After that as you go forward when you learn the steps then you learn the
marketing strategies the channels
and everything about that.
You can.
You will have the ability to make some changes inside these planning.
Now after you find a channel you have to come up with this strategy.
OK.
My fair strategy.
OK now.
All right.
I'm going to use these channels for a long I use Facebook and Pinterest
Instagram is not useful for
this kind of product or this company or this field.
So I may use these too.
All right.
Now what the surface is I have to use.
So when we get to for example Facebook marketing when we get to
Facebook ads when we get to Pinterest
marketing then you can understand right.
According to the situation that we are in.
It's better to use for example on Facebook for example.
I'm going to use these three assertive right now.
And on Pinterest and then just use for example these four fire strategies
because we've just started
our Facebook page for example has some number of followers.
So we don't need to use some basic strategies.
You understand what I'm talking about.
OK.
You have to make the plan according to the situation you are in right.
Maybe let's make an example maybe you want to do marketing for a
company.
They have Pinterest.
They have Facebook having Seagram.
They have a snapchat or other platforms and you have to take a look at
how they are maybe their Facebook
is very good but their Pinterest is very beach.
OK.
So you can.
For example you may say all right I'm gonna do this only strategy
number one for Facebook but for Pinterest
we're going to do all of these five.
All right.
So again according to this situation you have to make that judgment you
have to make the calculation
and come up with this plan.
We're going to do this next after you do the marketing strategy.
This is for grabbing
attention.
OK.
This is step it's for grabbing attention increasing number of followers.
All right.
And after that what you're going to do you are going to capture e-mail.
It's very nice that I'm going to write this here.
So you have a space scheme and leaves.
So now we found out about the marketing channel and then marketing
strategies now that we know what
we have to do to increase the number of followers and engagement.
Now we have to use some apply some strategies to capture e-mail
leads for example for e-mail leads you
need the landing page set in a landing page.
You need some marketing strategies marketing strategies.
You need some onerous stuff that when we get to email marketing
section we'll talk about it.
For example we have learned if we have the marketing maybe you want
to use some ads maybe you want to
create with e-mail.
Automation is our song cake.
Now that you capture emails of your potential clients or customers you
see it's right.
You have to come up with.
You have to put them into sales finance.
Again when we get there after e-mail marketing section we'll talk about
sales funnel right.
So I've put some arrows.
So what makes them so this is that they're out there.
All right.
When we do e-mail marketing and when we get the e-mails and then put
for example customers potential
customer into a says funnel we will send them an automation e-mail.
A sequence of automation e-mails for example five emails you send that
for five days.
And in these two days we are going to convert them we're going to sell
the product.
All right.
And beside all of these you can apply some other strategies as I said
you have to create this plan according
to your cities for example.
This is separate you have for example all you want to do marketing for a
company.
The company has a Web site.
OK.
Now what you are going what are you going to do about the Web site.
Maybe you say right.
You want to use Google ads.
See it right.
You want to do Google as you want to track people and do remarketing
and retargeting.
You want to use Facebook pic so and for example the people who have
visited your Web site already you
want to show them the ad for example buying your product.
Okay.
So in general as we talked about it before in the previous lecture you
have to start from the channels
and finally end up selling the product.
OK.
This is the main goal and this is how you can create a marketing plan.
Well it's a generalist structure.
Again I'm repeating this because it is important later.
Some people will ask.
All right.
I have to use this for all platform for all fields niches products or I have to
change.
This is a general strike.
Sure you can take it and make some changes according to the needs
that the company has.
So always a whole you can understand what the company needs are.
According to the marketing research that you did before.
Okay.
When you do the marketing research you will know what are the weak
points that the company the marketing
has the product has.
What are the strengths there according to that you will design this
marketing plan.
Right.
So this is very important do not escape it.
Do not say all right I'm going to do later let's us for example jump into
the Facebook and also it is
very powerful thing for your client if you wanted to marketing for other
companies.
This is something very important and powerful you can do this and show
them you can create a plan like
this is a PDA.
And send them in for example couple of pages five 10 pages and send
them out.
This is our marketing plan in the next six months in the next for example
a year or two years.
Right.
And another thing that you can do as an estimation if you can when you
start to do marketing on different
social media platforms you get some general idea that.
All right.
According to what we have right now for example let's say we have in all
of these channels let's say
we have one hundred thousand people audience and from these
hundred thousand people monthly we are generating
we are converting for example something like one thousand off the
cape.
Now according to this we are selling for example five dollar product.
So we are making five five thousand dollars per month.
Okay.
So if you can make this kind of calculation according to your planning
you can tell your client or you
can do it for yourself.
All right after six months we can increase our revenue by for example
we can get to one hundred thousand
dollar in sales per month for example.
I want to go forward we'll talk more about this you will learn each step
and understand how you have
to apply them.
So right now it may sound a bit complicated or scary.
Don't worry about it.
First of all I am here for you.
I will answer all of your question.
You are not alone.
Remember that and beside that it's not so complicated as you go
forward when you learn each step.
When you learn e-mail marketing manuals says funnel when you learn
Google Ads Web site upslope after.
How to convert people cognitive biases all of these things would
become easy for you.
Piece of cake right.
So that was all for this lecture.
If you have any questions right now for me and I will see you in the next
part.
14. Competitor's channels
Welcome to another lecture on this section which is about market plant
marketing planning.
Right.
So on the previous part we talked about the general image a general
picture of marketing planning.
And I mentioned that and this lecture we are going to talk about
competitors marketing channels.
So there are several ways that we can do it.
And each of these ways give you some of the information for example
here if you come down to the future
tools on your workstation here we have a tool named spacesuit.
So if you open it this platform provide information about any Web site
that you say.
For example let's take a look at you.
Me.
Dot com.
OK.
Again as we go forward when we get to this topic we will go very deeper
how you can use this tool.
But if you can come right now and take a look at for example they have
their ranking in two hundred
eighty five thousand keyboards organically and they receive eleven
million clicks from these organic
keys.
Right.
So most of their views most of their customers are coming from search
engine.
OK.
So if you follow them on different social media you see that they're not
very active but here on search
engines they're receiving most of their traffic.
They have also paid keyboards and one hundred thirty two thousand
monthly clicks from paid keyboards.
And for example the competition.
These are the organic competitors Linda's kids share.
So on paid competitors are these ones.
Okay.
So you can get more information about your competitor or what they are
who they are where they are how
they are doing.
These are some also some more information about competitors shared
keywords.
Let's go down top keywords and if you come right at the bottom of the
page here inbound links.
Now this place here it will show you from where they're getting their
traffic.
Also for example from this place they're getting twelve thousand mostly
views.
OK.
So if I click on this link here and then open the link
they're receiving 12000 visitors from this page.
Kate can be a blog or something.
So this way you can read about these pages and understand right what
they're doing what these blogs
are about.
If for example this page is this company this website that you wrote
down is your competitor now it
can get a lot of information from.
They are getting their traffic for example here.
They're receiving almost 400000 monthly viewers.
So let's take a look at this one.
It's about let's see what's it about.
It's about growth marketing strategies.
OK.
So it's a blog right.
It looks like a blog and there are a lot of information inside it and
probably from here they have a
link to Udemy and they have they're assuming a lot of this and this blog
is sending a lot of traffic
to them in dot com for example.
So you can do this on your competitors Web site.
You can write down their website here get more information and you can
write down your own website.
And from there find a competitor and from here for example let's go to
Linda
and you see that's the information here you can get a lot of information
from what is available here.
Anyway this is one of the tools that you can use to get together this data
now about market social media
marketing channels.
Usually I couldn't find a tool about that but if you follow them for example
you have five competitors
follow them on every single social media.
Take a look at what they are doing.
How many contents there are uploading every day every week every
month.
They're active for example on Instagram.
If yes how many followers do they have.
How many engagement do they have.
And compare them together for example YouTube Instagram Facebook
Snapchat and see on which platform
they have the most engagement.
And from where they're getting their traffic this way you can understand
where do they have the most
engagement and from where they're getting the traffic mostly so you can
come up with some idea that.
All right.
If my competitors are using these platforms and they are getting results
so I can do the same.
I can do the same for this company or more for my own company get the
same result and improve it.
OK so that was all about how you can find the channels the marketing
channels that your competitors
are using.
So you can apply the same for yourself or also if you are good at some
of the other channels that they
are not good.
This is your advantage.
For example you are very good at Instagram marketing but your
competitors are very weak headed so this
way.
This is your advantage.
You can come up in that platform as well.
OK.
So that was all about this lecture.
If you have any questions write it down for me and I will see you in the
next part.
Assignment: Create Your Marketing Plan
20 minutes to complete231 student solutions
Welcome to the next assignment in this section. Watch the video and
follow the instructions to complete the assignment.
15. Introduction
Welcome to this section where we are going to talk about how to create
a website using Wordpress.
So by the end of this section you will master everything about
WordPress.
You will learn a lot of different tools but it's not all beside these you are
going to learn.
I'm going to exactly teach you some specific and powerful strategies that
will make your website more
effective can attract more people you can influence them better
regarding the goals that you have from
a marketing perspective.
All right.
So there are two things that I want to mention before we begin.
Number one if you are intermediate or advanced in WordPress you may
face some lectures that you already
are familiar with.
So you can simply skip the lecture and market as complete.
The reason is because I don't want you to get bored.
And number two huh.
Number two.
All right.
I think that those all see on the next lecture Oh I remember the number
two is that on the next lecture
there is an article I have put the link of all the documents everything that
you need for this part
for this section.
I have put them here.
Let me show you.
So these are the documents I have created for this path and everything
that you need exist here.
So on the next part I have put the link.
You can also see here if you want to just use your l or on the next article
click on the link and jump
into this web page.
Keep it here.
And as we go forward and we practice you can come back here you can
read if you are a reader if you
learn more from reading.
You can come here and read and every tool that you need.
I put the link here to make your work much easier.
So if you're ready let's go for the next lecture.

Website documents
To see all the documents for the website section, please
open the link below:
pouyaeti.com/free-wordpress-website/

All the lectures we have on this topic are also explained

inside this page as well, in case if you learn better from
reading you can go through the documents as well.
17. The general plan
So let's look at the general plan that we have along this section.
So here we are just you can come with me to the page the link that I
gave you first of all at the top
because this page is so long and you may come back after a while.
I have put the topics at the top and to each topic that you want to go just
click on it and it will
take you to the section that you like so a starting your on your website
for free in 2020.
Sounds interesting right.
So what is the plan here.
What is the general plan that you.
We are going to have and create our Web site.
The first thing is that there are a lot of platforms out there that will help
you to create a website.
For example there is weeks there is square space and a lot of other
Web sites.
A lot of other Web sites that help that let you create a landing page just
to have sales.
But why we are choosing WordPress.
First of all it's very simple to use.
You may say all right this is simple too.
Yes but the difference here is that you are in charge of everything you're
in control of everything.
And at the beginning you may not need some specific tools or specific
tasks to be done on your Web site
but as you go forward if you need anything.
There are thousands of plug ins out there that can help you.
And you can get them for free.
You can or you get paid once and you can improve your Web site.
But on other platforms like Vicks square space you don't have this
ability.
And also in the long run it is much cheaper for more press.
Is completely free.
All you have to do is to pay for a host and a domain game.
Well domains are also cheap.
We will take a look at it in the next lecture and host.
If you don't have a lot of traffic there are also very cheap.
So comparing to the other platforms that let you create a website without
coding WordPress is one of
the top choices and out there millions of people are using it.
And I have been talking about it over the past couple of years and I still I
think it's the best one.
Right.
So that was the general plan that we are going to have here on the next
lecture we are going to talk
about domains and hosts.
Right.
And I'm going to introduce different platforms from beginner to advance
and show you how you can use
it.
But don't worry for this lecture for this sorry for this course to practice.
We are going to select some platform which is completely free.
And generally you don't need to pay anything for practicing.
OK.
So don't worry about that and I will see you in the next lecture.
18. Domain
Of course you can come here to the Web page and take a look at the
platforms that we have.
You can use each of them or you can just skip the first part that I explain
that what these are.
And go for the explanation that each of these platforms is better to use
according to your situation.
So first of all what is domain.
Well imagine that you have a house.
Right.
So your house has an address.
So you want to tell your people tell your friends.
That's right.
For example this evening come to my place.
OK.
So you need to give them an address so they can come and visit you.
Right.
That address is the same thing as domain here.
The domain is the address of your Web site.
OK.
So if someone wants to come and visit your website and see the
information on your Web site they have
to come.
They have to use your domain as an address to have to write down or
select the link.
Click on the link and come.
All right.
So there are I.
So I introduced three different platform here.
You can use any of them.
I'm in a moment I'm going to tell you which one to use according to what
the defense situations that
you are.
For example the first one is named Chip.
Go Daddy.
And we have Google domains.
There are a lot of other Web sites that provides domains and hosts get
to the host in a minute.
You can buy your domain from any platform out there.
And one thing it is better to do is to buy your host and domain from the
same place.
OK.
The reason is because they get connected easier especially if you are a
beginner and these things are
very new to you to make your work easier.
For example you can go to the name cheap and buy your host and
domain.
Both of them from name cheap later when you want to start your Web
site if you want to get for example
use godaddy you can do the same.
But if you buy your domain and host from different places there are
some addresses on your domain that
you have to.
Sorry.
There are some addresses on your host.
You have to take these addresses put them into your domain.
They are called name servers to connect these two together.
It's not complicated but it makes your work more right.
So to avoid that you can buy them from the same place.
So let's take a look at the first one named Chip that will open all of them.
All right.
So this is named Chip.
They have domains that are hosting WordPress apps and security stuff.
So here you can come and search for.
Let's come to the domain.
I'm not sure if you are there.
All right.
So for example whatever you want to do as an example Select for
example the domain of my own Web site.
Of course it shouldn't be available because I already have it.
So.
OK.
This one is registered in 2016 so it is not available but it is giving me the
other offers for example
for dot net.
It is twelve dollar.
And if I come down for example this one created that X Y Z.
It's one dollar per year.
Right.
For the first year it is just one dollar.
And if you want to in a moment when we get here there is a platform
that I want to introduce.
You don't need to pay anything for it to practice more press and to
create a sample Web site.
But in any case if it didn't work for you if you faced some errors that you
couldn't fix.
You can always come back here.
This is the cheapest way possible.
Beside that platform so you can come here buy a domain for a year for
one dollar.
And also if you pay attention here it is it's an easy V.P. WP which is
stands for easy work press the
first month is also one dollar.
After that it will be four I think three or four dollar.
But anyway for the first month to practice you can only pay two dollar
and a start practicing.
Okay so that was inside information.
If you face any plot problem along the way way with the other platform
that I am going to introduce.
So these are the domains as you can see some of them are very
expensive some of them are cheaper so
you can come here select your domain and also add to cart the easy
WordPress or you can come here.
This is for hosting in a moment.
Again it will come back to you.
Here is Go Daddy.
Again you can write your domain here and it will search and you can buy
it.
For example my website my domain and my hosts are both right now on
GoDaddy and then we have a Google
domain.
It is the same thing but from Google right.
So let me close this.
This is all about domain.
If you have any question about it you can under this video.
There is a parts it and question and answer section you can write it
down and I will respond to your
questions as fast as I can.
So in general that was all about domain.
And let's talk about host on the next lecture.
19. Host
So welcome to the next video about hostage.
There isn't that I make them separate because I don't want to get to
make you exhausted and bored.
So anytime that you need a break you can stop and go have having a
break go have a break.
So here we are.
And so what is host.
Well remember the house example.
Now for example you buy a place and you build your house the place
the land that you have is the same
thing here on the website.
It's the area that you have to put your information.
Or another example is it's your computer your hard drive but virtually
end the Internet.
So all the information that you have all the files all the images you will all
upload them on Hoth and
any person who come to your domain.
Right.
The domain.
It will.
He or she will see the information on your host.
OK.
I wrote down and other explanations here as well.
You can read them too.
There are three platforms that I suggest here and will two of them you're
familiar already with it.
The first one is named Chip.
If you're a beginner if you look for something simple and easy go for a
name chip.
It's very easy.
The moment that you buy your domain the moment that you buy your
host.
They are connected in a social work purse you will jump onto workers
and you can begin working on it.
OK fine Go Daddy.
It's a little bit more complicated.
You will have see panel and see panel is a platform.
There is a place there are a lot of hundreds of elements there.
You have to go through your files.
You have to install Wordpress.
There are there is a process.
It's more complicated.
That's where I put it for intermediate people.
And finally we have a W S also Google provides a host.
Which name is G suit if I'm not mistaken a will us.
And you said both of them I think Ada will yes.
This is from Amazon.
I think Ada will use it is more complicated.
I think you have to spend a lot of time learning about a AWB and how it
works.
And usually you need this venue your website is you and you have a lot
of a huge amount of traffic on
your website and you're making a lot of money.
You can come for a W S and get some advance servers.
Right.
So the easy choice for your Web site is named cheap.
And again all you have to do is just buy your domain by your E easy
Wordpress and just follow the steps.
It's very easy.
If you're facing problem you can contact me or you can contact name
cheap support.
They are.
Their support is very good they respond very fast.
It's couple of times I use it anyway.
So that was all about the hosts.
OK.
Again if it sounds a little bit complicated for some of you that's OK.
You can send me messages and I will explain more.
And don't think about it too much because as we go forward it will get
easier for you.
You start to understand things when we go forward.
And it will look less complicated.
Right.
So that was all about hope.
If you have any question Do not forget or hesitate to contact me.
I am here for you.
Don't think that you are alone and on the next lecture.
I'm going to introduce the tool which is free and we can use it to
practice.
So let's go for the next one.
20. Free host & domain
All right.
So finally the fun part is going to begin and we get to practice and do
stuff.
And I think it's really interesting.
I hope that it is interesting for you too.
So here we are after the hosts we have free domain and web hosting.
Now you can use it for your website but I don't suggest it to have a
professional website on this.
At least you must buy a domain.
Okay.
Because the domain that this platform will provide you.
It's a subdomain and in a moment I will show you what subdomain is.
So you can come here.
You can click on this the logo of the Web site here and this is their Web
site.
You can do all you can do is all you have to do is to just free sign up and
it will get you to a page
that you have to use.
Write down your e-mail and password and follow these steps.
The Web site.
Let me tell you one thing about it.
This platform is good.
It is working.
I have tried it several times and different purposes.
It works but sometimes it has some bikes.
For example one time I just wanted to test a website on this platform
and it was working at the beginning
and I removed everything.
And then again I created it after a couple of minutes and it wasn't
working well.
So the reason is because these things Web site and domains to register
them it takes some time.
If you face some bikes here some issues I suggest you to wait.
Okay.
And do not remove your icons when you created here.
So otherwise this platform is working just fine.
All right.
And in any case if you had any problem with it you can just go back to
name cheap pay to dollar and
have your domain and host.
And the good thing about it to start from named Chip is that when you
create something a Web site if
you like it you can keep it or improve it as your final Web site for your
business.
But here whatever you create you can keep it.
But you have to say here on this Web site you cannot go to for example
Go Daddy or name cheap to those
platforms.
You have to buy a domain and connected with this Web site.
Anyway I don't want to make it more complicated.
Don't worry if it sounds you will understand everything better as we go
forward.
So click on free sign up.
And since I have an account and I don't want to remove it because it
may cause some problems I'm not
going to show you the exact steps to creating an icon because it's very
simple.
First I explained it here as well.
So setting up the name of this Web site is 0 0 0.
Web hosts account so the step 1 is the first step after signing up is to
answer some general question
about the purpose of your Web site.
You see some questions there.
For example what is the purpose.
Why do you want to create a Web site.
The options are for example.
I want to do blog blogging I want to have an online store.
There are several things you can select.
One of them.
It doesn't matter which one you choose because later we can change all
these things and some of these
questions is for the Web site to know more about your purpose.
And it doesn't have an effect on your website.
OK.
So for example if you're at your website is just a blog or an online store.
But since we are practicing it doesn't matter.
So I said that the next question is about your knowledge about
WordPress.
They ask a question about that too.
How much do you know you're an expert or a beginner.
Again it doesn't matter what your answer is step to the next step is to
select a name for your Web site.
Again we can change it later.
Don't worry about it and a password.
OK.
This password is just for the verb host dot com.
In general you won't need it at all.
So from this system I can join you here.
Close this.
This is my icon.
I really created a Web site.
I set up a lot of stuff on it.
After that I removed it.
I created this Web site to prepare these documents for you.
So from this is step I'm going to join you.
And I'm going to click here and create a new site with a free icon.
You can have two sites and.
OK.
This is the step that I told you.
You can select the name and select a password.
It doesn't matter what password you select.
And the name is optional.
And I suggest you don't select any name later when we go to the war
press.
We can change everything.
Just click and create and it's loading as you can see with a small purple
line on the top all right.
So
it's preparing our documents Web site and again.
And then next step on the next page we are going to see what page
builder we are going to use.
It will ask us to click on manage Web site and hear it ask us.
Okay.
Which page builder do you weigh which the site builder you want to use.
And we are going to use WordPress so click on install Wordpress.
And here you are.
This is important that you admin user name and admin password.
I explained it here as well.
OK.
This is important because this is the username and password that will
give you access to go to the WordPress
dashboard and edit the stuff.
So don't forget this and write down a password that you remembered
later because you need to use it.
All right.
So I'm going to write mine.
And when you're done.
Just click on install and it will start the process to install Wordpress on
the place the host that
you have here.
It will take up to one or two minutes maximum.
One thing that I faced here when it is installing your WordPress don't go
to other pages don't go to
other software on your computer.
Just stay here until it does the job.
Sometimes I don't know to stop working as I said.
This Web site is good especially when you want to practice and you
don't want to pay anything for it.
So it's really helpful.
And it will give you all the abilities.
For example there are other places that you can other Web sites that
you can go and get the same service.
But for example on your press dot com it's different from the fourth
percent or G.
So on WordPress dot com.
If you go there and you can create the same thing.
But when you go to plug ins you cannot install plug ins.
I think as far as I remember but here you have access to everything just
exactly the same as the one
that you bought for yourself or your Web site.
OK so it's done.
Congratulation it's ready and go to configuration page click on it.
And here we are.
And it asks us about the username and password that I just mentioned.
It is important.
So write it down and click on logging.
So congratulation our WordPress Web site is ready to use.
And the first of all the thing that you see here this limited time offer this is
because you're using
the Web hosting Web site for free.
This is the advertiser that comes.
But in general when you buy WordPress that network president you buy
a host and domain for yourself
and install Wordpress.
And if you will come to exactly something like what you see here.
So it is completely ready for us to do what you want to do to practice.
And let's see what we have next.
All right.
And the next part we are going to talk about WordPress fundamentals.
I'm going to introduce the important stuff on Wordpress.
I'm going to show you around and tell you what elements exist here and
for what we are going to use
them.
Generally we get to know WordPress a little bit better.
Right.
So again if you have any question or if you face any problem along the
way just contact me and I will
get back to you respond to your questions as fast as I can usually on
their twelve hours but sometimes
on some days some days some days I get a little bit busy and it will take
a little bit longer for me.
Right.
So that was all for this part.
Let's go for the next sector where we are going to talk about workplace.
21. Warning
So one thing before we get into work press I have to warn you.
So this web host dot com this platform as I said before it is okay to use it
if you just want to practice.
Now along the way when I worked with it as I go forward on some plug
ins on some places that I was using
some kind of strategies it I faced some problems some big errors and it
completely removed all the work
that I did.
And I had to install Wordpress again from scratch.
So if you don't have the budget and if you just want to use this platform
to practice it is OK so don't
build something that you care about for example don't start your own
website here.
Right.
Because well it's not a good platform for long term but for practice it's
fantastic.
You can do whatever you want.
Yeah sometimes you may face some issues but in general it works fine.
OK.
But if you have the budget if you have something between two after ten
dollar well with two dollar you
can do that.
You can go to name cheap get a one dollar domain one dollar host for a
month and while the domain will
be for one year then the one dollar domain and just practice there is
much better without any errors.
And even as you go forward you can start your own website and create
the created there if not the post
is a good platform for practice.
You can come here learn everything for free.
Right.
So I had to tell you about that because I didn't want you to go forward
and create something that you
like start to create your own website here and face some issues.
All right.
So that was also at this lecture I was you the next one.
22. WordPress environment
All right.
So welcome to the next part.
Till now we have installed we had set up our host on domain practice
account and we installed WordPress.
And right now we came to visit the WordPress dashboard and learn
more about the environment.
Yes.
So if you are already familiar with board press and environment around
it what is what and where you
23. WordPress theme
All right.
So in this part we are going to talk about world powers themes.
If you don't know what they are Walker's themes are like for example
prepared websites that some developers
came and just prepared almost everything for you and all you have to do
is to edit things according
to your needs according to the designs that you want.
So let's take a look at the wordpress themes that we have here to
understand it better.
So here I have explained more about it and the place that you can add
or edit themes are under previous
themes.
Let me just close this one since we don't need it anymore and if you
come here under appearance here
the first one these themes now by default for example right now we are
using this theme.
It is an active and usually venue in the soul of our person other places
on other hosts.
It will start with this one this theme but it doesn't matter.
One thing I didn't mention to you in a previous lecture if you want to see
your own website here.
If you come you see this is the name of our website.
Practice with Wordpress and visit site.
If I click on it.
This is the look of our Web site right now.
OK.
This is how it looks.
And if I change the theme things will change.
The menu can change the colors can change.
This is the settings that the developer of these theme have created for
us.
Okay.
Now when you come to themes first of all at the top there is a search
you can search for it.
And if you want to add new themes when you click on it you get to a
page that first of all at the top
we can upload the theme.
If you have a file which in a moment we'll get to it.
If you have a file you can conquer and upload the zip file.
If not as you can see there are thousands of themes here.
OK.
So for example let's look at some of them.
So I can't show you the differences OK.
So if we install this theme on our Web site our Web site will start to look
like this but we can change
the images we can change the documents that takes the titles the colors
everything we can change.
But there are some.
Let's take a look at other places also.
For example this one.
OK.
Let's take a look at it.
So as you can see it has a lot of good reviews and it doesn't show us a
lot of things here since we
don't have anything on our Web site.
So in general the themes available here and these are free themes but
we are not going to use them if
we come back here.
I have introduced two different themes which the left one here.
This one is free and the right one is paid.
So if you want this one just click on Download theme and you can start
to download.
OK.
I have put it on my Web site.
You can easily download this from my web site and you will have it.
The other one is a paid theme designed by a group named Mercado.
So the Web site that you see here for example this is my Web site I'm
using the same theme.
All right.
Everything you see I have created using the this name.
Which name is optimized.
Now before I talked about it in my other courses I talked about this
wordpress theme.
I introduced it and I taught it how you can use it how we can edit it but
this time I want to.
I want us to practice the other theme which is free.
I tested it.
It's very good theme.
Everything about it is perfect speed and a lot of other features are good
on it.
Right.
So all we have to do is to come here and in the ad themes upload theme
and I'm going to choose the file
uh if I find where I downloaded it should be somewhere around here.
Here it is.
OK.
So I'm gonna just select a zip file and click and in a start.
Right.
So it starts to complete the tasks and
OK.
Something went wrong.
So these things may happen.
Let me go back to the seams and see if it is installed or not.
Okay here it is like in your version I just updated this team on my
website.
Couple of days ago but since then they have released in your virgin.
So just click on update
and it's updated.
And now this the four right at the moment.
This one is active.
You have when you're done installing it you have to click on activate K..
All right.
Congratulations.
So it is active as you can see this is a theme.
Let's refresh the page and see you see the things have changed the title
the difference the color some
of them changed the footer also.
But don't worry about it.
We are going to go deeper into these themes and how to analyze every
single element on our Web site.
So let me see if we have anything else here.
OK.
So for this lecture that was all on the next lecture.
It is not something necessary right now but I'm going to tell you more
about it anyway because later
you may want to select another theme and I want just I want to show
you how you should analyze a theme
to understand it better to select a better theme for your Web site.
All right.
So in general that was all.
Don't forget to contact me if you need me any time I am here for you.
And let's go for the next lecture.
24. Theme analyzation
So on this part we are going to talk about how to analyze a workplace
theme.
If later you want to buy some.
Right.
So as I said this is the one that I introduced here.
Now when I selected this theme for my own Web site what did I
consider.
So when I came here for example the last update was some time ago.
So check these things check if it is for example.
This website is compatible with commerce.
Commerce is a plugin for selling items online.
So a lot of things here.
Here you can find a lot of good information with if it is compatible with
browsers for example Firefox
Safari or prop chrome page and so on.
OK.
They gave some other information here about for example the speed of
this Web site which is very good
according.
And their speed goes back to many other features you may buy this
theme and install it and you don't
have the same speed as they said here and there are many reasons for
that.
For example the server the host that you are using if it is not good DSP
will be down the images the
files the text whatever you're using on your WordPress Web site it can
affect us.
Later we'll talk more about it.
And I have prepared a couple of lectures for that just to increase the
speed of your Web site.
Anyway you can come here and there is a part free and compatible plug
ins.
For example if you buy this theme it also has these plug ins on it for
free.
Right.
For example these I know these two are paid.
This one the first one is a it's a good plugin.
We are going to talk about it inside the course as well.
And this way you can just go through the information about this theme
and learn more about it.
So this is theme forest dot net.
And if you come here and if you go on the road press you can find a lot
of other themes.
And for example let's say you write that there are some categories here.
You can come here and search for them.
For example let's say you want to create a Web site for
dentist.
OK.
Just write the keyboard and see what comes up.
For example this is a wordpress theme for dentists and you can come
here and click on life preview
on this header is for the bottom market.
Don't pay attention.
So these are and every theme.
One thing I forgot to mention every theme has a couple of demos.
For example the team that created this theme they have created.
They have created some different kind of demos and you can select
them for example.
And each of them has some differences for example in this one as you
can see here the header the logo
is on the left and then they have the menu.
But here the logo is at the top on date they have the menu or they are
different.
You can.
There are some differences.
You can select the one that you want.
You can import the demos with their information and images as well.
Again we will talk about it in a moment.
So in general that's all.
For example you can click on some of one of them
and OK.
This is how their Web site looks like.
OK so if it fits your needs if you want your Web site to look like this you
can come here and buy the
theme and start working on it.
So in general that was it.
I just wanted to give you some general information about how to select a
wordpress theme according to
your needs.
All right.
So that was all for this part and on the next lecture we are going to
import some demos.
We are going to learn how we can import the demos of the theme that
we selected and then we keep continue.
Right.
So that was all.
Susan.
25. Importing demos
All right.
So welcome to the next part.
And here we are going to talk about how to import demos of our
workplace theme into our website.
So here we are in the intersection documents.
So how to import themed demos all themes come with couple of demos
ready and you can select the one
that you like the most.
And one thing that you have to know is that when you import the demos
it will ask you a question do
you want to import all of the media and information or not.
Okay.
If you select.
Yes.
All the images all the files that they have used on that demo will be
imported to your Web site.
And sometimes it would be a mess.
So I'm not going to suggest you to imported demos but some of you ask
me for it.
Some of you may need it.
I'm going to tell you anyway.
That's up to you.
So how to imported you go to a period it's the same option.
We'll take a look at it right now.
Then click on see demos and so on.
Right.
So let's come here.
Here we are under the appearance tab.
We are at themes.
And if it comes down you see this is the options for our theme.
So let's click on it and here.
All right.
So this is just for the theme that we have here.
If you select another theme if you buy another theme the setting here
will be different.
For example here we have eight options in any other theme you may
have 20 options for example the one
that I have that I showed you here at the top optimize this one which is
most suitable for marketing
this one if it has a lot of more options and usually free themes are
simpler.
So anyway if you get another theme and the setting here it was different
with different look don't worry
about it.
It's almost the same thing you have to go through really through it.
You can take a look at the options that exist here.
They may have some additional options and saw.
OK.
So here we have getting started.
We have to see them on here we'll take a look at it in a moment.
Let's just go through these things.
We have good amber lights.
We will talk about it.
Don't worry.
Useful plug ins that they suggest that for this theme again we will talk
about it if you need a support.
You can come here contact support or they have some documents
about the theme the logs.
And this theme the one that we have.
It's free version of this.
They have a pro version which is paid and you can come here and see
the differences.
For example let me just take a look at it and tell you if it's worth it.
OK.
They have a header booster.
Take the header builder and add new levels here.
You don't need it.
We will make it some other way.
Page header builder the needed custom layout you need that on.
Also give you a huge boost.
Entire blogging experience.
We can manage that as well.
Eleven turbo stir.
We will have that commerce and we'll have that and scroll to the top.
So in general the free version works fine.
You don't need to go to the proverbs and on this theme and this is the
library.
All right.
So let's get back here to the demos so click on C demos.
We come here at the last tab.
So these are the demos that they have.
This is the original one.
So for example if it is a web agency click on preview
OK.
So if you are an assault if you import this theme especially with all the
settings and all documents
it will your Web site would look like this and you can just change that for
example change the images
change a text.
All right.
So if you are planning to make your work easier this way you can do
that.
Let's take a look at some other examples.
For example let's take a look.
Take a look at this one again.
You can import all of this data to your website and just change.
For example images colors text and so on.
OK.
So when you here when you hover your most on each of these teams
on it you can see it is just an import.
And when you click on import it will ask you some questions if you want
all of the data to be imported
or if you just want to layout import the layout and so on.
So according to our needs select the option that you want and all the
work all the information would
be imported to your Web site and you can start working on it.
But my suggestion especially for now especially for this course because
you are learning these things
I suggest you are not to import anything because we are going to build
everything from scratch.
Right.
So that was how you're going to import themed demos to your Web site
and use it.
And on the next part we are going to talk about the theme settings that
we have.
Here we are going to learn about each of them and practice and how we
can edit them.
Right.
So that was all for this lecture.
And if some of the information that some of the things that we have
talked about sound a little bit
complicated or confusing I understand the moment that we start to
practice you start to understand it
better.
All right.
So keep patient.
We'll get to the practice part you will master all of these things by the
end of this course.
All right.
So I'm happy to see you here.
That was all.
Let's go for the next lecture.
26. Important notes
Welcome to the next lecture where we are going to talk about the
options the settings for our thing.
First of all I'm so proud to see you coming till here.
Most people don't even spend the time to learn all these new things.
But you are doing.
And that's a win.
All right.
So let's come back here to our documents.
Here we are at the theme settings.
We have explained a little about it.
We have we're going to talk about logo fonts header footer colors
layouts blog and content as we have
it in here.
Upload the logo customize fonts header footer and saw right.
We'll get to each of them separately in a separate lecture and talked
about them learn and practice.
But before we get there there are two important notes I want you to
know about it.
Before we get to the part where we talk about logo because it will have
some influence over it.
So the first note is about images compressing the images came so it is
very important because normally
when you want to use an image the size can be a lot to increase the
quality but when you compress the
image using some tools that we are going to take a look right now when
you compress the image you can
decrease the size to a very minimal number possible but keep the
quality as high as possible.
Also why I'm saying this is very important because if you don't compress
your images your site will
get heavier and heavier every single day as you work on it.
And before you know it when you want to load your home page it took
20 seconds.
Right.
Why.
One of the reasons is because your user the visitor that comes to your
Web site they have to load all
of these images that are very heavy.
So here there is a tool named Tiny PMG.
So what does tiny pens do tiny pens you uses a smart lossy
compression techniques to reduce the file
size of European G or JP fine.
As you can see in the image here for example the original emaciated
was fifth.
This isn't just an example 57 flew by but after compressing it became 15
to life.
Now let's test it together so we can either click here on tiny paneling or
click here to visit tiny
P G.
This is their website.
Right.
So let's just find an image for example coffee image right.
I'm just searching for something on Google.
And here we have this image and I'm going to save this image into my
downloads.
Right.
So the e-mail was downloaded led me to this come here to download
section all right.
Here I am being you here so you can see that as well.
I'm just going to come down here.
Let's go to tiny PMG and I'm just going to drag and drop this image here.
OK.
Now the image size normally it was 80 kilobytes.
Now it is 52 kilobytes.
Right.
Thirty percent thirty five percent decrease.
Now I have done this a lot.
Sometimes you are.
It depends on the type of your e-mails on the elements that exist inside
your e-mails.
Then you can click here and download it.
And according to all of these elements
the number for example I had 80 percent 90 percent decrease in the
sizes as well.
All right.
So this was the note.
Important note number one important note number two.
Now you saw here I came on Google and I wrote down coffee e-mails
and these images came.
Why do you think it is.
Why do you think it appeared here.
One of the reason is because the person who used it on their website
who used this image on their Web
site they either use one of these names inside the name of the image for
example either coffee or e-mails.
Right.
This is very effective to improve your website to bring your images your
media to the search engine
to the.
For example Google image search engine.
So every time that you want to upload an image on your Web site you
have to make sure about the name.
If it is connected to your website it has the right keyboards.
It is called.
I talked about it a little can come here and read more about it.
The keyboards that is connected to a business it's connected to your
product and so on.
There is also another thing when you want to upload an e-mail.
I will tell you what is that.
That is also effective on search engines.
We will get to.
But before you upload any image on your Web site just change the
name add some keywords at some names
that is connected to your business on your Web site and your that page.
All right.
So that was the two important notes before we get to the logo section.
All right.
So if you have any questions regarding these topics contact me spend
some time play with tiny pins you
upload some images there and see up to how many percent you can
decrease them and shrink to size.
All right.
So that was all for this part and I will see you in the next lecture.
LOGO
All right.
Welcome to the next part where we are going to talk about setting up the
logos for our Web site.
The fun begins.
So here we are in our documents after the important notes.
The next thing is the logo.
So how we are going to upload the logo.
We have to go to our appearance.
The options for theme and then upload the logo.
So let's close this one right here.
I'm going to click and upload logo and we come to a page where later
we will visit it a lot from another
place.
But anyway this is the settings.
Here we have a logo.
Select the logo then we have site title you remember we went to the
setting of our website and changed
it.
The setting exists also here and the tag line some short four or five
words description about our Web
site.
What is it about.
Right.
So we are learning
for
or for us.
OK.
Let me tag line then we can have here at the top you see it this is the
name of our Web site.
And this is the tag line so we can for example remove a turn off the
show site title to show site tag
line.
And now we have on the title and now we have nothing.
Right.
And then we have the type of the display you want the logo and in front
of it you want the name and
the tag line on the other side.
The first comes the title and the tag line then the logo above it and so on
then the logo size.
And we have another thing which is called icon.
So let's get into these and see what changes is going to create.
So here on my Web site and the documents I have prepared two images
for you to make it will work easier.
Here we have the logo.
I just search on google and found a nice logo and put it here and then I
wrote down company brand.
You can change you see this is an image.
Okay.
All you have to do is to right click on it and save images and save it on
your computer.
The same goes for this one.
OK.
So you have downloaded these are G now the defense you don't know
the difference between P G and J P
G that's come here very downloads.
And here we are.
Let me just bring the other inmates of coffee beachhead here I removed
it or I moved it I think I removed
it.
So I'm going to just bring another image from our game.
We have he means let's save this one.
So as you can see here we come.
As you can see here let me just zoom in a little bit.
All right.
So this is written.
This is the name off the logo whatever it is.
And that's P N G.
But this one this is the name of the image the J P G.
Right.
The difference is that on P G you can have transparent places okay here
and JP.
You don't you don't have this ability but here on P G there are some
places for example here only the
logo is visible the rest of it will is transparent.
All right.
So this is the difference.
So let me handle this one.
We don't need it.
I'm going to keep this two.
And here we are.
So all we have to do so according to I need you can just use this fine
here and then replace it with
your own put your own logo above it and write down the name of your
company.
This is up to you.
OK.
So come here.
Select logo.
And here you can drag and drop.
So let's do that.
Here we are.
And I'm going to just drag and drop this one right here.
OK.
Then the way it's to know one of after.
OK so here we have.
This is the name of your file.
I told you before you upload changed the name OK.
You can do it here.
This is the company logo right now.
I told you that there is another thing that can effect on search engines
and show your images there.
And that is all it takes.
OK so whatever you write here whatever keyboard you use here it's
going to have effects.
So I'm going to just use the title.
Copy and paste.
OK.
This is the easiest way you can have the same name for your file and
the same name for your all takes.
Now this all takes again I'm saying will affect on search engines will help
you this will help search
engines to find your images on you from your website and show it there
to people and users want to use
it anyway.
You don't see it.
There is a button under my image here cannot miss this right.
Anyway I have selected this e-mail and under there is the select option.
Then it will go to crop image.
I don't want to you can keep it.
I'm gonna kind of skip all right.
So as you can see it appeared here at the top.
Now I have put the names.
I usually do this.
I put the name and whatever I want in front of my logo for here.
If you don't want to do that you can just upload the logo and show your
top website title and your tag
line.
All right.
So this is the first item.
Now let's come down here.
You see there's another icon that you can come and select.
So now it's time for the second item on here.
This one.
And in a moment I will show you what is this about.
All right.
So this is a side icon and drag and drop it here.
I'm going to just write all text.
Now remember this is just an example.
That is where I write site icon.
You can write for example my website is pretty.
I can write pretty site icon for example.
OK.
So that's up to you.
You have to write the right name.
This is just an example.
I'm going to select click and select and keep cropping.
Now you see this is the icon forgive Web site which appears at the top.
If you pay attention the icon at the top of our website has changed.
All right.
So the logo part is mainly for editing for this two item.
And when you're done.
Don't forget to click on publish.
Otherwise the changes won't make happen.
So almost that was all about changing the logo if you faced any
problems along the way.
For example if you uploaded your logo but it didn't appear here just
publish or refresh the page and
do it again sometimes you will face some kind of bugs like this.
And if you do it again it will work right.
Don't worry about it you can also contact me and you can also come
here and read through these documents
that I wrote for you.
Especially if you learn better from reading.
Right.
So that was all for this part and the next part.
We are going to take a look at fonts.
And I'm going to give you some important tips about fonts and how to
use them.
Right.
So that was all.
And let's go for the next lecture.
28. Font
All right.
In a previous lecture we talked about logo.
Now in this part we are going to take a look at fun.
So here we are.
When you're done just click on this cross sign at the top left side of your
screen you will go back
to where you were before.
Now click on customized fonts.
And again we will come to the same place.
But in the fonts tab
right.
So here we are.
So the first tab as you can see it is a standard font families on defaulters
then you can click on it
and it can change their general font that you are using for your website.
Now by default I don't know what they are using but there are many
examples here.
I in general use for my website use Roberto.
Since it's the default font for Google then you go to Google and search
for something whatever you see
there.
The font is robot so I usually use Roberto.
That's up to you what theme you are you want to use depending also on
the type of your business.
If it's a beauty Web site you're going to sell makeup.
It's gonna be different is if it is a gadget electronic gadgets it's going to
be different.
Okay.
So Roberto and it's a Google font.
It's here now.
There is a place for example you can come Google funds OK if you go
to Google and search for Google
phones.
Google have they have a page here that they have a lot of different
fancier.
They designed according to their standards.
So it can come here look through the fonts that they have here.
And just remember the name and comeback here for example this one
cabin if you like it can come back
here.
It can come back here and search for the name and select it.
All right.
So here you will select the general families of font family for your Web
site and on it as you can see
we have each one each to a story up to a six.
So these are headlines.
OK here for example this one.
This is the headline when we go to the part that when that we want to
create a web page we want to create
a post we will learn more about these things.
But in general we have six type of headlines.
And then the numbers increase the size of them decrease.
Okay.
Each one it has the biggest size then each two will be smaller as to you
will be a smaller and so on.
OK.
So there is from this structural point of view it has some different effects
on the search engines comparing
to the normal text that you have.
You should have in every page you should have at least one each one
and one.
It's two and a three.
This is suggest that later and we get to the ACL part.
We'll talk more about it.
So don't worry about that.
So when you select on each of them the setting will appear and now you
can change the font weight you
can for example put it on 100.
We don't have any H1 here.
I'm not sure what this is it should be two or more.
Let's just try changing age to deceive.
Yeah.
This is H2 right.
Heading to.
And when I change the font weight you see it get thinner or bolder.
Right.
Then we have font size.
How much do we want it to be.
Want to increase it or decrease it or go to back go by default.
This is line height
flying height is the distance between this line of text with the other line
lateral spacing is the distance
between each letters.
They can change all that and also if you pay attention here we have
desktop icon tablet and mobile so
we can change the sizes.
For example you may say right on tablet it looks a little bit small.
I want it to be bigger right.
This is too big.
So this way you can optimize it for different devices as well.
All right.
And at the top you see these are the different type of capital letter and a
small letter.
Do you want all of your texts to be a small letter.
You have to select this one.
This is the way that the beginning of each word is with capital or all
capital K.
So these are the settings that exist here can come here and change
them according to your needs.
Right.
So more or less that was all about the funds.
And on the next part we are going to talk about header.
But before we get there there is a there is something that I want to
discuss with you.
I'm not sure what to do it now or later.
All right let's talk about it on the next lecture since it's important and it's
going to have very huge
influence on you to create successful websites.
Knowing this small amount of knowledge about what you are going to
talk about the next lecture can help
you a lot in many different tasks along the way.
Right.
So that was all for this lecture if you're ready.
Let's jump into the next one.
29. html
All right.
So welcome to the next lecture where we are going to talk about some
important stuff about actually
it's about coding.
OK.
I know that we have talked about it before that though the way that we
are going to create the Web site
you don't need to write any kind of code.
And that's true but if you practice a little on some specific kind of coding
and specific language of
coding as you go forward if you just have this small amount of
knowledge about what we are going to
talk about is going to fix a lot of problems for you later.
And the number of things that you can do it's going to be broader right.
So here we are.
We were supposed to talk about header and then we come down we
talk about footer but before that I want
to there is a part here that I have mentioned and I want to talk about
that.
And that's coding right.
So what we're going to talk about it's connected to a similar language
SPSS names.
Now I'm not a professional in these fields.
I have read about them.
I have practiced them during the past couple of years.
And the fact that I know some of the basic stuff about it it helped me a
lot in creating many different
things.
And in a moment when we get to the Heather part I'm going to show you
where it can help you.
So if it is possible here I have put the links for that will redirected to a
platform to learn more
about a CML and CSX.
OK so let's click on the first one learn simple paragraphs.
So when you come here this is this is W Tree a school dot com.
They have a lot of information on a CML and CSX it's very complete.
Before that let's let us come here and talk about tags.
Let's see if they have the tags here.
This table's wooden Steve.
That's the one that I'm looking for.
No it's not basics.
What do they have here.
All right.
This is useful.
So let's come here.
This is there Ed..
Right.
So when you want to have a Web site of the page K every single web
page that exists it doesn't matter
if you are using Vicks if you're using it square space.
If you're using Wordpress if you are using coding it doesn't matter.
They have two main section the first section is they didn't write it here.
I'm going to add this.
It's here.
Let me make it this way.
Ed.
OK.
The first part is the header part.
And the second part is buddy.
Right.
You can remove this.
But anyway doesn't that let me just remove it to make you confused.
OK.
So there are two parts.
Let me remove this as well.
Any verb paid has the header the head tag.
This is different with the header that we have above the at the top of the
screen.
Okay.
This is the head tag and the buddy tag.
Now inside the head tag we have some general information about the
verb side and the verb page.
Okay.
I like them.
Method description what is this page about what it should look like in the
search engine for example.
Some more information about K under body parts.
Everything that you see in the screen from the top of the page header to
the bottom of the page footer
everything that you see it's inside the body here.
Right.
It's inside the body.
Now on its CML there are different tags.
Each of these it's called tags.
Hey now when you open a tag you must also close attack.
And when you want to close a tag you will use this as a slash sign right.
We have it here.
Head and then slash head buddy slash buddy.
Right.
So if I run this code it will show nothing because we don't have anything
inside the body section right.
Let me see if I according to my stuff.
Okay.
Now that one is the next part OK.
So I wanted to check not to miss anything.
So in the body part whatever we show whatever we want to show on our
Web page we should write it in
the body part.
Now here is the thing that we need to talk about.
Now let's say I want to have a text here.
I just mentioned the important ones which will be very useful for you and
can make some changes according
along the way in the process.
So in the body part I'm going to write down.
There is a tag which stands for paragraph.
OK.
And I'm going to close it.
OK.
You see.
And if between these I write something I'm just gonna write a word for
example.
Course OK if I write anything it will appear here.
Right.
As you can see right now it doesn't matter if your tag is here or it's in the
same line or if you have
hundreds of spaces between them.
It will look the same.
All right.
So don't worry about this stuff.
So this is one of the tags that you should know.
It's p paragraph.
The next one we have seen it before is each one.
And again each one OK.
Each one open it one close.
If I run this we should see a headline here.
You see.
Course.
Now let's try it again with other numbers.
OK let's go for it two.
It's two each tree is two each for each four.
Right.
Run.
You see this is a difference between headlines.
All right.
So these are the tags.
You don't need to know about Buddy or head tag.
You don't.
We are not going to talk about it.
Along the way you are not going to use them along the way.
The important thing for you is to know the tags.
All right.
And the important ones that you may need is paragraph headline.
And there is another one which is important.
It's links and the tag is a hey open and let's close.
All right.
So now if I just copy and paste the tag the name the word course here
and I run it.
We have the name here but it's not clickable as you can see if I click on
it it won't jump into a page.
That is because we need to add the link as well.
Right.
So if in the first tag here when the opener tag I have the spaces and I
come down and write down from
that list they can it should be something like this equal
and for now I'm going to not I'm not going to write anything here and
here you have to put the you are
let's just put this your right to have to make it work.
OK.
So I'm going to just write this.
So whatever you want to call it.
I don't know how it's pronounced but if you write something like this
equal to it and inside the quotation
you write down that you are ill and run it.
Now this is the link.
And if I click on it it should jump into my web page as you can see as it
starts to load my Web page
here.
Right.
So that the important ties you need to know about is a H.
One up to 86 which is headlines and paragraphs.
OK.
That's all you need to know.
Now if you had more questions you can come back here.
You see here we have paragraphs for example paragraphs is P. the
exact same thing that we talked about.
Right.
You can come here there are examples there are practices then we
have here we have callers in the next
lecture we will talk about callers as well.
All right.
So there are many things here.
Now let's say you have a question how you can find the answer when
you want to search on Google for
example let's say.
Let's try this one.
Let me open it in the next page OK so forget about the top part.
Here you have buddy start and Buddy closes.
We have.
He won't do the first paragraph the second paragraph and the fourth
paragraph.
OK.
Now let's say as you can see even though that Detroit wrote it in
different lines but here all of it
it is in the same line.
OK.
How you should go to the next line and more important how you should
ask this question.
OK so you come to Google write down
for example going to the next line.
In a CML K. just writes whatever keyboard comes to your mind
according to your question.
And if you come down here it is OK.
We have the paragraph here and there are some other information here.
Here it is.
The explanation exists here.
I just searched for it.
OK.
Most of the time I even forget this stuff and I come in Google and search
for it.
If I add this tag here it should jump in to the next line.
Right as I can see it here.
So let's copy this tag.
We are where is it here.
I'm gonna put it here.
I'm not sure even if it's Vogue.
I don't remember.
Right.
It works.
See you at this time.
Let me see this one has Okay so I remember that it was only be r
anyway if you add this tag anywhere
in the line it would jump into the next line.
OK so if along the way you face any questions like this just simply come
to Google and search for it
and you'll find your answer very quickly.
Right.
Because these things are very basic and the documents is out there.
So again I know it may sound a little bit complicated but just come here
practice a little.
It's fun it's important it will help you a lot.
The reason that the only reason that I'm teaching you this stuff is
because later you may need it because
there are some points along the way when you want to create a website
that you want to do something
because you don't know this stuff is simple easy stuff.
It's gonna be tough for you.
You want to find the problems you want to analyze the page and find
why this is not working why.
Here you have a bike.
If you don't know these fundamental and basic stuff you're going to have
problems.
All right.
So that was all for the HDMI part and the next part we are going to talk
about the design and CSX.
It may sound complicated.
Don't worry it's as easy as it was here.
And if you have any questions or forget to contact me I am I am here for
you.
Don't think that you are alone and this is just virtual or respond to all of
your questions and well
that was all Let's go for the next lecture.
30. css
All right.
Welcome to the next park where we are going to talk about serious
language and how we can make some
changes in the design of paragraphs headlines and saw.
OK so here we were in the previous lecture.
And if you come back to the documents that we have here I wrote down
the part that you have to style
your HMO.
So let me close the pages that opened before.
All right.
So here we are as you can see here we have three different text with
two different colors.
Now click on try it yourself and let's see what is the difference between
these three texts.
So as you can see here is it possible for me to make it bigger.
Yeah.
Sorry about the other could make it bigger I don't know what.
Now it's very clear for you.
All right.
So we have the paragraph tag then we have for example this is and I
am a while then we have paragraph
tie again.
It's certain I am red.
I am blue and I am B right.
So the difference here as you can see there is a line of code which it's
written styled equal quotation
color then two dots it's red semicolon color quotation OK.
So when you add something to a code to a paragraph to a tag I mean
you can change the color of that.
Right.
So now it is here it is with a red cape.
You can write the color code as well for example I'm going to write down
a stag for example.
For example 5 5 5 5.
Why right it some kind of oh I have to run it six year.
So if I run it you see it's kind of some kind of great literary and make it
more visible 9 9 9 9 nine
run you see it made it gray so you can instead of name after color you
can write down the code round
for example you see in green Ron you see it will change.
So it's not so complicated.
All you have to remember and memorize it's write down a style equal
then open and close quotation inside
is right down color two dots blue and then semicolon the symbol column
don't forget it it's important
OK so on the next line as you can see there is no color here it's font size
K font dash size two dots
then 50 pixel and semicolon.
Now again the same way that we talked about it before in the previous
lecture you can search for these
things for example how can I change a paragraph font weight right.
OK so let's do that.
Changing text font weight
estimate.
OK so I just wrote down changing takes.
Wait a steamer venue tag days to a.
At the end of it it will find the result that you want much faster.
So here we have you see all you have to do it is just to add this one.
For example font weight equal to.
900.
I'm just going to copy this and come back here and I'm going to add this
to the blue right after Simic
column.
You can add this.
OK.
The semicolon will separate the different styling features.
OK so this one was about color.
This one is about font weight.
If I run it now as you can see it is bold.
Now let's change the size.
Use this one as well.
I'm gonna write down font size two dots.
For example 70 peaks single semicolon.
OK.
Right now you see it's different.
So by knowing this simple stuff about changing the design you can fix
these problems that you may face
along the way.
Yesterday one of my students contacted me and asked me that all of my
texts on my website on this web
page turned into orange.
And I don't know how to fix it.
OK so if he knew about this he could easily.
It doesn't matter.
What was it about.
For example if they had if he had for example 10 lines at as far as I
remember it was a paragraph.
He could just come down and inside the text inside the code there write
down for example color white
color black OK.
And he could fix it in couple of seconds.
That is why I am telling you that this is important.
Learned a little.
Read more about it here.
There are a lot of good topics.
You don't need to all know all of them for example the one about color
the one about links here.
Let's come to the links and practice something here as well.
So when you come to the link here.
Remember we talked about it.
You have to write this word here.
Equal quotation the you are L and here.
Now here they added the there you are.
Now I want to show you something else.
Hey let me see if they have it here or not
okay all right.
It doesn't matter.
Let's go to for example here.
Try it yourself.
So here as you can see we have a link.
But first of all I don't want the color to be blue.
Second I don't like the line under right.
So what should I do about that.
OK.
Here we have P and inside the P.
We have a link right.
They open a and then they closed it.
So here is the link and between the tie tags we have the text.
So what we have to do you can do it here.
You can come to a tag before or after the you are L.
You can start to styling.
I'm going to go after it.
So I'm going to add to space.
I'm gonna write those thigh equals quotation.
Now what I'm going to write first of all I'm going to change the color.
So about the color I'm going to write down color to dogs.
I want it to be dark grey.
Right.
All right I'll stay.
For example 3 3 3 3 3 3.
Right run.
And the color changed.
Okay that's good.
Now I don't want the line on dates.
Now let's say I don't know how to remove it.
I don't know the ward right there.
What should I do.
I should come here remove the line first line
under the link HCM.
OK.
So to remove the underline from the ACMA link you have to use text
declaration.
OK.
So I can open this page and read more about it.
Also the W3 schools dot com is here as well.
I can open this one.
Let's take a look at these websites and see how we should remove it so
if you look around here here
it is style text decoration two dots non semicolon.
I'm just going to copy this text that decoration.
Come back here and there we can hear semicolons and I'm gonna
paste this run you see the line is gone
as simple as that.
So the mindset of searching because there are a lot of a lot of tags that
you may need along the way.
A lot of changes that you may want to do on your Web site.
And when you learn how to search for it you can do anything that you
want.
Right.
So if you can spend some time practice is a staff you can come here.
Practice the coloring that links how to change it and so on.
All right.
So this is important.
Again I'm saying it will help you as you go forward if you faced any
question that you cannot find the
answer yourself.
First of all try it yourself.
Try to search for a try to see if you can find the answer on your own.
Because when you search for it first of all you are improving yourself to
finding an answer.
And this mindset is going to change everything for you as you go
forward not only about creating a website
but in everything every aspect of your life.
If you learn how to find the solution for some specific problems
everything would be easier.
Right.
And I'm saying this because sometimes I receive some questions from
my students.
Well don't get me wrong I like to receive questions.
I like to have help my students but sometimes I receive some basic
questions.
And the thing is that everyday I receive tens of different kinds of
questions from basic to advance.
All right.
And it takes time for me to get to all of the question and answer them I
receive questions on different
platforms on Instagram Facebook my own website.
You do me right.
And if I want to answer all of them it takes some time for me right.
And some students come and ask me some very basic questions that if
they just spent 10 seconds on google
and search for it they can find their answers right at that moment.
OK.
So this is the main reason that I'm telling you this.
So try to practice if you face any problem.
Search for it if you did and find the answer come and ask me why I'm
here for you.
Right.
So that was all for this part and on the next lecture we are going to start
learning more about Heather
and after that footer.
So if you are ready let's go for the next lecture.
31. Header
All right.
So welcome to the next part where we are going to talk about Heather
and it's a little bit interesting
because we get the chance to practice what we have talked about
during the past couple of lectures.
So here we are on the Heather section in our documents.
I have explained everything here.
If you needed to read or just to if you forget something and just wanted
to check it out you can come
here.
So here we are in our theme options.
And the third one is Heather options.
So click on it.
And again we will go to the almost same page.
All right.
So here we are.
And as you can see Heather is the third option that's selected.
And as you can see in a small in a video here on the left side it is
explaining how you should create
your header.
So what we have now at the top if you pay attention when I'm hovering
my most here you see we have a
part which is logo and we have the second part which is our menu.
All right.
So if you come down here as you can see here this is our logo and site
identity and then the second
one is the primary menu.
Right.
So how we can create the menu that we want first of all there are some
specific things that I have to
mention.
For example here we have a logo.
Then you hover your most on it in front of it.
You see the setting icon.
If it's selected then here we have the option.
And as you can see this is the option of the logo which we had before in
the previous couple of lectures
which changed its logo.
It was here right here.
It's the setting icon is on there my talking head media.
So if you select this one here the options comes out all right.
Which one do you want.
Primary menu.
Now select the menu.
Right now since we didn't create any menu that's all we've got.
All right.
So let's go back and I'm sorry for the header.
So as you can see here there are different parts that we can add some
elements.
All right.
So let's just click on this plus and these are the elements that we have
available here to add.
For example I can add a button here.
Right.
And you see it up here at the top.
I can add a menu icon right.
It's here.
I can add a thirst for she jumped here.
I can add a search icon.
Let's just see what we have here and then decide how we should use
them.
And here again we have a secondary menu.
So since we didn't create any menu we don't have anything.
But when you create the menu there is a path.
Let me go back here and show you.
Here we have menus.
Right.
Later we will come back here and create a click on Create new menu.
You can select which type of man you do want it to be you can name it.
And then you can add the different pages that you want to have there.
Right.
It's very simple with a little practice you can do it as well.
So let's just remove all this and let's say here we want to have
here at the top.
We want to have a text and maybe a secondary menu.
Right.
So I'm gonna add the second there menu here.
Where is it.
OK.
And you can move these things to left and right.
See how it would be.
And to have some something at the top here I'm going gonna go back to
the menus
and click on Create new menu secondary menu and I'm gonna name it
as top header right.
Next.
And let us add items inside so all we have here is the home page.
Here we have for example sample pays.
Here are other stuff that we don't have any.
So more or less.
That's all right.
We have a post as well.
So I'm going to add that too.
And that's all right.
So you see here at the top the second there menu is showing the
pages.
So I'm gonna go back to the header section and I don't want it to be
here.
Let's click on the settings.
As I said the setting of this let me bring you in so you see the setting is
here.
It's on there my talking head video.
Here is the setting.
All right.
In this setting we have general layout on the site.
So click on layout and we wanted to start from the right side.
So I'm gonna select the alignment to the right side and these are some
other general options now about
padding and margin.
We haven't talked about quickly I will pay.
I will point to it.
But later when we get to the part where we want to create our pages I
will explain them more.
Right.
So padding is.
Imagine we have a container jealous.
Come here.
Imagine we have a box.
All right.
This is our element.
It can be a bottle.
Right now the margin is the distance between this object this button to
the other objects two from each
side.
Okay.
So we have margin from top to the other for example above it.
Maybe there is the title right.
So the distance the top margin will be the distance between this bottom
with the header above the title
above.
Okay.
We have left right bottom margin as well.
Now what is padding now for example inside each element.
We can have add other elements as well.
Right.
For example we can have a container and inside it we can have a text
right now when we say padding padding
is a distance inside from inside each element to the to the other element
that exists.
So when we put for example padding 20 pixel from the sides of our main
element it will take 20 pixel
to the next element that exists.
Again it may sound a bit complicated when we get to the page when we
want to create a page page builder
path.
I'm going to show you with couple of examples.
I'm going to make it very clear for you so don't worry about here as we
can see we have the padding
and we have the margin.
Let's change a number and see the differences.
Okay.
So I'm going to add for example a margin of 40.
And since they are linked all of them from all sides will be changed.
And if I hover my most here this is the element.
This is the second you menu element that we have here and you see
from each side we have that 40 pixel
distance added.
Right.
Now let's add some padding let's add a padding of 20 pixel.
All right and now you see pay attention to this secondary menu element
to this box between the distance
between these elements inside it and to the sides that it has.
Okay.
The 20 pixel is this.
And if I increase it for example to ATP so you see it grow.
Right.
So again if it sounds a little bit complicated don't worry about it.
We will talk about it we'll practice over and over.
We will have it a lot in the page builder section right.
And again as I said it is linked.
You can only link it here and for example you may want to have a
margin from top part.
So I'm gonna add for example 100.
Right.
And if I hover my more seriously I only have this here.
And also these things can be negative as well which again later we'll talk
about.
Right.
So now let's go to the third part which is this tile.
Now here on the set.
First of all let me click on publish to save everything.
Because sometimes these errors happen that you're working and
Southern need to ask you that.
All right you have to reload again for some security purposes and then
everything that you have done
will go to waste and you have to do it again.
So try to publish or save it then you make some changes.
So here we have a skin mood.
It's by default is on this one.
Let's try others and see how it would be.
So as you can see when I hover my most on it it will look like this and
this one this is also nice.
I think this one is better and the line can be above.
Now these settings depends on your theme the settings that you see
here is only available on this theme
if for example you buy another theme and you want to change the
header the setting would be completely
different and maybe you wouldn't be here it would be in another page
and do it some other way but all
of these things they are not so complicated.
If you spent some time on it then you know how to do it how to change
your settings for one theme you
learn this on other themes.
If you practice a little if you try a little pay attention to a software you can
do it as well on your
own so don't worry about it.
So here we have item colors which are the text so let it be on black and
you can change the color to
a custom color and then you hover your mouse on it.
Now it's blue.
I changed it to red right.
So now another thing that are all right under it.
We have also have the typography which is the font for the menu that
we have here.
If I change the font weight to 900 you see it will be bold.
So again we have a tablet for my wife.
And let's see how it will launch a mobile
right.
So let's get back here.
I clicked a mistake and something else.
Let's get back to under the.
This left window as you can see we also have the desktop tablet and my
wife thing as well.
So this was about the setting.
Now one thing I want to mention how can you change the color of the
background.
Right.
So when you hover your mouse on each of these lanes or tabs at the
left side you see the everything
is clear here.
You see them setting icons right.
So when you click on it here it will ask you how do you want it to be you
want it to be full width.
But in the container this is our container.
Right.
Everything is it will be inside this container.
You may want to say right now I don't want I want it to be from the
completely from right side and left
side of the screen.
So when you say full width they will jump completely to the right side
and to the left side.
All right.
And when you say contain the background also will be in the container
section.
All right.
So let's put it back on full with both contained and let's see how we can
change the background color
click on the side.
And here first of all we have a height that you can change it according to
how you needed to be for
example maybe thirty three is fine can change it to dark if you want it to
be dark color or if you want
just to have another type of cholera you can select it here.
Right.
But and also here we have image you can upload an image and put an
image in the background.
Anyway I'm gonna go with dark.
Sorry on light but dark doesn't have clear right.
When we clear the colors it will jump into darkness.
But now we have to change the color of our text as well.
Right.
So I'm gonna go back to the secondary menu here.
I'm going to change the color under style item color I'm going to change
it to white.
And when you hover your mouse it will be red.
So click on publish.
And now let's practice another thing that we have learned during the
previous lectures and that is writing
a text.
So I'm going to create some.
Maybe you want to write something maybe you want to write an address
here.
Maybe you want to write a text here.
Okay.
Anything in e-mail.
Right.
Contact ask.
This is our support e-mail for example.
So how you can do it click here.
On the plus sign.
And here we have HDMI All right.
This is the reason that I said it's will.
It will be very helpful for you to learn this stuff.
So here now you have the ability to write whatever you want.
So what do we want here.
We want a paragraph and inside it we want to write a text.
For example we want to write.
Contact us at this e-mail from us for support.
For example.
Right.
So what do we do.
We open a paragraph and then we close the paragraph.
Right.
And in the middle I'm going to write down for more or contact us.
Yes.
For example so forth math tests that come.
Right.
Whatever it is more.
All right.
So we have the take here.
But as you can see it's not.
It went into two lines.
The reason is here we have to just make it a little bit longer.
Right.
Receive Yeah it works.
So I'm gonna make it longer so it works this way.
So as you can see you may say right.
It is a little bit bold.
It's with the same style as this.
I don't want it to be I want it to be for example thinner.
What we have to do in the p tag write down style.
Let me just make a zoom in so you can see things better.
Okay.
Anyway style.
Equal quotation.
What do you want.
What do we want to have.
We want to have you want to decrease the font weight so font dash
weight to the arts and let's put it
on 300 peak so cynical.
Now the thing is that if you pay attention we don't see it because we
zoom.
And now it went on tablet to you I'm not sure if we had to write down.
All right.
We do need to write out peaks the peaks.
So as you can see now it is thinner.
So this way you can change this stuff you can change the color you can
change the other settings that
exists here according to your needs.
All right.
And for example you may want to add a link here a simple you can do it
this way.
And one thing I tell you if we come back here into my into the
documents that created for you here at
the top I have prepared this list for you.
But the thing is that each of these I use the same technique here.
Each of them.
Well it's it's something like paragraph we call it order and on order list we
will learn more about
it later.
But anyway it's almost the same thing.
I have changed the color because when I have added the link when you
add the link it will turn into
blue.
I change the color and I remove the declaration here.
You remember when you hover your mouse on leaks there was an
underlying.
So it's the same technique the same strategy that I used before.
So I'm gonna publish this.
So we have it and that's all there is another one on another lane under
it.
You can add for example a search for if you're interested to have a
search form here but there is something
that I have to tell you Don.
Do not try to make your header very thick because especially when you
go to other devices like tablet
and mobile if you have a thick header it will it won't look so good.
It will cover a lot of area of the screen of a phone and your users will be
annoyed and they cannot
see a lot of things on your Web site.
All right.
So that was a general tip.
I'm sorry that it took so long.
This part was a little bit more complicated and we had to talk about
some stuff but the next part would
which is about footer it would be easier because it's more or less the
same thing.
So that was all for this part.
If you have any question let me know Let me check if I have said
everything and I didn't miss anything
here.
So let's go to the other part.
Yes I have said everything.
So if you have any questions do not forget to contact me and I will see
you in the next part.
Footer
All right.
Welcome to the next part where we are going to talk about footer.
It's a little bit easier because it's almost the same thing we talked about
in the previous lecture.
So let's get back to our documents here.
Here we are footer.
I have explained everything here.
If you needed some help you can come back here.
So here we are.
You can either come here and select footer or on there our theme
option.
Come here and select footer option you will come to the same page and
then you have to click and footer.
So when we come down first of all.
Already we have something as a footer here and here it is.
It's right.
It's using copyright.
And you can change it.
Since we have talked about it since we talked about paragraphs and
links that make it bigger and analyze
what they have done here.
So if you come down and you see everything clear.
I hope so.
Here we have a paragraph started and paragraph and you see then we
have a link tag inside that we have
the address heel here.
Then they have added another thing not to follow this as something else
that later in the seal section
we'll talk about it.
Then they have the text which is here then they link TAG IS CLOSED
THE LINK tag that this is started
here.
Right.
They have separated it as you can see here and then they have another
text hovered by again.
They have another lead.
The tag opened the address to walk past that or G.
And again they have no follow preference on it.
And they have their tags and they close their link tag.
Right.
So here we can come here remove it and change it to whatever you
want.
I'm not gonna touch it at the moment and I'm going to let it be as it is.
So again we have the layout we can put it to the left side we can put it to
the right side.
Which you don't see right.
Right now you can change the padding and you can change the
typography of the funds here.
Then also you see the bag gone is dark.
You can come here again and click on the setting.
Here we have the layout option.
And here we have the color option and can put it on light or dark or
change the color to whatever you
want.
So this is the first part.
Again there's another line above it.
The top footer we can have.
I did the same thing on my own website.
You see I have a footer at the bottom of the page and I have another top
footer here that I put for
example Terms of Use and Privacy Policy and other stuff here.
So anyway you can do the same thing to have more information.
All right.
So how do we do it.
It's the same way you come here click on this plus sign.
Now here we have another option.
First of all we have a photo menu.
You can create a menu for your footer but we don't have the other
elements that exist that before in
the header.
We don't have any search bar or search icon or this kind of things.
All we have here is footer one footer two three and four.
So what does that mean.
For example here on my Web site again I have to go down.
I have one column.
This is one on some other Web sites when you visit.
You see that they have different columns and for example they have two
or two or four columns and each
of them for example in one of them they have a menu in one of them
they have something else here.
You can do the same thing for example here you can add footer one put
it here and then add Souter too
and then add footer tree.
So I'm going to just move them a little bit and make them a little bit
longer to have equal columns
all right.
So I still don't see.
All right here we have.
We have food around here we have food to feed her to.
We have a search.
So let's click on each of them and see what's going on here.
Now on food her one when I click on it.
I have general and layout well about the layout.
We are already familiar and in general here we don't have anything but
one button written at which about
widgets.
We are going to talk about with more depth later but right now I'm going
to point out to it for you
just to get familiar with this stuff.
So here we have food I one is a container.
Okay.
You can add a lot of stuff inside.
So when I click an ad widget a column will be opened.
And as you can see at the top we have archive audio calendar
categories custom ECMO.
If you want to add a text image and so on Page's recent posts tags text
video and so on.
All right.
So depending on what you want to do and what is your purpose you can
make some changes here.
For example let's say I want to add an image here.
OK.
Well I don't have an image but let's say I want to add for example image
title titles should appear
here usually does.
Anyway I'm going to come here to add image and I'm going to add for
example this logo here.
And as you can see it appear and you can edit it you can link it
according to what you want in general.
Doesn't look so good.
So you see the title also appeared and I added the image so I'm gonna
remove it.
I'm good and come back here and see what we can find here.
For example recent posts maybe hey if you have if you're working on
blogging you can have your recent
posts here.
You can have your menus here.
All right.
And says all are the same when you come to the.
For example this was with her three days.
They just added the service here as well.
For example I just title for you or.
That's right.
For example log post sets.
All right.
So that's all about footer.
It's almost similar to the header again if you want to change the color or
the layout.
You can come here and do it the way you feel it's better can go to the
style you can make it light the
architect and change the change the color of the text anyway you can
change the color of background
you can add the image for example for life.
All right you can do it this way
so it's exactly similar as what we had before.
If you have any question about Libya click on publish.
If you have any question about footer you can contact me if you need
any help here especially with writing
the estimate part.
The tags.
And so on if you need the help you can always contact me and more or
less that was all about the footer
on the next part.
We are going to talk about colors which is important.
And I have some important tools to introduce and they are very helpful.
So if you don't have any question let's go for the next picture.
33. Colors
All right.
Welcome to the next part where we are going to talk about colors.
So this is just curious here we are.
Let's click on set colors and also on my Web site I have explained how it
looks.
And here we have a tool.
We'll get to it in a moment.
So this is the color part.
Now here as I said in every theme it can be different in other themes you
may have for example a hundred
options here for colors.
All right but here as you can see we have only four.
We have four links we have when you hover your mouse on links and
we have the text color and also we
have the background color.
For example let's change the background color as you can see usually.
Well I suggest you to put it on white or very very light gray to make it
more understandable.
But according to your niche according to the type of your business.
For example if you're selling shoes that are a sport for example you can
have even a Dark Web site.
All right.
Anyway that's up to you if you want to use a background image here you
can select it.
I'm not going to change any of these and I'm going to be as they are.
But there is a tool here that it's really helpful.
It helped me over the past couple of years.
It's very easy to use and I am sure you are going to like it.
So click on this link here.
And this tool what it does it helps you to find colors that are working
together right.
So when you come here a start click on the start the generator.
It's free.
OK
all right.
So when you are here by pressing a space on your keyboard it will start
to suggest different kind of
colors getting the colors that are working with each other.
Now let's say for example I like this color and I want to have this color in
my color palette right.
I'm going to like this color or if you want for example let's say we also
have white.
You can come here and
all right.
Here it is.
And you can just bring it here and make your white.
Or you can write down the code and lock it as well.
Right.
Now when I click on the space it will only change the other three colors.
All right.
So this way for those of you who are not familiar with colors who you
don't know for example which color
a voice with which color what kind of colors you have to use for buttons
what kind of colors you have
to use for Heather for example.
This will help you a lot.
This will make your work much easier.
Right.
So not only here but I also use it for other places even on real life for
some interior design.
I use this color palette to suggest me good colors and the way that you
can use it you can just come
here take copying the code and go back to your left side.
For example here in colors I'm going to for example change the hover
here.
There is a part that I can paste the color code right now when I hover my
most on links.
As you can see it's different.
I'm going to click and publish
and I'm not sure why the header is not visible.
Let's go back here.
Go to the header part.
I think the header
should be DA came to me.
So I'm going to publish it and more or less that was all about the colors.
As you can see it was very simple had it.
It wasn't so complicated.
The setting was so little.
And the next part we are going to talk about the layouts and we are
going to almost.
And the part where we talk about the theme option and we will jump to
the next part which is about creating
a page.
Right.
So again if you have any question contact me and I will see you on the
next lecture.
34. Layouts
So in this part we are going to talk about the layout.
So let's take a look at what we have here.
Same as before.
I have explained everything.
And let's take a look at the settings that we have.
So again you can come here or from the other part the theme up
sending select layout.
And here we have four part.
We have container content a sidebar blog an archive and single post.
Now lets us talk from the first one that we close the color palette so the
container here and the amount
of pixels.
So what is the container the place that you have all of your stuff all of
your takes everything at the
center of the screen.
There is a container there and you can change the pixels.
For example here we have one hundred one thousand one hundred
seventy.
We can change this to for example one thousand six hundred k now
everything will be wider.
Let's change it to less less.
Change it to for example 800 K you see everything is more compact.
Now you can change this.
You can change it for for example right now which is on desktop.
Let's go back to the story.
Let's go back to the same number it was before and you can change it.
For example for tablet you can say right 900 for tabla.
That's too much.
Let's put it on for example 800.
OK let's put it on less maybe five hundred.
Yeah.
It looks better.
OK.
What six.
OK.
Good.
And on mobile.
Let's put it on for example 500 survive for on the 50 400 300 400.
OK.
OK 250.
All right.
So anyway the point is that you can change these according to the
same way that you want.
You you even if you wanted to be contained in a container or you
wanted to be fluid the blog and archive
container style.
This is for the other part this is for example since we are in the page that
shows the blog post.
This is exactly that part.
The previous one is in general for all pages and posts and so on.
Here we have single posts for example if we go to the hell of war let me
open it in another page.
You see how this is one of the sample posts that it was when we created
our WordPress.
Here again we can say for example contain or fool with.
And if I publish it now everything here should be full with right as you
can see it up yet.
So let's go back uncontained and there it is.
It went back to normal contain.
All right.
So the second part is content and sidebar.
So let's click on it.
So here we have three versions.
Again I have shown it here.
Here we have to reverse in the first one doesn't have any sidebar and
the sidebar is here.
We talked about it before it usually exists in the blog posts and you can
add a lot of different elements
here from widgets which Slater we'll talk about it.
And right now for example we have a search.
We have recent posts we have recent comments archives categories
and met.
All right.
You can put it on the right.
You can put it on the left side.
Or you can completely remove it right.
That's up to you.
But in general blog posts usually have the posts on the left side and the
sidebar on the right side.
You can for example add some other stuff like for example follow me on
Facebook follow me on Instagram
these kind of things or capturing e-mails usually some on some Web
site.
I've seen that people add a sign up form today may to their sidebar and
it's also useful.
Now this is the width of your content as you can see here.
We have content and sidebar.
Now 70 percent is content and obviously 30 percent will be the site or
not if I increase it or decrease
it you will see the changes and minimum is 50 50.
OK so I'm going to go back and here we have some advance option.
Let's see what do we have an advance option so here on the advance
option we have the single post if
you want to change the stuff how it looks in the single post.
This is a single post the same setting applies for the single post and
others.
Also we have some others sitting for other type of pages which it's not
necessarily you only may need
the single post and the blog post.
Right.
So let's go back.
And here we have blog an archive.
Now there are two pages here.
One of them is the pages that shows different blogs right.
The one that we are in since you have one blog post.
This is only showing one post here.
If you had for example 10 it was showing 10 posts this way and it
doesn't have any image because of
that we don't see anything but pay attention to the left site there are
some examples.
If I select this one again.
If we had some we would see the difference.
But anyway you can see the layout how it looks like OK for example on
my Web site right now it is lit
like this let me show you.
If we come to the home page
and if I come down here so as you can see I have my blog post this way
right.
But D layout so it's up to you you can change it to any type that you
want you can have for example
a one column or two column or three column.
That's up to you.
For example let's put on three column.
It would be something like mine.
All right.
Again if we have an image here would appear the image as well under
it.
We have the other performances for this setting because again because
we don't have come completed and
ready blog posts we don't see the changes.
Most of the time.
So here we have the numbers.
You can go through it.
There are very easy thumbnails schedule we don't have any thumbnail.
Right.
The thumbnail is this one.
These images are some names right.
Since we don't have any thumbnails here.
If I increase the shadow nothing would appear.
I think right.
OK.
So you want to show the author.
You see here's them by it.
Let me just for example hide it.
OK.
Do you want to show the dates for example.
Do you want to show the comments for example.
You can change these things right.
Title and Metta.
This is the title.
If I hide it this will be gone
OK.
So let me show you for example.
Let me make the date and the comments visible.
All right.
So in general this is how the path for the blog and archive works.
And as I said it's not very complicated if you just spend a little time here
you can figure it out and
everything is more or less clear.
Again we will come back to it when we want to work on posts and blog
posts if you want to make some
changes we can come back here and after we have created some blog
posts we can test it here.
The next one and the last one is a single post which so let me open it
here.
And this is the post that we have.
And as you can see this is the element or that we have title thumbnail
content tags comments and so
on.
OK.
So here we have title and we don't have any tags it's not showing it to
us.
We don't have it in some name it doesn't showing it to us.
We don't have it in content.
It's not showing it.
We have one comment it's showing right.
So if I for example being a title Let me just try if I bring a title to the
bottom of the page and I
publish it refresh this page.
Now the title is at the bottom of the screen.
All right.
So in general it is fine the way it was.
So you can say down can bring it back to the default version and just
publish it and more or less that
was all about the layouts.
And if we go back to the options that we had on our theme option we
have a blog that we have layout
options like layout and content and sidebar layout which I spoke about
all of them in this lecture.
So let me go back to our topics here so the next part we are going to
talk about customize some important
features.
So if you have any question or if you are facing any problem regarding
this lecture you can contact
me also whatever you're doing here try to practice because if I just sit
here and talk over and over
and over and over you're not going to learn.
And after a couple of days you completely will forget everything.
So what I am asking you here is to do your best to just practice these
things that we talk about at
least for once.
OK.
How long it will take for example the lecture is maximum 10 minutes.
Right.
And we can spend five minutes 10 minute practice and tried to do the
things that we have done in the
video.
Right.
This will help you to have a better learning experience.
All right.
So that was all for this lecture and I will see you in the next part.
35. Customize
All right.
So finally we have completed all of the settings on our theme options
and now it's time to talk about
the next part which is customize.
So let's take a look at what we have here under our periods.
The second option is customize.
And the next one is we just do you remember which I mentioned later.
We are going to talk about midgets in the upcoming lectures.
We will talk about widgets.
Who will come here and go to this park and talk about everything that
exist there.
Right.
So right now click on customize and then we get here so it's the same
place that we have been doing
as we have been before in the past couple of lectures.
And we talked about some of them but I want to complete it and talk
about all of it.
All right.
So the first one is the view the pro features for the theme that we have
as we talked about it before
you don't need the options here.
We can for example create the custom layout or the custom headers or
footers on our own using couple
of plugins.
The next one is LAYOUT WE TALKED ABOUT IT header footer color
and typography is the font we talked about
it.
Now all remain is buttons menus widgets home page setting and
additional CSX.
So let's start from the beginning.
Buttons.
Now in general if you use some buttons here using the standard buttons
from the theme here is the setting
if you want to change it.
But the thing is that we are going to use some other tools which it has
some good buttons and all the
settings exist there.
So we completely do not need to touch these settings about buttons OK.
So you can leave it be.
Then we have menus we talked about it before you can if you want to
create your home page for example
let's do it.
There isn't it because we don't have any pages right now.
So primary menu.
OK.
And our menu I'm going to name it go to the next page.
And now we have to add items and since we don't have a lot of items we
have a home page and we don't
have them but we have a post here.
Let me add.
For example you can add custom links as well you can at the home as
well let's add a custom link.
For example the link to our document.
What about that.
And this is the URL and let's say for example or press ducks OK.
Add to the menu.
And for example right now let me just close it as you can see we have
Hello Ward.
Home and work at WordPress ducks.
So let's say I want to have my home page first and then across
documents and then.
Hello.
You see I just changed it so easy gonna click on publish to save things
and let's go back to the customized
part.
Here we have widgets.
We will talk about it.
We have visited this park before in the sidebar when we were just
practicing creating.
For example let's just test something.
Here we have archives.
All right.
This is the ark.
Let's remove it.
And it's gone.
OK.
That's simple.
Let's go back.
And this is the part that I wanted to talk about mostly home page
settings.
Now if you pay attention when we are in our Web site our home page is
showing the blog posts right.
How we can change that.
When you click on the homepage setting your home page display right
now it is your latest posts.
Now change it to a static page.
OK.
And when you do that usually for example I have a home page right now
you may see that for example sample
page you can select that.
And later we are going to edit.
Right.
I'm going to select home.
And now the page will be different and whatever I make on the page
named home will be here.
Right.
So when we get to the part where we want to create pages we will edit
our home page and everything will
be changed here.
But right now we just link it to that page.
Right.
So I'm going to click and publish go back.
And the last part is additional CSX.
Probably you won't need it any time but if you wanted to add some stuff
to the Web site.
Some for example you want to change something you want to change
the color of something some element
and you wanted to do that but you don't know for example where it
exists in the files which I suggest
you don't go after the main files of WordPress because you may make
some mistakes and everything go
wrong.
So you can do it using this part later in the edit our home page learn
more about the page we learn
as well we want to get more professional and then we want to practice
some advance pages.
I'm going to show you where you can use this things how you can use
that additional yes as part for
this you still need to learn some other stuff as well.
Later we will learn more about it and come back to this section.
All right.
So that was all for the customized part if you have any question
regarding this part you can let me
know when you're done just click on this cross icon and you will be back
to the WordPress dashboard.
All right.
So in general that was all if you have any questions let me know I would
be happy to help you.
And on the next part we are going to talk about what we are going to talk
about page and page editor.
It's going to be very interesting.
So CNN later.
36. Classic page
Welcome to the next lecture where we are going to talk about page how
to create them and talk about
the page builders.
So let's go back to our documents.
Here We Are page and page editor.
So let's go to our WordPress dashboard.
And here at the top we are post media and pages.
Let's click on pages remove this ad.
So this is the environment around here.
Look remove this one as well.
This is the environment that we have around here at the top.
You have the title pages and then in front of it.
New.
So if you want to add a new page you come here click on add new
under it.
This is the least of the pages you already have.
OK.
I have a page named home which is my front page my home page.
If you have a signed at home page in the previous lecture I think you
should have one too maybe with
a different name sample page or something like that.
I have a privacy policy page with by default it was created here anyway
all of the pages that you create
on your Web site will appear.
Here it goes the same for the post.
It will look the same on the post section.
We will talk about it in front of it.
We have the author since they have only guests on this Web site.
There is only one user and that's me.
This is the author and a number of comments the dates and saw right.
So here we have all pages.
We have published ones my front home page.
If we have some draft or some removed pages are here OK.
So let's go to if you have assign a page to your front page.
Click on edit or click on the name.
It both will go to the same place if not click on add new and create a new
page.
So I'm going to click on home page here and on the next page.
So as you can see here we have some settings.
This is home.
The name of my page and some other settings on the right side.
Now the thing is that some time ago WordPress changed the page
builder changed this page to a new thing.
They are using another software or plugin which is called Gutenberg.
So if you're new to this you may find it interesting.
But the thing is that in my experience it is more complicated.
And the previous version was more understandable and it's not just me.
OK.
So this is the software that they are using right now Gutenberg.
And you see it has 2000 reviews.
Let me show you here.
If you go to plugins come with me as well come to plugins and go to add
new right.
So here by default when you come here on the featured page you see
some plugins.
This is Gutenberg.
This is what they are using here.
The new look that exists here is good temporary so it can change the
name of the website.
And there are some for example at the link after the page the featured
image.
It's understandable but still the other.
The previous version was I think it was better.
And as you can see the reviews that this plug in has.
It has two thousand reviews with only two hundred thousand people
using it.
But the average reviews is to a star which is extremely low.
Right.
And as you can see this is the previous version.
OK.
The previous version that it was.
It is the classic editor.
And as you can see.
OK.
It has 700 reviews but five star and five million people are using it right
now at the moment.
OK.
So the thing that I'm telling you it's not just based on my taste but based
on what exists here.
Right.
So I have put it here.
If you don't know how to find it when you come to play games at new
you can come here in the search
write down classic Ed or usually it's in the feature page so you can come
here and click on install
and when it is installed same as themes you must activate J So click on
activate and it will take a
couple of seconds and we will go back to the install plugins and as you
can see here we have classic
ed and it is active.
OK.
So if you're a fresh this page now it must look different.
So let me move this out again.
So as you can see at the top we have the name of our on our page.
Then under it we have the link that we can edit it.
But right now we cannot edit this page because it is assigned to our
home page to the front page J.
So anyone who write down that domain will come to this space.
This is why you cannot change the link if you have another page.
Let me just come here and click on add new OK so I'm gonna just write
down a title sample page for example
and when I click somewhere else this start to create you are all for it.
Okay.
So it is the U.
The domain of this Web site.
And a slight sample page.
Now I can change this.
I can write my name for example here.
Right.
Okay.
But it's not working until I click and publish.
Okay.
Right now it's just a draft so I'm going to remove it and go back to the
page we had.
So let me just explain what is lost here.
So at the top we have the title and we have the link.
And after that under it you can see there is a text editor part that you can
write right.
What ever you like.
Okay
so but we are not gonna use this.
Just know that it exists exist here on the right side.
We have a published panel it tells us about a status of this page which is
published.
It is visible and at what.
Which day and at which date it published.
You can remove it or update it since we have made some changes we
can update it.
If the page is not published a button here would be published.
K. If we come down all right so let's talk about the settings here.
First of all let me remove myself so I can see what's happening under it.
So let's go back to the top here.
We talked about the published path.
The next one is page attributes.
It's the type of your page right now its default template.
You can have it full width.
You don't need to be very about this one so I'm going to just hide it.
The next one is about the page settings.
So here we have the customized setting by default.
It's on that one.
Then we have contained or full with.
If you want your page to be filled with but I suggest you to put it on the
first one then we have the
sidebar here.
And again you can have your sidebar on the left on the right or without
in the sidebar.
And for example here we have for example the UK adoption is the
disable the header if you don't if we
want to remove your header if you want to remove the title and remove
the footer for example it was
disabled the title was Is it.
Well now I turned it on and turn off and when I updated and if I go back
to the home page now we must
have the title.
This is a title all right.
So I'm going to disable it again.
The next part is the content width by default.
I think it's on 70 person something like that but bring it up to 100 percent
because we will need 100
percent to cover all of the area the pixels.
If you pay attention to the part where we talked about the container size
do you remember that there
was a number 1000 that bring myself like one thousand one hundred
seventy.
That's the same thing.
Now here it is asking you do you want to use that one thousand one
hundred seventy one hundred percent
or you want less.
So put it on 100 percent.
And here the next part is the featured image.
OK.
Now if you have paying attention when you want to share Lynch on your
Facebook on other places on for
example messaging softwares when you share the link after couples
couple of seconds under the link and
e-mails with couple of takes will appear right.
That image is the same feature even feature e-mails here.
Right.
If you don't set any feature e-mails then by default it will take the first
image it can get from your
Web site right from your page but I suggest you to set an image for your
feature image part if you pay
attention here to the documents I have made an example.
If you share this page anywhere I think the feature image as far as I
remember I set this.
So this image should appear.
All right.
So this is important.
You can edit it later after you create your page.
Let me bring myself back here later.
So when you create your page you used your images then you can
come back here and set click select one
of the images that fits your feature image best.
You can use it here as well.
All right.
So in general that was all about the page and page editor area the
environment around it.
And the next part we are going to talk about one of the most powerful
plugins or softwares out there
for wordpress.
I can say I have used many different plugins especially for building
pages over the past couple of years
but I can say with absolute certainty that this plugin is the best of them.
It's very simple very easy and it has both free and pro version and even
on free version you can do
a lot of things.
OK for my Web site I'm using the pro version and it has some additional
elements.
We'll talk about it later.
And as I said if you even if you use the free version it's going to help you
a lot.
It's an amazing plugin.
All right.
So that was all for this part if you have any questions contact me if not
let's jump into the next lecture.
37. Elementor
All right.
So welcome to the next part in this lecture we are going to talk about a
plug in that I promised is
going to be amazing and very interesting.
The name of the plug in is elementary.
So you may have heard it.
If you have been familiar with Wordpress before
after below to see this video there is a simple video tutorial from their
Web site.
I've put it here.
OK.
I've explained some of this stuff here.
So the plugin exists here.
You can come here to the download page and click on download or you
can download it from your WordPress
both of them works.
If you download here it would download the zip file and you have to
upload it on your WordPress.
And here are the information about it.
A video about it that they have put here.
You can read more about the reviews in isolation.
The installation is very easy.
And as I said it's one of the best plugins I have faced.
You can come to the support page and write the ticket ask some
questions and so on.
And here we are.
This is our.
This was our page that we have created.
And this.
Here we are at like it.
So I'm gonna go to add new and an add new I'm going to write than a
mentor search for it and here it
is element or page we learn in a style now as you can see over four
million active installations which
is huge.
So a lot of people using it meanings.
It means that it's a good plug.
So I installed and activated it as you can see it's here.
And when I go back to my pages here this is our home page to post all
of them are the same.
If I refresh it here you see a button up here.
EDIT Read elemental.
Now I'm gonna click on edit with element or just hold on on this page
and it will take a couple of seconds
and it will load the page builder as you can see on the right side.
We have our page how it looks right now and on the left side we have
our elements.
OK.
So under next lecture I'm going to show you around to make elements
familiar for you.
We'll talk about the different parts different sections that exist and then
we are going to start talking
about each of these elements.
The strategy is to use them the sections that each of them has and
some techniques and tricks to create
some fabulous pages.
All right.
So that was all for this part.
If you're ready and if you don't have any questions let's go for the next
one.
38. Elementor environment
Welcome to the next lecture where we are going to talk about element or
we are going to get familiar
with the environment and everything inside it.
And a step by step on the next upcoming lectures we're going to learn
about each tool separately.
So here we are.
This is our home page and we are using it.
Elementary we are in the elementary view
in the documents that we have here I have written some explanation
about the environment.
But let's take a look at it here together.
So first of all everything that you want to do with the page all the
elements all the settings everything
is inside this left window and you can close and open it if you want to for
example after making some
changes some editing some adding some elements you want to see
how your page looks like you can just
close and open the window.
This is number one.
This lets us stuff on the top at the top.
We have two icon one on the left which is the setting general setting of
the elements or for this page
on the right side.
We have all the elements.
All right.
So let's go to the setting and on the setting here the first part is the
colors.
So this is the color palette by default.
And let's say you want to edit something you want to write a takes you
want to make some changes when
you have a color palette.
When you want to change some colors these colors will be visible there
as a suggestion.
And it will make your work easier.
Okay.
You don't need to just write the code every time for the same color.
You can just make it once here or select from these examples.
For example this one apply it and use it as you go forward.
OK.
So this is about color.
We have default.
We have default fonts as well.
Primary headline secondary headline and so on so we can change that
takes off your headline.
For example you may you want to have different font aside for your
headlines and different fonts style
for your takes.
And by the right.
So here you can change the ways.
You can change the font as well.
The next part is a global sitting.
I suggest you not to touch anything here.
You don't need it on both the style and lifeboats.
It's a little bit.
It's on a next level maybe intermediate you can call it.
So then we have dashboard setting which is about the setting for
elementary.
Jump to this element or settings and about element or we'll give you
some more information about it.
So the setting cards.
You don't need to touch anything here.
Then we have preferences and this is about the window right here.
OK.
So when I normally it is on light theme in if I change the dark.
If we are interested more in dark view for example I am myself a fan of
dark views usually we can put
it on that but for now we'll go with the default version.
And I think it's better to use the light words and on the course more
visible.
Then forget about this two it's about light voice again.
Find out if you want to look for something in the elemental or some
maybe tool or other things.
You can search it here and then we have you page which when you click
on it it's if you click on leave
it will jump to the page that you are editing which we have it here.
So you don't need to an exit to the dashboard and under it at the bottom
we have settings which is about
the setting of the page that you are in right now.
You can change the title also from here.
The estimators put it on pending review private or published adding a
feature image we had it in the
previous section and the title hiding.
And then we have a style on the style you can change the color of
background for example you can put
it on red depending on what you want or just clear it.
Hey you can add padding to your page you can add images to a
background or even gradients you can add
the gradient here as well you see.
So clear it up so then we have advanced which is available on proverbs
and only.
Let's come back at the bottom.
So here we have navigator.
When we have some elements in the screen let me show you right click
on navigator.
A panel will open here a window and let's add some elements to our
page here.
OK.
So as you can see all of them all of these elements that we have used.
They're all available here.
This is because sometimes you are looking for an element you cannot
find it when everything is so complicated
and you have added a lot of things or sometimes some elements will
overlap each other and you want to
select the one which is behind by clicking just this way.
It's difficult but this way you can come here and selected or you can just
hide some elements and so
on.
All right.
So the navigator is mostly for that part.
We have history that shows what you have done till now.
If you want to go back some steps that you have done before
responsive mode which is which will show
you how your page will look like on tablet and mobile.
And then we have preview changes that it will open another page which
shows you what changes you have
made before you publish or updated.
Okay so that's a general lot of element toward the environment here.
And the next part we are going to talk more about containers and after
that we will start with elements
from top to bottom and learn everything about.
All right.
So if you have any questions regarding these topics that we had till now
you can just go to the question
and answer section and write it there for me.
I check them almost every day a couple of times.
And if you're ready let's go for the next lecture.
39. Container
All right.
So in this part we are going to talk about containers on elementary and
inner sections.
So let's take a look at what they are.
Again we have the explanation here but if you just want to go back and
review them.
So here at the center of the screen you see there is two options for the
plus and a file or if you have
a template you can added We are not going to talk about that.
So when you click on this plus a list of structures will be suggested here.
Now these are containers that you can put elements inside them.
For example let's select this first one.
Okay so this is my container.
Now when we have the it consider itself as an element.
All right.
So you can click on the center here to move it.
For example you can click on the plus to add another section and other
container or if you want to remove
it you can click on this cross icon.
Okay.
So everything's clear for you.
Let me see if I can zoom in.
Thank you so much.
All right.
So when you click on this part it will.
All right.
Got it.
It will jump into this settings of this element that you have selected.
Okay.
So here we have layout.
We have a style.
We have advanced about these three sections.
We will talk in the upcoming lectures.
But just to show you what do I mean by that.
For example if I change the background color of the element that was
just selected you see this part
only will be change.
All right.
So let me clear the color.
Go back to where it was and let's try adding other type of containers.
So this was the first one.
Now let's add this one.
OK.
So here we have three different elements.
All right.
And inside each of these we can add other elements as well.
For example let's come here to the elements that we have.
And I'm going to add let's add a button.
All right.
I'm going to add a button to the first part.
Again I'm going back to the elements second one
here and that.
So as you can see I have added three different elements into three
different areas about how we can
align them again later we will talk about it but I just wanted to show you
what's the difference.
And the thing is that as you can see let me remove the second one here
and as you can see we have the
container in blue color the blue border here.
But if I hover my most here we have another thing here you see this
black.
This is the column.
All right.
So the column inside the container.
Now here we have only one column so I can select this.
Click on this sign here and then I will go to the setting of the column.
If I go to a slide and change the color you see this is the color.
Now let's again open create another type of container here.
And this time as you can see we have three columns.
So I'm going to change the color of this the first one to for example blue.
Sometimes when you just directly click on the color palette above here
it's not.
Ah no that's not the problem.
Yes.
Sometimes when you just directly click on the color palette it will not
change the color.
But since we don't have any element inside it it's not showing us the
color.
So I'm just gonna add a button here and you see it changed and let's do
the same thing.
This time I'm going to add a text and this time I'm going to add an image.
Right.
So let's change the color of these as well.
Color let's put it on for example purple and this one.
Let's change the color to for example yellow.
OK.
So as you can see we have different containers here different structures.
And each of them has different number of columns.
OK.
Again if you click here you see there are a lot of different options to
have.
Now let me remove these and start from scratch again.
So there is another element here which is almost connected to what we
have.
So let's say you have a container which includes two color.
Right.
And let's say for example you here you have a title.
You have a text and let's say under this text you want to have two
images right or three majors.
So what we have to do here is to go back to elements.
And here we have inner section.
You can add this only one time in each column.
OK one time in each column you cannot.
For example here if I bring it I will have another container with two
columns then I cannot go again
into the inner section and add this to the next column inside is all right.
And here I have two columns I can add two images and let's see if I
want to add three made for example
how to add columns if I just hover my mouse on this icon of the column
icon and right click on it you
see there's an option written duplicate and I can't obligate it.
Right.
So let's go to here at the image again at the image and again at the
image.
Right.
So in general that was all about the container and the columns and inner
section.
Okay.
So right now after this video finished just go to the go to your element or
to your home page and try
to play with these sections.
Take a look at all of the different structures that exist and just practice
one time whatever I have
done here you can do the same and practice yourself to get familiar with
this stuff and remember as
long as I sit here and I talk about it you are not going to learn unless you
do it yourself right.
So if you want to if you really want to learn it you have to do it.
So if you have any question if you face any problem contact me and if
not let's go for the next picture.
40. Editor tabs
So on this lecture we are going to talk about the next step of editing our
elements and the three taps
that I mentioned before.
So here we are on the left side.
As you can see whenever we select an element it doesn't matter what it
is.
For example from the container to the other elements at the top here on
the left side we have three
sections three taps when I am selecting the container.
Here we have layout a style advance if I select the for example column.
Again we have layout style advance if I select elements we have content
style that.
Okay.
It's all the same.
So let's just quickly take a look at what is inside each of these in both
containers columns and elements
to just get familiar with what exists here.
And as we go forward when we are taking a look at each element
separately you'll practice them again
I will tell you on which element what are the settings and what are the
differences.
So here on I have selected the container and layout we have for
example some settings about the layout
itself.
If I if I want to stretch it if the column gap is where it should be on default
or I have to change
it make it wider the height and the tag for it you don't need to worry
about most of these things on
it.
We have the structure.
We can do it this way we can do it this way.
Right.
Can 50/50.
So under this layout we have some general setting about the layout of
what the container or the column
that we have.
Then we have a style.
Everything about design exists here.
Okay.
We have background we have background overlay we have border.
If if we want to have border for example select solid and I'm going to
give a number to it or let's
say double for example or dash lines right.
So as you can see everything again everything about design exists
here.
We have Mark shadow or adding shadow to our elements we have
shaped divider typography and so on again
everything about design and the style exists in the style that we have
advanced which in the first part
of advanced we have margin and padding.
You're familiar with that.
You have talked about it before.
Again do you practice here.
Then we have motion effects which is about animations responsive and
costume CSF which is for progress
only.
OK.
So this was for container and if we have other type of elements for
example a text on the first tab
we have content.
So here we have to add the content you can add the text and the setting
for that exists here.
If we select the heading The headline here we have the title we have all
of your text you should write
them here okay.
You can add a link you can change it to for example each one or it's four
it can change the alignment
center.
Right.
OK.
So you can make all this changes here in the content.
Again on the style we have everything about the design but the
information the setting for each element
can be different.
OK.
If you remember for for example four container here on their side we
have different things.
And here we only have text color typography and so on.
All right.
So on advanced again the first thing on all of the advanced sections for
all the elements.
The first thing we have is margin and padding.
And that index the rest of it which will talk about it later motion effects
which is about animations
background border positioning responsive and custom CSF.
All right.
Let's go.
It goes the same way.
Right.
For example for MH Again we have the image here.
You can click and upload any means we can change the size we can
change the alignment caption and link.
All right.
So in general that was all about the three important tabs that will let you
control whatever element
you are you have selected the content or layout this side advance.
OK.
Now the thing is that besides all of this I wanted to add another point.
So when you hover your most on every element and right click on it.
There are some
setting some settings will appear.
You can edit it.
You can duplicated which we talked about application before.
You can copy and paste it later.
You can save it as a template.
And here you can load as a template then if you have navigator and
delete.
So if you want to for example delete this text you come here and you're
going to delete this.
Right.
If you want to for example here we have add new color we can add new
column right or you can delete
the code.
OK.
So in general that was all for this lecture and the next part that Missy
OK.
We don't have the information here for each element because it was too
much.
And on video we can get to them easier.
So underneath lecture we are going to talk about specifically about
headline and texts.
All right.
So again spend some time practice these things that we talk about and I
will see you in the next lecture.
41. Headline & text
Welcome to another lecture on Elementary where we are going to talk
about headline and tastes.
So let's get back to work.
And here we are.
And let me remove these in our section.
Let me.
Let's just completely remove everything and start from scratch.
Now when I go to elements here here we have the headline.
All right.
And let me just add the text as well.
All right.
So I want to edit the headline.
Either I can come here and just click on it or I can come here on the edit
path and the blue border
here and this way I'm going to select the headline.
Now here as I mentioned it before is the part that you have to write.
This is my headline.
One for example.
And then you can add a link to it for or reality dot com.
And then you add the link it the headline will be clickable.
People can click on it and jump to the link that you have now and the
link path in front of it there
is a setting.
Right.
If I click on it there are two options open in new window and add no
follow.
So when I check this one people who come here and click on my
headline it will open the link on a new
window.
Right.
And a new page an ad not no follow when you mark this one from a
CEO perspective from search engine
perspective.
People won't come here and click on the link.
Search engine will not count.
This week will not consider this because links on web site has values for
search engines.
If there are for example hundred links from can defend that site to your
Web site your Web site rank
will go higher.
Search engines will value this more.
All right.
And then you add then no follow.
It will not add the value to the other page.
OK.
About this we will talk more in the SEO part OK.
I'm just in generally explaining everything that exists here.
Right.
So I'm going to remove the link since we don't want our headline to have
a link then under we have size
which is default.
It can be a small even though that it is each one or two or it's six or six.
OK.
So you can change it to any type that you want then we have the tag for
it.
We have each one up to age 6 and we have even P and so on.
OK.
I'm going to put it on each one.
Then we have the alignment.
If by default it is on left.
It can be center right or justified as it consider.
It's right.
OK.
So I'm gonna put it at left that's all about the contents part for any
headline.
Let's go for the next part aside.
Here we can change the color.
I usually select this color for my headlines.
I'm not too black not too gray.
Something in middle and you can write the code if you have the color.
And here you can change the color here.
This is the opacity of your object of your text whatever it is all of the
colors usually have this.
So in general you can put it on 100 percent.
Then we have typography.
When I click on typography you see it turns blue and an icon will appear
here.
So if you make some changes you didn't like it.
You want to go back to the default.
You can click on it and it will jump back.
Right.
So the first thing on typography we have font family which if you click on
it all of the other font
families come here you can change it to whatever font fonts style that
you want.
Then we have size.
Don't pay attention to the right part.
Normally it is on pixel scale.
There are other versions to calculate the sizes but just keep it on pixel.
It is easier fun.
OK.
We have the size and desktop you can click on it and change the size
for tablet and mobile as well.
Later on the responsive section we talk about it by default.
It shows no no.
And it is the beginning of the bar.
But if you change it just starts to change.
OK.
So if you don't like it reset it.
They reset the headline says oh since I have changed.
Every time that I come here it will go back to what I have made until I
removed a number.
Here we have the font weight it can change the weight is.
This is also good for headlines.
And then we have transform all love letters you want if you want it to be
uppercase lowercase and so
on the style.
If you want it to be italic or not declaration Do you remember when we
were talking about a statement
SPSS there was a part that we are.
It's here even though after all these lectures I kept it open.
So do you remember I wrote down remove the line under the link e-mail
and we wrote down a style in that
style part we wrote down text dash declaration equals non it's the same
thing here.
Right.
We have the declaration.
We want to have to underline over line or through it or non you can
change it here.
After that we have the line height which is the difference the distance
between each line.
And again I'm going to remove it and letter spacing if you want to
change it if you know what you're
doing here from a design perspective.
Touch these things if not usually keep them as they are.
OK so then we have takes shadow if you want to add shadow to your
headline.
You can do it here as you see this is opacity and I change it to increase
it will become darker and
this is the horizontal.
It will move the shadow in the horizontal axis and zero and also vertical.
OK.
Usually you don't need these things.
But anyway I'm telling you to know the font where you can find it.
Now this is the blend mode you can blend your.
You can add filters on your headline and depending on the for example
the color of the background the
color of itself you can make some changes here.
The same thing we have in Photoshop if you are familiar with Photoshop
and you have worked with it you
can add these mood to different layers and they have different reactions
according to the layer under
them or above them.
Right.
So keep them on normal if you don't know what you're doing.
Let's go to the next part and here on advance again we have margin.
You are familiar with that.
Let's put it on 50 for example.
You see it changed this way.
And let's change the padding to for example 100.
Right.
And as you can see here we don't have it.
It doesn't show that bikes.
But anyway you know what it is.
Right.
We have practiced this before again in front of each of these you see a
desktop icon you click on it
it will go on tablet for example maybe on desktop you want it to have
one hundred margin but on it you
want it to.
If you don't write anything it will take the numbers from desktop but
maybe here you want to have 50.
Okay so this is how you change it how you make it responsive for
different platforms for different devices.
Anyway about responsive we will talk about it in the upcoming lectures.
So all right here we have z index z index is then the number for the
layers that you have for example
you may have an image.
Let's let's try it.
OK let's try it right now.
Let me get let's keep this let's add an image here.
So here we have the image.
Now I want to overlap them all right.
I want to bring the image behind the headline what I have to do.
I'm going to unlink this and I'm going to decrease the margin.
But the thing is that it's right now over the headline.
But I want the headline to be on it.
And the thing is that I cannot select a headline anymore so I'm going to
come here into a navigator.
I'm going to select a headline from here and on z index I'm just going to
increase the number if I give
this one number two and this one number one my headline will be
above.
But if I add it to number two or three this one will be above it.
Right.
So I usually don't use that minimal damage.
Usually don't use z index unless you need to unless you want to overlap
something being something above
and so on.
OK then we have CSX Ida you don't need to think about this write.
It's some a little bit advanced of stuff then we have motion effects on
their motion effects.
We have animation animation that when the page is loading these
animations will be loaded as well.
So to make an example if we come here and if I refresh this page
and then it is loaded completely if I come down.
Pay attention to the images here at the bottom.
You see this is enemy.
This is the same thing OK.
They are loading.
So you can how you can do this.
You can do this using their motion effects here you select your element
to come to advanced motion effects
and put it on for example fade in up.
And it will fade.
Now you have seen these kind of animations thousands of times in
different Web sites.
And I myself before I knew all these things I was very curious.
Okay.
Oh it's interesting it looks interesting.
I wish I could do something like that.
But as you can see here it's just a piece of cake right.
You can slow it can make it fast or put it on normal and you can add
dilated.
You see.
Here again let me show you when I refresh the page.
The three majors they come on they will appear one after each other.
Okay.
They want all of them appear at the same time.
This.
I did it with the same technique here.
So pay attention to the images you see first name Jim Compton
GoDaddy.
Then Google domains.
Again pay attention named Chip Cody Dawe right.
So the way you can do it is to add timing.
For example if I add this one 400 at 400 to this one and come to the
setting of my takes and an emotional
faith I had the same thing but that's at this.
Right.
800 K. if I update it and go to my home page and refresh it.
First we should see a headline and then that takes.
Let's take a look at it again.
You see it's that simple and enjoyable.
So let's go back to our headline here we have background.
If you want to have a background colour for your headline or
background image or background gradient
on normal and both and hover when you hover your mouse.
OK let's say I want to say let's clear it and let's say for example let's say
for example I want it
to be blue cave and I hover my mouse on it.
It will show the background colour.
Right.
Or the image or not.
Also here again we have this uh transition duration to make it take
longer to show the to show it and
to fade it.
Right.
You see it you can change the settings from here.
Anyway I'm going to clear it and go back here.
We talked about everything.
Then we have border.
You may say that.
All right these are stylised stuff.
Why we have it here.
Yes sometimes they have moved something for example we have
border border usually it's about design
but it is under attack.
I don't know why they mean sort of a side they put it there but well it's
here we have border again
on normal we can put solid for example change of it.
Change the colour change the border radius for example 10.
OK.
You see all of the size around that.
Now you have seen this here you see all of my images my containers all
of them are round that I didn't
add a border I added a background colour.
Let me show you let me remove this solid color.
And here on the background I'm going to add a color right.
I'm gonna add for example red and you see because I have a border
radius.
The corners are rounded right.
So uh take it out and let's go back to border.
I'm going to reset it to zero.
And for example on again on hover you can have when you hover your
mouse on something you will have
your border.
It's the same thing almost.
OK.
And again you have.
Here we have a bike shed for example.
You can add a shadow to your left before we had the shadow for our
headline for the text itself.
But now we have for the container of the text.
It may sound a little bit complicated but when you walk with it it gets
easier.
All right but the thing is that all right we have it here.
That's good.
So sometimes it it's different.
So we have it a normal mode and hover.
So if we have it on for example hover if we turn it on on hover mode
when I hover my mouse over it and
let's add some duration and you see that looks good right.
So you can add the shadow this way as well.
And this was all about border.
Let's talk about positioning.
Don't touch positioning.
It's a little bit advanced.
I want to get to this maybe later when you get good at it.
We will talk about it.
We have responsive and on the responsive tab we have.
We have options for hide on desktop tablet and mobile.
So if I do if I turn it on we won't see this title on desktop but we will see it
on tablet and mobile.
OK then we have custom CSX which is available on the provision.
The things that you have learned on the.
For example a CML and CSX.
You can write it here.
But since we are using it for free.
This part is close.
OK let's quickly.
This later became law.
Let's quickly take a look at the options of text.
Again you can write your text here.
This is the place to write your text.
Okay.
You can write it here.
And if you are one thing we have seen this kind of setting almost in
different places on Wordpress.
Now here we have a visual and text when it is on visual when we see
that.
Well in general we will see the text right.
But if I change it to text right now it's not showing because we did not
updated but it would start
to show us the code.
Right.
OK.
So when you go on takes it is a code when it is on visual.
It is the.
You see we don't have those.
He tags that I just added.
OK.
So you can change the color you can change the settings somehow
from this way this part as well.
Right.
Then we have the style which is almost the similar thing.
We have the alignment.
We have the text color typography and again on advance.
We almost have the same options.
So in general that was all for this part this lecture about headlines and
texts.
They are very close.
The settings are very close to each other.
And as we go forward all the settings will be very close to each other so
we don't need to spend a lot
of time on the settings over and over and we can just speak about the
elements and where we can use
it.
Right.
So what I want you to do right now.
This is serious.
This is important.
And I'm not joking right now.
Go to your elemental and please spend some time on practicing.
Hey test everything we did here on the video.
You can go back play the video again and with me step by step make
the changes.
OK.
If you just do it for one time it will sits in your brain.
OK.
But if you just skip it and let's say oh okay I don't have the mood right I
will do it later.
And then the later calm you will forget everything OK.
When you get your event you engage yourself you will learn all these
things.
That's all I'm telling you right.
So that was all for this lecture if you needed my help any time contact
me on the question and answer
section and I will see in the next lecture.
42. Image and video
Hey everybody.
I'm so glad to see you here again.
And this part we are going to talk about e-mails and videos on how we
can create them how can import
them on elemental.
OK so let's come here and till now we have used.
We have talked about headline takes in our section.
And now let's start with e-mails.
All right.
I'm going to add.
Let's create a new container and make it with two columns.
And let's add an image inside one of them.
So here we have the image.
By default it will show this simple image.
You can click on choose image here.
It will jump into your library and you can import any image that you want.
For example you can come here.
Let's go to for example on my own website.
Let's go down to
for example which we can bring here.
For example this image.
OK.
I'm just going to save it.
Where is it.
This is so I can add some downloads.
Save the PNC and let me open file here.
So here we are on downloads.
And this is the image right.
And now I'm going back to my page editor and just drag and drop this
image here.
Same as before it will take a couple of seconds and I'll always I'll always
write down the all takes
and import your media.
OK.
So here we are.
This is the image.
You can change the size.
You can make it smaller.
And if you pay attention because this image is not a square.
When I did this web part of it will be removed.
Okay.
So you can put it on full.
So it will show it as your e-mail size is you can align it to the sides.
You can add caption to it which under it will write something you can add
a link to it for example to
a T.
And it will be clickable.
OK.
So let's test this open a new window.
I'm going to updated and when we come here here is our image.
And when I click on it it won't go to my website.
Just a second.
Since we are using this platform for free I think the links are not working
because of that.
Just let me try it again.
Date
refresh rate und now it's working.
Okay.
Now if you pay attention at the bottom of the screen under my logo here
it shows the link.
And as you can see it jumped into the documents for this Web site for
this course.
So I thought maybe because it's free.
It's not showing that.
Anyway that's the first part the content part.
Then we have style.
We have vids of it.
If you want you can change it.
You can change it for different devices and you can.
For example put it as a face of a maximum this width not.
Don't show this image bigger than the size that I have selected.
Then on day two we have normal weights.
How do you want the opacity to be a normal mode.
And do you want to add any filter.
Do you want to lower it for example.
Do you want to increase or decrease the brightness
contrast saturation.
Like why for example let's put it on black and light and then you hover
your
let's increase the.
Oh okay I understand.
First let me just reset this and on hover let's put it as it is this way and
then go back here and put
it and change the saturation to zero in this way when you hover your
mouse on it you have seen this
before for example some button some images when you hover your
monitor black and white.
And when you hover your mouse you see the it will be colorful and you
can change it.
Increase the time to make it more smooth.
You see some numbers decrease it to half a second.
Right.
It looks nice.
Right.
So we can change these things from here.
You have hover animation you can change it.
For example I have used this a lot
or you can put grow and squeeze it.
If you pay attention here on the buttons that we have.
This is the exact same thing I use the same animation.
Right.
So let's remove these and there are a lot of animations here.
You can just practice.
Try and see how they are and which one you'd like the most.
I'm going to remove these things normal remove.
Okay.
And then we have border again same as before it's the same thing.
I'm not gonna spend time talking about it.
Let's go to the advance again we have margin back padding.
We have z index the ivy.
We have the motion of faith faith in you have for example you see these
are the loading animations that
you can use it same as before the background you can change the color
on hover for example you can add
a background that's the color you see these are all similar to each other.
So when you learn one of them the rest will be very obvious.
Again we have border we have border on hover we pay attention.
We have border on two places.
OK.
And literally there the same thing.
Let's see.
Right.
Yeah.
I don't know why they have put it in.
But well it exists here.
We have the position which we are not going to talk about is responsive
and so on.
OK.
So this was all about image.
It's very it is very simple practice and it's nothing complicated about.
I'm going to remove the image and let's talk about the videos.
So here we have a video option.
So I'm gonna drag and drop it here and by default it will load a video and
when I select a video that's
sitting here under content you have to select a source you want it from
YouTube Vimeo and other places
it is on Vimeo on YouTube and you can show the link for example here.
This is one of my one of my videos for one of my book reviews.
So I'm going to just copy and paste the link all right.
So it changed.
OK.
And you can add a start time at a time.
Not show all of it.
You can put it on auto.
Or when someone come here it's a soft loading you can put it on mute
loop and so on.
These are the settings for the video player and then we have the image
overlay if you want to show some
image over the over the video.
For example you can come here and show you.
For example you can select the image that you want and it will show it
over the video.
I'm not suggesting it but if you just need it you can do it.
Let's come to a side you can't select the ratio that you want.
To show.
OK.
And again here we have the same stuff we can blurry you can make it
black and white and so on.
You have the advance which is margin padding motion effects the same
thing.
OK.
And we have background border position responsive and all are the
same.
Now here I want to show you something else.
Now sometimes when you use the video element here and you import
you if you just sometimes it's not
working sometimes it's not showing.
There are some bugs there.
OK.
Now how we can fix this is another way to import the videos.
And it's I think it's better.
I usually use this way.
I almost never use this element.
So here if you just write down HDMI l there are two elements here.
Use the first one and drag and drop it here.
Now what it does have any code that you write here.
It will show it here.
For example Hi.
Hi.
Yeah.
OK.
And let's put it for example in
OK.
Put the tags and closing tag itself.
Okay.
But then let's put it in for example each one.
Okay.
And now I'm gonna change the title.
Style is equal to quotation color to dot red.
Same color.
Okay.
So it's the same thing as before.
Okay.
It's a shame fine.
You can write codes in it.
Now how we are going to use it in our advantage.
There is a system called ambit.
Now we'd embed.
You can import codes plugins a lot of things same as videos into your
website.
So I'm gonna come here and then you come down here and you want to
share the video here click on share.
And here you can share it on Facebook Twitter and so on.
And also we have embed.
So click on embed it will give you a code.
You can put the start at any number you can show the players control
play and other things.
And so on then you're done.
Just click and copy it will copy the code and come back here and paste
it just in decimal five.
OK.
And as you can see we have the video here.
We have two videos both of them looks fine but usually on some
browsers this one have some weaknesses.
That is why I suggest you most of the time use the estimate file to
embed your videos.
So let's take a look at it.
OK.
As you can see both of them are right now working.
Oh OK.
But as I said sometimes there's some problem with the first.
Right.
So that was all about the images and videos and let's see what do we
have next.
We have buttons and buttons are interesting.
We are going to talk about buttons next.
And keep going to the bottom of the screen will try at least test each
element for one time.
We will not go very deep in each element since the setting for them are
all almost similar.
And again if you have any question contact me and I will see on the next
lecture.
43. Buttons
Welcome to the next part where we are going to talk about buttons so
buttons are really important.
We are going to use it a lot and when we are creating a website.
So I'm just gonna add a new column here to make it smaller.
And here I am going to add just drag and drop the button here.
OK.
So this is how it normally looks.
Let's take a look at the three tabs that exists here for button at the first
the first option is the
type of fit.
What do you want to type off your button to be.
I usually don't selected but it's better to select it.
Okay.
You want it to be just full says warning danger.
Now in each type lies your button.
For example when you want to grab e-mails you can put the success
when there is a problem.
Then if for example someone is removing something or leaving the page
or something that you consider
as a warning you can put a on it.
In general I would suggest you to touch it.
Let it be as it is on default.
Then we have the text Click here to visit that tool for example.
You can write whatever you want.
Now here you have to add the link.
All right.
Let me.
OK.
Let me show you.
I'm going to copy and paste this link here.
Same as before and on the right.
We see we have the open new window and so on.
And one thing I want to tell you here.
Let's take a look at this Web site.
This page that I created for you you see that for example when I click on
theme setting it will go to
him sitting.
OK.
When I click on elemental error it will go to element or part right.
How you can do the same thing.
Right.
These are buttons as well.
Right.
So here when you want to write a link you don't do that.
You will write the IED off an element.
So we have not talked about it before but we have seen it.
So to make this page a little bit longer I'm going to add a couple of
images here and let's face it
one image then I'm going to duplicate the image a couple of times.
Right.
And at the bottom of the screen I'm going to add another one.
And here let's just put a title right now for the title of it.
When I select the title.
When we come to advanced here we have Cece's I.D..
Now this is optional.
You can name it whatever you want.
And I'm going to write right down just my title.
Don't add the spaces between.
OK.
My title I'm going to copy this and we are going back to our button and
here just write this sign this
high stakes sign.
And then the idea of the element that you want.
All right.
So if I updated and if we come here and refresh our page right we have
everything and if I click on
this it will jump in to the element that we have defined it before.
Right.
So it is as simple as that.
Nothing complicated.
I did the same thing on my own web page.
All right.
So let's remove this and this one as well and let it be as it is.
We have the alignment again put it on center.
We can make it bigger for usually four call to actions that are important
try to make it more visible.
Don't use for example small or buttons that are not very visible I usually
use medium or large sometimes.
Then you can add an icon.
So click on adding the icon here that there is an icon library that you can
just go through them and
take a look at it or you can search for example book OK.
These are the books I'm going to select one I'm going to insert.
And as you can see here we have the icon you can mention to being
show it before or after the icon of
spacing the distance between the icon and the text.
And as you can see it's that simple here you can add a button Ivy and
later somewhere else use this
button idea same as a society.
But again we are not going to use it in the level that we are learning in
this course.
All right.
So let's go for a style on a style.
Again we have typography.
You can change the size.
You can change the line height every setting for the fonts exist here.
We have take shadow.
Same as before.
It will add shadow to your text.
Then we have the setting for the button on normal and hover mode.
So on normal mode we have the text color and background.
Let's say a normal will put it on the screen and then we hover.
I want it to be darker.
So when I hover my mouse on it it will be darker.
We have the same thing right here as you can see not only it gets darker
but it will shrink so when
we go in on normal you have takes color and background color and then
you go to hover mode.
You have animation as well.
So this will be the same thing that you see on my on that page.
Right.
As simple as that.
Now I'm going to remove it or let it be as it is.
Then we have border again.
You can make it solid.
And for example at some length we also select a color what color you
want and.
All right let's say let's take a look at the border.
The corners of these buttons that I have created.
Let's remove the border completely clear the color and put it on now.
And here we have border radius.
If you put it for example on 10 it will be built around it.
But if you bring it to the maximum level possible it will be a complete
circle.
Right.
And it doesn't matter if you go higher after a maximum number I don't
know if it is 40 or 30 let's try
30.
Yeah.
And for the I think it's complete rounded.
Right.
So if you want to create around complete rounded button it's this way if
you want to have a shadow under
it it will be like this but the shadow won't appear in the hover mode.
OK.
This is about this shadow will be there no matter you hover your most on
it or not.
Okay.
We have padding this padding as for inside the button same as before.
I don't know why they put it here as well because we also have it here.
It's almost the same thing.
All right.
I'm not.
Oh OK.
This is different yeah.
This padding with the other padding is different.
This is the padding that we had till now.
And the other one is acting as the distance between inside the button
with the takes.
OK.
There are two patterns here.
Then we have the same thing motion effects which I have used it a lot in
my website.
So they have background border position and response.
OK.
So you saw it's not very complicated with a little practice you can get
good at this and you can create
good patterns later on the upcoming lecture.
After we finish with complete all of these elements here I'm going to
suggest to some platforms that
will help you with design and give you some ideas in spray inspire you to
create better designs for
your website.
All right.
So that was all about buttons.
If you have any questions let me know on the next part.
We are going to talk about those it's divider and the spacer it's very
simple.
We'll take a couple of minutes to talk about.
All right.
So if you have any questions let me know.
If not let's go for the next lecture.
44. Divider & spacer
All right.
So in this lecture we are going to talk about two elements divider and a
spacer.
So let's what.
Let's see what they are.
So here you have divider and a spacer.
Let's drag and drop and see how it looks.
Now usually dividers are some for example line some elements dash
lines that lines that separate different
elements from each other.
OK.
All right.
As you can see two couple of seconds to load.
So this is how it is for example I can decrease the size and align it to the
center.
You have seen it in different websites.
It can be solid.
It can be double.
It can be for example different styles.
OK.
Yeah.
You can practice.
You can just test them and see which one you like the most and use it
on your website.
According to the needs that you have you can add element can be a
non Gambian text.
For example you can put something in the middle.
And for example you can write the title of the next topic right.
Or you can add an icon.
Right.
Right.
Which is a star you can change it to whatever you want.
For example stamp gay.
Let's go back to non under a style you can change the color of your
divider.
Let's put the actual lists put then a text here and
this is the V8 or somehow the thickness of the line.
I'm gonna put it on default.
This is the gap between this divider between the other elements.
You may not use this one we have margin for that.
Then we have Tex.
This is the 28th appeared to be on the previous page we selected texts.
All right so here we can change the color of the text as well you can
make it a little bit.
Thus increase the size maybe.
And uh let's increase the V8 or not.
Let's make it.
Okay.
Let's make it a little bit thick.
All right.
So this is in general all all of these things are similar to each other.
Let's go to advance again.
For example here on margin I'm going to add 50 pixels from above and
50 pixel from button right.
It usually shows the same thing as gap that we have here.
All right.
Again we have motion background border position and responsive and
so on.
One thing I tell you you do not add motion animations to the things that
are not that important a divider
is not that important.
A Call to Action button is important.
All right.
This will grab attention when you are going down and you see the
buttons are loading.
This will grab your attention.
That's all right.
There is something here that I can do with it right.
I can click on this button but if I move everything like that.
Today's when you go to a lot of different websites then you're coming
down.
Everything is moving.
Texts are coming from right.
Images are coming from left.
And this is not good from a marketing perspective.
Don't do that.
They only add animation to the things that is important to the things that
you want to say all right.
This is important.
Hey user pay attention to this element.
All right.
So that's all about divider.
Let's take a look at spacer.
Let's go to the elements here.
Now spacer is same as divider but there's nothing there when you want
to add just a simple a space between
two elements.
You can add it and add this space there.
All right it's like margin but it's an element empty element.
The same almost with the same settings.
All right.
So as I said Don not very complicated.
Let me move this one and also this one and you can just practice.
Just try them at least for once and that was all for the divider and the
spacer.
What do we have.
We have on the next part we are going to talk about Google Map icon
and
what is a social sharing.
Do we have it here.
I think the social sharing is not available here.
It should be on the progress anyway on the next part.
We are going to talk about these two items.
So if you have any question Do not forget to contact me and I will see
you in the next lecture.
45. Google map & icon
So in this part we are going to talk about Google map an icon.
So it's very easy again.
Nothing complicated about salt.
We have the Google map just drag and drop it here.
And as you can see here at the top it's retail location and all you have to
do is just write down your
address or whatever address that you want.
For example I can write down the name of the city and separated with a
comma.
And then for example an a street or a place that's like opera house.
Hey I just wrote it down and Google will figure that out.
OK.
Right.
It is here now here there's a zoom.
You can increase it that when users come to your Web site and they get
to this part they see it more
closer and also then we have height.
If you'd want to change the height you can change it if not put it on
default.
We have a style which you don't need to use it.
There's nothing here especially about Google map that will help you.
We have margin padding and the softer settings same as before.
If you want to use it you can motion effect background border position
and responsive and customs.
Yes.
So everything about Google map is very simple.
All you have to do is write down the address that you want.
OK.
So let me move it then the next thing.
Again it's very simple.
It's icon.
Same as before in the button that we have icon.
You come here select the icon that you like just inserted and add the
link.
For example I want to link it to this web page and put it here.
You can also import if you have as VEGF files you can come here
upload this video and you can enable
it and upload your own designed logo icons or you can come here and
upload libraries you can go on Google
and search for for example icon libraries.
Here it has three libraries and you can import your own icon libraries
here and use those icons if you
want.
For example if you go to Apple
right at the top on their menu when for example you go to Mac you see
the icons here.
Right.
These are their own icon you can come here and edit them.
For example they have put them here.
You can do the same for your own web.
Right.
So you can add the icon that you want you want it to be in a frame and
the frame you want it to be a
square or circle.
It's very simple you can edit it all you want it to be like this.
We have seen a lot of icons like this on the front Web site.
If you pay attention there are many examples you can choose the
alignment come here change the setting
the primary color the secondary color usually it's better to put it on
transparent the size padding
rotation OK rotate the icon you can add the padding inside the icon you
can increase the size of your
icon right.
And the border radius.
Well if it is on a square it would be changed and you can add the radius
since you put it on circle.
We don't need it.
Right.
Again on hover we have the same thing for example when I'm going to
hover change it to this color.
Right.
And let's add some do they have it here that time.
I don't see it.
Yay.
To increase the time can shrink it.
For example
they don't have the time here.
Right.
So that's all the boards that's all about the style.
Let's go to advance section again.
Here we have this almost the same settings.
We're not going to talk about it.
So again I spent some time here.
Practice these things.
And on the next part we are going to let's just take a look at here and go
through everything okay.
Image books and icon marks.
This is very useful in some cases.
Yes it will help you a lot.
And the next part will start to talk about this too.
Right.
So again questions on question and answer section C on the next
lecture.
46. Image & icon box
So welcome to the next part.
Till now we have learned many different tools on element law and there
are a lot more.
And some of them are really interesting and very helpful when you want
to create a company page.
So let's continue and learn more about the next tools that we have here.
One of them is image bikes and the other one is icon bikes.
We're going to learn these two items on this lecture so I'm gonna create
a new container with two color.
First of all I'm gonna add a distance something like for example 100 to
separate these things and add
the first one I'm gonna just drag and drop the image box and on the
second one I'm gonna drag and drop
the icon box.
So let's come to the image box.
Now this is really helpful.
You can use it in different places different purposes.
It's for the places that you want to have an image headline and some
description about it some takes
about.
All right.
So as you can see the first thing here is the image we can use the page
logo for example or let's change
it to something else.
For example this one maybe.
On let's try it this way even.
Let's try these things here.
OK.
So here is something similar.
You see we have image.
We have the title and we have the text.
OK so let's create something like this.
Let me just save this image.
Save the image on the downloads OK.
And let's come here.
Let's upload our image here and download and drag and drop it.
Don't forget to copy and paste the all text.
All right.
We have this one.
Now the title which is trivial
this is the title and this is the text.
Right.
So there are different ways to do that.
First of all image do you want it to full size or not use it to put it on full
size if you want to either
link.
Let's see how it works.
For example take this one and let's add a link.
So now when I hover my most not on the text but on the title or the logo
it will open the link that
we have selected.
All right.
It has the same city settings for opening in the new window or ad no
follow.
And here this is for the image position as you can see there are different
ways to show it.
And as you can see on there we have that title a symbol tag.
It is on.
She can put it on each one to make it bigger.
And then we go to the next part.
This is the spacing between the image and the title.
This is the width of the for the image which is very more with it would be
on default.
How do you want this is just for emails as a chance to go inside the
image you want to hover your mouse
on it.
What do you want.
What kind of animation do you want it to have.
Remove it again.
Same as before.
For example you can change the opacity of any hover your mouse on it.
Increase opacity or decrease it.
It's a constant the same as before.
Same as the other objects that we have here.
Demigod to the content part.
And now here we have the alignment to which side do you want it to be.
And since some vertical axis they are all in the center it doesn't matter
which one you choose.
And here again we have a spacing for the title and the text then we have
color for the title and typography.
For example here he can use 300.
I do that I use 300 below.
I think no I haven't.
Right.
Anyway you can change the typography.
Change the color of the description and so on and again in the
advanced section it's almost the same
as stuff right.
And about the fact that let's go up here you see here we have a box with
a shadow around it with a button
under it.
So by now you must be able to create something like this.
Right now we learn how to create this.
Before we learned about patterns and about this we have talked about it
but I didn't exactly show you
how we can create.
Okay I'm going to give you a couple of hints.
You should select your column and give a background color and then a
shadow.
Okay.
Now try it for yourself.
This can be as an assignment after this lecture you can spend some
time on it.
You can spend some time on it and practice.
Okay.
Try to create this object that you saw here at the shadows at the
background color and put these elements
there and try to improve yourself.
All right so let's go to the next part which is almost a similar thing but
here instead of image we
are going to use an icon the same as before you can click on the icon
load some other icon here.
I'm sure you have seen this stuff before.
Different websites.
The rest of it is almost exactly similar.
Here instead of inmates setting we have icons setting you can change
the color of the icon and select
the color that you feel is right for this place.
And so on right.
So more or less that was all about the image box and the icon both on
the next part.
We are going to learn more about the ratings image Carousel and basic
gallery which they're really helpful
especially image Carousel and basic gallery can help you a lot in
different places different pages of
any website that you will create in the future.
Right.
So don't forget to do the assignment a practice that I just mentioned.
Let me show you not to forget it.
Come to this page.
I'm sure you have access to this page in order link.
Come here take a look at one of these or two of them and try to just
copy copy and paste save the image
copy the title copy that takes and try to create the same thing using what
we have learned.
Now regarding that if you tried over and over and you had problems you
couldn't created send me a question
and I will help you.
And as we go forward when we are done with the elements here we are
going to have practice lectures
that we are going to create complete landing pages.
We are going to go out there on the Internet find some good landing
pages and we are just going to duplicate
it.
We are going to create it ourselves.
All right.
It's a great practice and will improve you.
So that was all for this lecture.
Again if you have any questions contact me.
If not I will see you in the next part.
47. Gallery
All right.
So on this part we are going to talk about rating was it carousel made
Carousel and basic calorie.
So let's get it started.
Let me remove this first item and let's just take a look at this ratings and
it's very simple it's just
some couple of stars you can add it when you want to show the reviews
or testimonials and so on.
So it's pretty simple.
You can have it from zero to five a star or zero to tennis star.
That's up to you.
And you can show the rating as you want but if you pay attention here
you see then I decrease it.
The stars are also going away.
The yellow stars OK.
And it will start to show them empty.
Now there are two icons that you can use one of them is from font
awesome.
And the other one is unicode.
But anyway that's up to you.
According to the design that we want also you can make them to be the
stars that are not rated.
You can show them if they are empty or filled with great color.
You can have a title.
This is my title here.
OK.
And then again alignment and general that's all about it.
You can change the style of the title the title The typography the gap
between them and the color and
also on the stars you can change the size spacing.
And again the color for example you can make them red or let's do it for
example green and these can
be for example dark gray or even light.
OK.
Anyway that's up to you.
And the design of your website again in the advanced part.
We almost have the same similar thing that we had till now.
So we are not getting into it.
Let's get to the next part where we are going to talk about image
Carousel and basic colors.
So I'm gonna just paste that image carousel here and let's have the
basic gallery here as well.
Now for these things we need images.
All right.
And I'm going to just use some of the images on my websites after blog
post images that I have here.
I'm going to just right click and save then we can do the same if you
want to practice.
So to make your work easier you can join us not only from here my
website you can do it from anywhere
else you can do it from Google or any other Web site or you can do it
with products.
For example you can go to Amazon and
look at some products save the images and come back here and use it.
Right.
So I'm just going to try this.
For example six images and let's close this.
All right.
So here we are.
Let's come here to image to cancel the image right.
So I've just selected it at the top.
You see there is a path to select images.
I'm gonna click on the plus side and go back to the upload files and
downloads and let's just import
all of these images.
One two three four five.
Where's the other one.
I make it five on leave and it's six I'm going to get this save you made
save.
All right.
So let's get back here
and I will select all of them and drag and drop all of them here to make
my work easier and right.
So as you can see all of them are selected.
If I click on this minus sign it will be d selected a I have selected all of
them and I'm gonna click
and create a new gallery right now under each of them I can write a
caption.
And later we can show this caption or remove description but I'm gonna
write.
So for example this one MailChimp.
The next one in program the next one CEO the next one on Instagram
the next one.
Keyboards for example and digital marketing right.
I wrote my captions and I'm going to insert the gallery here and as you
can see the gallery is here
and I think.
Click on the right right arrow or the left arrow and it will jump itself.
And if I leave it be.
Usually I have to take it out.
Yeah it's active.
It will rotate the images and show you the next one.
So the first thing that we have here is the image size which is on the
thumbnail.
Depending on your needs you can change it.
We have the slides to show how many slides do you want to show here.
For example it's on default showing three we can go on four and
showing four.
But put it on default that's better.
And the next one is a slide to scroll again.
Put this on default.
But you can try other numbers and as you can see it will change the way
it works.
So I'm going to put it in default which works best in major stress issue.
If you want to switch the images the navigation arrows and dots you for
example here we have both arrows
on the sides and dots if you want only arrows it will remove the dots and
you can have it.
But let's keep both of them.
Now here we have we can have links OK we can have custom links that
whenever you click on these images
it open the link that you wrote here or you can just put media fine.
All right.
And the good thing about media file it is very useful for galleries.
We will have it on the next part also.
So when I click on any of these images as you can see the image will be
visible with a bigger size.
And if it is very bigger it will have some magnifying glass to zoom in the
image and see it better.
All right.
So this way you can also see the image as well.
All right.
Let's keep going.
Here we have the caption it is unknown.
We can show the caption.
Remember we have written them down.
We can show the description or title but we don't have description or title
for these images.
So I'm just going to put the caption on then we have additional options.
This is for auto play if you want to posit if you want to pause on hover
and you hover your mouse it
will stop moving.
OK pause on the interactions if I for example for one time I touched this
arrow.
It will not move anymore.
OK.
But the general sad thing I think it's very good.
And you can keep it that way.
We have auto player speed.
We have the animation speed and directions is just going to the left side.
You can turn it to the right side and now it will go the other way.
But again my suggestion to you is to just keep the normal.
Well it's not moving.
It's a sort of move anyway.
Keep the normal keep the normal settings.
It is more helpful than on this thought style part.
We have arrows.
We have the position we can have them inside or outside.
You can have increase the size or decrease them.
You can change the color to whatever you want.
And we also have the same setting for dots inside outside.
Size color then we have for image you can align them to if the size of
the images are different.
For example if this one is a smaller when you change this alignment.
This one will stay at the top or middle or the bottom.
OK.
We'll have the spacing.
Put it on default borders if you want to have if you want to do this they
maybe have some sequels movie
that's off to you.
And again here we have a setting for caption the color and typography
you can change them all right.
After that we will have the advanced setting.
Again it's exactly similar to other elements.
So let's go for the next one.
I'm going to come here select this one and I'm going to add the same
images here as well.
And insert images so let me just remove this too not to distract us.
And I'm going to remove the column as well to have this one bigger.
So we have six images by default.
It is our gallery it is on four columns.
If I change it to three columns now it will look better and here we have
the image size we can put it
on Medium.
Make them bigger like for example Instagram the logo there.
Then again the link will be the media file to open your images as you
can see here we have them and
also you can scroll them with just swiping.
Don't touch this one.
Let it be as it is.
And the order can be default the way you added them or way random
every time.
Let's go to the style part here we have a spacing.
You can have it to customize spacing which again the default is working
just fine.
Here you can have the border.
You can make them as soon as possible or just have some rounded
parts around the corners up to your
design.
Again we have the caption We can hide the caption like we don't have
on Instagram we can change the
alignment of the caption but if you want to do it this way you can work
with the spacing and maybe increase
the spacing a little bit because the tie to the captions are very or exactly
between the two images.
And usually people want understand that this caption is for this image or
this image.
But right now as you can see since the caption is more closer to this
image anybody can understand it.
All right.
This takes is for this image.
All right.
So again we have the caption sitting and advance.
All right.
So that was all for this part.
Again spend some time practice the same thing that we did here.
It will help you to learn and master these things.
One thing which is really important is that when you learn the tools at
the beginning will you have
to practice the tools and then you start to get good at the tools.
Then you can come up with other strategies.
For example you know 10 tools here.
And from these 10 tools you can create thousands of different types of
pages.
All right.
Different designs different styles with knowing just 10 tools.
Now imagine we are going to learn all of these tools and by the end I
guarantee you can almost create
any type of pages out there.
Well there are some pages which are very advanced.
Not I'm not saying that they're useful.
For example there are some techniques for adding tedious stuff in the
background of your website.
I don't recommend this especially if you want to make money using your
web site especially if you want
to do marketing.
Avoid all of those complicated stuff just to stick to what we have here
and with a good design and a
good user experience which later will learn more about it.
You can create a fabulous and fantastic Web site.
All right.
So that was all for this part and on the next lecture we are going to talk
about icon list counter and
progress bar right.
So if you have any questions do not forget or or hesitate to contact me
and I will see in the next lecture.
48. Counter & progress
Welcome to the next lecture I hope.
Till now you have enjoyed it.
You have learned a lot of useful stuff.
And in this part we are going to talk about I can least counter and
progress bar.
So I'm going to create a new container with three columns and let's
come back here.
Let's add I can't list let's add the counter and also let's at the progress
bar.
All right.
So the three elements that you're going to learn.
Well most of all of them almost are very obvious.
The first one the icon list as you can see you have an icon and in front of
it you have a text at some
point.
Different in different situations you may need something like this.
If so you know where you can find it.
So here you write a text about it.
You select the icon that you want and you can add the link.
And when someone hover let's just write
and will someone hover the most over it they can click and go to the
select that you are.
You can add more items.
You can change the icon as well according to the way that you want it to
be and saw.
So the layout as you can see it's on default here.
It's in line.
All of them will be will come after each other.
But while this one looks more understandable then we have the style the
spacing between each line and
the alignment the divider if you want to have any divider here you can
just turn this one on and then
you can change the style of the do either you want it to be dashed line
dots and so on.
You can do it this way here.
Increase the thickness the width maybe 100 percent or not.
And also the color.
All right.
So let me just decrease this one to one that looks better.
Then we have the icons.
We can change the color to the color that you think it's the best fit.
Then on hover usually right now there is no reaction but you can make
some changes maybe make them lighter
or let's put it on some color that we can see they change it to a dark
color and then I hover the most
on it.
It's visible can change the size you can increase or decrease it.
Then again change the alignment of the icons only.
And then we have the text.
You can change the color of the text make them the color.
The color that you need for the design.
Again on hover.
How'd you like it to be.
And again the distance between the text and the icon.
All right.
Also here we have the typography same as before it's everything is the
same.
Right.
So on the next word on the advice part we have the same settings and it
should be obvious for you to
allow what you have to do the next item which is the counter.
So first of all you can write down the starting number and the ending
number.
For example I'm sure you have seen this a lot in different websites when
you're coming down.
They want to show their stats.
That's right.
What.
What they have done a number of projects the number of money they
have made.
So on the number of users that they have I'm sure you have seen this
that when you're coming down these
numbers start to count to get to the number.
For example let's write down a big number here.
OK the next part here we have no prefix and no suffix.
So you whatever you write here.
It will come before and whatever you write on the next part.
It will come after the number okay.
For example I write a is will show it this way I write B at the end it will
show that right.
You may need it in some situations.
The animation duration.
It's on two thousand.
I'm gonna put it on 1000 and it will get there faster.
Let's put it on five 5000 and you see it takes more time.
Five seconds to get the right song I'm gonna put on two seconds and
this is the thousand separator you
see right now we don't have any comma here and then you turn it on.
It is more understandable separate or you can use dots or a space or
default which is what's come.
Then we have the title which is cool number.
For example I write down number one.
All right.
For example a state let's write down use it as gay.
For example we have this much users by A.
Same as before.
We have the text color which we can change it.
We have the typography.
We have the settings for title and again on advance.
It's the same.
If you have any questions regarding these tools you can just regarding
these elements.
You can just let me know in the question and answer section.
Let's go for the progress bar and on the progress bar well you can use it
in different places different
purposes for example right now.
I can add this progress bar to each lectures and then you go to the next
lecture.
It will show that you are completing the course.
For example there are many places that you can use progress for.
First of all here's a title as you can see it above the progress bar.
You can remove the title just have the progress bar.
The type of the title the type of the progress bar.
Now it's on default.
It can be anything on info.
It looked like this on success.
For example you are completing the course.
It's good it's successful.
It's green.
Right.
Advancing Okay for example your if you use some platforms that have
you must for example storage online
Dropbox V.
When you are reaching the numbers that for example you are just your
storage will be completely full.
You'll see some progress was like This is like orange yellow thing that it
is warning you that alright.
This is close and then danger right.
For example your stories is completely full and you have to for example
buy more right.
So I'm gonna put it on default or let's put it on success and the person
percentage you can write it
as you want it to be displayed a percentage you can hide the
percentage for example right now signed
sixty eight and also that takes seriously that designer can just remove
that and only show the progress
bar right on the side path.
We have the color we can change the color to whatever you want you
can change the background color to
whatever you want according to your needs then we have the height you
can just make it very small or
very thick very thin or very thick.
That's up to you and border radius.
Right.
For example let me show you something.
Pay attention to the top of this the page here an element or every time
that I click on update you will
see green progress.
But of course it's different from what we have here but it it looks almost
the same.
Just pay attention at the top part see it's a green progress bar and it will
load right.
It's almost the same thing but they had all they have other cause to just
increase the number.
Right.
The next part.
We have the inner text colors since we remove the word.
It's not necessary to use it.
Then we have the title settings again.
We removed the title and song advanced part is also the same.
So that was the three elements that we practice today in this lecture on
the next part.
We are going to take a look at this the Monitor's tabs and accordion is a
little bit important.
Let's talk about these two.
And later we'll get to the rest of it.
All right.
So that was all for this lecture.
If you have any questions or need my help anytime don't feel that this is
just a virtual cause and I'm
just watching some videos.
I'm here.
I spent part of my day helping my students so you can contact me and I
am here for you.
So that was all.
And let's go for the next lecture.
49. Tabs
All right.
So in this part and this lecture we are going to talk about testimonials
and tabs which are also interesting.
So let's take a look at them.
Here we are.
And again let's open a container with two columns let's come down.
Bring it testimonial.
And also let's bring taps here.
So while testimonial as you can see it's almost obvious till now you must
be master at this.
We have content.
This is the review of the person who said something about the product
or whatever the service and so
on.
Here is the image of the person who can use the image.
Well here we don't have person.
I'm going to use this one gay.
It's just an example.
Then you have the name and the title of the person who left this this
ammonia.
And also also the link you can again add the link to your destination and
then you hover your most not
on the text but on the person for example you can add the profile of that
person Facebook profile for
example you have some customers that they bought so your product
and they are very happy about it.
They told you or data wrote down the date on testimonials about using
your product.
You can come here edit it.
Write it down and to make it more trustable.
You can connect this image and the name and title to that person's
profile for example on Instagram
Facebook or other social media.
This way when people come here read the review they can click on the
name.
Oh this guy left this civil case.
It's an actual human being it's not just fake right.
Sometimes it increase it make it more trustable and remove doubt from
your customers mind.
The next fight.
We have the image position it can be a side.
It can be on a side or top.
You see the image above the name or and the title or it can be a side
and you can change the alignment
of it on the next part.
We have can we have the style for content the description here.
We have the style for the image as you can see you can increase size
the style for and border and so
on.
The stage for the name the stage for the title again you must be a
master to allow about these things
as we talked about it over and over that one section is again still the
same thing.
And that was all for this part for the testimonial part.
Now let's take a look at TAPS right.
So here we have tabs.
Well it is useful for different purposes you want to for example show
features or give more information
about a product.
You can write down the titles.
And here right now we have two taps.
You can just add more tabs for example four tabs.
The first one can be for example Kings charade shins.
The next one can be for example background of the Prado if the next
one can be for example if a Q and
the last one is for example comments.
OK.
And this way you can manage to add a lot of data in a small area and
you can select each of these tabs.
Write down the title write down the description whatever it is.
Here you have an order list or order list.
Let me show you for example the 1 2 3.
OK.
Again let me remind you that this is the same thing that I have here.
This is unordered list.
This is ordered this.
And one thing is that when you press enter it will go to the next number.
But when you are here just press tab and it will be the first number for
number one.
OK let me show you with as you can see here you see this is number
one for number one even if I press
enter.
OK.
I have to write something for example high.
And if I go number two whatever I write it right now here it's not showing
it very well.
But let me just change this to unordered list and see removal inside the
top section is not showing
very well and yeah it's not good.
Let me show you.
And in the text this is a takes here and then remove everything.
And here I'm going to write for example step one and step two which is
step three which is step two
itself E for example it has three other steps.
OK.
Two parts for example Part One Part Two.
Part 3.
K. so all you have to do and right now when you want to go to a step for
example 3 just press 1 enter
and then again press 1 more in third.
It will jump to the next part ok if it will be the same.
Step 3 ok it will be the same.
If we go to now it it shows iterate.
It's more understandable.
Anyway that's a side note I wanted you to know what.
So here let's get back to our tabs.
You can write about the description and you can show the tabs
horizontally or vertically.
You have seen this before in different places.
Let's go on horizontal and then the next part.
We have this tie.
So here is the border width.
You can increase it and you see it changed here.
The next thing here is the background color.
You can change it as you can see it will change the color of the selector
tab.
Right.
Now one thing you may say right.
I want this one to be white but these things I want them to be darker.
For example I'm going to clear that or I'm going to select white.
And here we have in a second I will show you.
Here we have the setting for tighter as you can see active color which is
green right now.
Let's change that to for example red and a color for the other one.
Let's just put it on like for example and or let's put it on.
Very light gray because I want to change that background to dark again
typography content and let's
come to advance part.
Now here we have the background so let's change the background color
to something darker right now.
If I select each of them you see it looks much nicer with a better
contrast.
So that was all about the tabs.
You can practice just practice for one time here and that will be enough.
And if you go out there on the internet you saw some tabs that looks
beautiful or interesting.
You can come back here and try to rebuild it again yourself.
All right.
So that was all for this part of this lecture and the next part.
We are going to talk about accordion and toggle which is helpful in some
cases.
I have used it for example in learning web sites.
We have the least of the lectures the curriculum right on the right side
for example right side of the
screen in most Web sites.
And that is an accordion or a toggle.
I will show you what they are and what's the difference in the next part.
Okay.
So if you have any questions contact me if not let's go for the next
lecture.
50. Accordion & toggle
So what is accordion and toggle.
Let's take a look at them.
I'm gonna come down again and create two new one.
So let's come down and take a look at the accordion and take a look at
toggle.
So there are almost look very similar but there is a very small
differences between them.
So I'm gonna select accordion and as you can see it's same as tabs you
can add elements here and items
and write down the title the text inside here and I have done I have used
this a lot for my and I want
to create the curriculum of my courses inside my own website.
I use this for example.
I write down this each of these would be one section one topic one
chapter on there.
Here I will have the lectures for example lecture thirty three that for
example element or right lecture.
Third for that
for example
design right.
And you can write it this way or you can remove the numbers and just
make it an order list.
For example three sources.
And the thing is that when I do it this way then I have to make each of
them a separate link.
So for example students when I click on it they go to the lecture page.
So for example here this chain icon is the link.
Just click on it and write down.
Let me just get it straight right down the you URL whatever you want.
And here also we have options.
Then you click on the setting icon.
Here you have you have the open link in the new tab.
But regarding this situation I'm not going to use it.
So I'm just gonna press enter and that's all.
So when someone come here and you just do the same for this
one thing.
One mistake when you just put it don't click other place you must click
on Apply otherwise it won't
work.
So here on for example this section I have three lectures.
There are many other situations that you can use these things but I use
it for for example the curriculum
of my courses.
So here we have the icon active icon and the normal icon that we have
here.
This is a plus.
So you can upload this video if you have a switch you fired.
You can remove it.
If I go on upload I have to upload the specified here to change this.
If not I can come back here and use for example the icon that is
available right.
The last one you don't need to be worried about it.
And then we have a style which is almost the same thing that we have
learned over and over and different
elements.
Okay.
There are some changes some stuff that may look new to you.
Here we have icon.
We have the alignment.
You can put them under the other side you can change the color change
the active color the spacing.
But since they are for example this is the spacing between the icon and
the text.
Here we have the setting for content and then have address.
Now as I mentioned it before it more or less looks very similar to Tolga
but as you can see first of
all it's in a border.
This one is not.
But the other difference is that let me just select this one and add a
couple of items here OK.
Let's remove this one to my cubicle.
So
on the left side you have the accordion on the right side.
We have a.
So when I click on any element on the accordion as you can see the
other tab will be closed.
Right.
But here on toggle I can have all of my tabs open at the same time.
This is the main difference between using accordion and toggle so on
accordion only one tab is open
all the time but on toggle you can open as many tabs as you want.
So this is the main difference about the border you can have the border
on both of them you can create
it yourself if it doesn't have for example on toggle.
That's very simple.
Let's take a look at it here
so again let's try it here.
You see the difference is obvious.
So that was all about the accordion and the toggle on the next part.
We are going to talk about social icons alert and SoundCloud right.
So that was also this picture if you have any Christian contact me if not
let's go for the next picture.
51. Alert, sidebar & more
So let's get to the next part which we are going to talk about social icons
all art and SoundCloud.
So let's open another
start with two column first.
OK so the social icons is for the time that you want to direct people from
your Web site to your social
media accounts.
All right.
By default it will.
It will being Facebook Twitter and YouTube.
So here you can come for example right now it's on Wordpress.
You can come here and change the icon to whatever you want.
For example let's say let's go with Instagram and select icon
and let's just write down the link.
Instagram account.
Let's see if it figured out the color itself.
It usually does.
But
Instagram that account.
OK.
All right.
He doesn't get the colors.
He can set the color.
Uh as it is for example let's come here.
It's the wrong color.
Right.
And I think in here we have the codes for example.
This purple color do we have the code here.
All right here it is the code so you can write down this color in the same
place.
OK.
So as you can see change.
And the second the red color is for the icon itself.
OK.
So it's better to be on default and you can also select the shape to be a
square around it or a square
or circle k.
And as you can see it will affect and all of the alignment and also let's try
to add other
other items as well for example or worse dot com you see itself on some
platform itself will figure
out the color button on Instagram.
I was unsure why it's not getting the color itself but anyway you saw how
you can set the color.
So this you can add this at the bottom of your pages at the bottom of
your blogs in the sidebar of your
blogs or even at the footer for example here instead of this takes you
can have the top header sorry
insert this takes you can have this element later I will show you how you
can add it to the header you
should use customize header which you will learn more in the plugin
section.
All right so let's go for the next element which is alert.
So this is for the time that you want to show a message.
It's not very common.
It depends on it.
It's for some specific situations.
All right.
So you can write down the title and the description you can put it on.
You can dismiss botany as you can see here you can put it on show or
hide to dismiss.
But under cross it can be binding.
It can be a success can be danger and so on according to your needs a
style is also the same.
This is the left element on this box you can change the background color
the title and description as
well same as before.
So let's go for the next part.
Next element which is SoundCloud.
Now if you want to import some sound music or whatever from
SoundCloud.
This tool is helpful.
All you have to do is to just use the link that you have on Soundcloud
and you can have visual player
and it will show it visually use the image if or not you can remove it and
there are some settings for
it and also the custom the control color.
For example you can put it on red and you see the the play color is
changed right.
This is the color for that and how you can do it.
All you have to do is to go to soundcloud dot com and just copy and
paste the link or come here to share.
For example this is one of my songs.
Believe it or not before all of these marketing is stuff I have been active
as a musician and composer.
So this is one of a small part of one of my musics so you can all you
can.
All you have to do is to come and take the you are L or click and share
and here.
The URL is also available.
All you have to do is to come here and paste the you are right.
And anybody who come to your website.
Let me just upload it and try it to see if it works from
our page itself.
Let me just turn on the sound here.
But anyway it works this way and it's very simple.
Again if you're if you want to work on a website which is connected we
need to have some audio on it.
You can use SoundCloud as a perfect platform for it as you can see it
only has two sections.
It doesn't have any style.
The advanced part is almost the same.
Let's just complete the other parts.
Let's see what we have here.
So we have shortcut while shortcut.
I just quickly explain it.
There are some plugins that for example me there.
I have an accordion plugin separately that you go there and create your
accordion and when it is ready
it will give you just a simple code.
Okay.
And wherever you want to show that accordion all you have to do is to
just paste that code into a place.
So here for example we have a shortcut.
Just bring it and you just paste that code here and it will show the
element that you have right.
This is for show good.
The next part.
We have a steel mill.
We talked about it before in the video section if you remember we
brought this a steam of file paste.
Our CML our a CML embed code.
So here's the deal.
It's here under this.
So the next element many I incur you don't need and go after it.
Read more you don't need to go after it's for some specific pages and
the sidebar is you can import
the sidebar that you have this way.
Let me show you.
Come down sidebar and just put it here and here you have to choose
which side bar for example we have
sidebar shop side bar with a one foot or two of the footer for.
So I'm going to slide sidebar and as you can see it came here and let's
just make it for example smaller
and well we are not in a blog post but we can have our sidebar and have
our documents.
For example I can just import these elements here as well.
OK.
So again using these elements you can create a lot of good stuff on
these pages on your website pages.
The next thing that we have which we are not going after that usually it's
sorry.
Usually it's closed but if you open it it's a wordpress section.
There are a lot of things here like pages calendar you can go through
them that are very simple but
we are not going to talk about them here in the video.
In this course since they're almost very similar to what we have learned
till now quickly I will show
some of them for example here you have video and it's same as the
other one you have to add the title.
This time you don't need to share the leak or the embed code.
You add the title and add the video to your own server to your own
website.
Okay.
Has the same as images.
Right.
And it will loaded that way.
So more or less that was all about all the elements that we have here.
Again we have search for example that the.
Search you see it was search.
It's a start to search through your posts and tags and categories which
of about tags and categories
later we will talk more about in general.
That was all.
I hope you have learned a lot and on the next part.
We are going to talk about how to make your page responsive and some
other elements which are extremely
important.
If you want to be successful at creating websites.
All right so if you have any questions regarding what we had talked
about till now contact me.
I am here for you and if not let's go for the next lecture.
52. Shape divider
All right.
So welcome to the next part.
There is something that I forgot to mention which is also important.
It can make your website look better.
And in this lecture we are going to talk about that.
So here we are in our page elemental.
And let's say we want to have two different container two different areas
in two different backgrounds.
OK.
So let's say this is the first part and let's create the second path which is
this one.
And let's change the background color.
Let's put something like for example something dark and inside it.
I'm going to put just a headline.
It takes maybe quickly set these colors had some margin here.
So let's get 50 or let's add 100 100 or less decrease it to 50.
Then let's add the text here again style color right and saw that this
look.
Let's let's let's make it more interesting at an intersection.
Let's have an image inside here.
OK.
So the thing that we are going to create is we are going to learn how I
create How did I create this
curved line here.
All right.
So the way that you can create it you should select your container.
Either this one or the one above it.
This one.
OK.
Let me just add
a little margin here.
So how are we going to create.
So I'm going to click select this one and let's come here under a style as
you can see the name is shape
divider.
I don't know how we forget about it.
So shape divider.
And right now it is on top.
Well it has two sides.
The top one and the bottom one.
And on top one you can select different size as you want.
OK.
So it will try to use the color of the background of the container that it is
and the color of the the
background color of the page itself.
OK.
In a moment I will try the bottom also to show you there is a small
difference here.
So as you can see there is a list here you can select the one that you
like the most.
For example for the page that I have created I think I have used the
labels if I met the second right.
So as you can see it's the same thing.
I have played with the numbers a little bit.
I have changed that with a little bit with height.
OK.
So you can change these things according.
You can flip it if you need to.
You can inverted K bring to front if you have something under there you
can use this one.
And that's all for two for the shape divider.
Now let me add another thing here to show you what will be the
difference for the bottom part we need
a container first.
Let me bring this title here.
Change the color and just stop looking at this one.
Bring it down here.
So now let's say we want to add the shape divider here as well.
So if I select here and I go to bottom and I add something you see the
thing is that first of all right
now it it crossed.
It is under my object right now.
And if I want to fix it I have to come here in the margin part.
I can write for example button bottom.
Let's say under 50 pixel sorry I have to add padding to it.
Padding bottom line the 50 or 200 maybe this is for the time that where
you want to connect the a container
with a different background color to the to another container with the
image every day.
Page background color.
Okay.
What we have to do if for example from here we don't want to go to
white.
Want to go to another color.
For example if I select this container I know it sounds a little bit
confusing but I'm going to show
it to in a moment.
Let's say the background is for example
something like this for example.
Right.
What then how.
As you can see here it's going to white.
So the color as it is here we are going to select the color the code and
then we are going up here select
the container.
And here in the shape divider the bottom I'm going to change this color
to the color that we are using
at the bottom.
Okay.
So as you can see right now instead of going to white it's going to the
other color which is purple.
So let me just quickly update it and see it on the other window.
Now these things are simple but you have to practice you have to play
with them to get better at it
the shape divider is really easy.
And it can add a very good style to your web page.
It's loading and I'm not sure why it's taking so long as you can see.
So I have used it here.
That from this color from the grand gradient color.
I went to white and from white here I went.
My background color usually the background color of my pages I use
gray here as you can see it helps
me to focus more on the subject in the center of the screen.
But sometimes I also use white that's optional.
It's not something that everybody has to do.
OK.
And as you can see it looks really nice.
It looks really different comparing to what we had at the top as you can
see it's a little bit practical
without any fancy elements.
So let me just refresh the page here
and there it is as you can see it looks really nice.
Not this in general the shape to either this looks the combination of
these two color looks awful.
Anyway that was the shape divider that I wanted to mention.
And again same as other previous lectures that we had spent some time
on practicing it will help you
a lot to get better at this stuff on the next lecture.
We are going to talk about something important something which is
extremely valuable in web design.
OK.
So let's go for the next lecture.
53. Responsive
All right so in this park we are going to talk about how to make a website
responsive.
As I said in a previous lecture it is extremely important that your website
looks perfect on tablet
and on mobile.
There are many reasons.
Well a lot of people use mobile to visit your website.
A lot of people use tablets and beside the users search engines like
Google will analyze your Web site.
And if it is not mobile friendly then you are going to rank lower in the
search engines.
Google has a tool that you can just write down to you are a love of the
page and it will analyze if
and it will tell you if your web page is mobile friendly or not.
So let me quickly just show it to you just so you can come to Google and
write down Google Mobile and
Lee tests.
OK.
I will also add the link of this Web site in the resources so if you came on
Google.
Well actually it's impossible not to find it.
But anyway if it came to Google search for it and didn't find it can check
out the resources of this
lecture.
So let's try this page.
The page that you have created here.
Let's see if it is mobile friendly.
And the thing is that when you when this tool analyzes analyze the
page.
If for example on your Web site on your web page you have a text that it
is bigger and it is going out
of the screen.
And part of the image is it's not in the screen and so on.
If if the page is like this then it won't be mobile friendly.
But as you can see here our page is mobile friendly.
And here it shows us that.
All right.
Everything that we have created is perfectly inside the condom main
container for mobile.
OK.
That is good.
But still one may need to work on it.
And this is the first page that we have created.
It's very simple doesn't have any elements inside it.
And
sometimes you create some elements that they look fine on desktop but
they are not readable on mobile
or tablet.
So let's practice here.
If we come down here I have created four elements and these four
elements.
It's a little bit tricky.
OK.
When you go on tablet they are a little bit compressed and the text is not
it doesn't look so good.
OK.
And now we are going to learn how we can fix that.
But first I'm going to create these parts.
It's simple it take maybe two or three minutes.
You can watch it or if you are not in the mode of seeing this process
over and over and over again you
can escape the this lecture into next two or three minutes and continue
from the path that we are going
to make it responsive.
So all right.
I'm going to remove this and I'm going to remove this and this and this
and almost everything.
So here I have four columns but I'm not going to make the four column
so I'm going to go with two right
now.
And then here we have some images.
Let's just use the same images.
I'm going to save them.
You can do the same as a practice you can just do it with me save the
images on your computer and let's
practice them.
Let's as a practice let's create this these elements on the web page.
Right.
So we have a tie.
We have an image we have a title and we have we have a text.
Now there are different ways to create it.
Before we had learned there is an element that will help us Image
books.
So I'm gonna use Image books right here.
I'm going to choose the image I'm going to come here.
Then you open the file download and I'm going to drag and drop all four
of them here and insert.
So the headline is karma.
A couple of lectures from now we are going to talk about karma.
It's a very good platform.
And what do we have here.
We have a text for it that takes.
And then we have a button that's at the button.
All right.
So before you don't need to create all four of them separately you can
just create one of them and then
duplicated K. You get used to these tweaks it will make your work much
easier.
You can start you can complete the task much faster.
It's very useful.
So right now I'm going to fix everything.
This style the look after for example our button the animations that it has
and then I'm going to duplicate.
So here first of all the headline doesn't look so good right.
So I'm going to style.
And here on the content we have we have the spacing This is for title I'm
going to change the title.
And do we have here the tags.
Right.
I'm gonna make it for example which one maybe or two it's fine.
OK.
And then we have the text the tape and as you can see the alignment is
to the left.
Let's change that.
No not here.
The alignment is in the content path left huh.
OK.
So the way that I created this here I didn't use image voice.
I use an e-mail as a title and a text.
But here when you use the alignment.
OK let's just keep everything in the middle or let me just quickly change
this.
Okay.
I wanted I want you to learn these things so let's practice it.
Let's create the exact same thing that I have created their common law
and then we have our title and
then we have our text.
OK.
So here you're gonna have come long
color is going to realize this.
So the alignment is to the left.
It's an H two.
And the text here right.
So let's.
Right now let's edit there.
Now one thing you should pay attention the distance between the text
and the headline is a little bit
a little too much here.
I decrease it.
So the way to decrease it is just to select one of them.
Either the title or the text go to advance on length the margin and margin
top decrease a little bit.
It will look nicer and this is more understandable this way.
So let's edit the button click here to visit the site click here to visit and I'm
gonna put it in the
middle.
We don't have any.
I think and the color.
This is a text the background color is something around purple.
And I put it that way.
The border is the border radius as you can see the sides are completely
circle so I'm gonna just put
it on 50 and as you can see if I hover my mouse on it first of all it gets
darker.
So I'm just gonna take the color code here.
Copy and go to hover and background color.
I'm gonna paste it to have the exact color and then I'm gonna select
something darker.
Okay.
We don't see it right now because I have to hover the mouse on it.
Okay.
Something like this.
I think it's okay.
And then we want to have an animation here.
It shrinks so shrink.
So it works nice.
And as you can see the button here it's a little bit bigger so let's come
back here and put it on medium.
So this part is created.
Now as you can see I have a container with shadow so let's create that.
I'm going to select the column and on the style part and the border I'm
going to select 10.
We don't see it but it's there.
I'm going to add the shadow.
And as you can see it's a little bit heavy.
I'm going to decrease the opacity to make it looks a little bit nicer.
Right.
So as you can see it's more or less the same thing right.
But it's wider since we have only two columns and now I'm going to
delete this column and I'm going
to duplicate the first column that we have created.
Again duplicate and again duplicate.
Now we have four column here at the middle as you can see it's
somehow.
It doesn't look good.
One thing.
Let me just say this.
I think I did add the background color too.
So I'm going to add white to see if it has any effect over this shadow.
Let's try this as well.
It's just a guess I'm not sure.
Yeah it has some effects.
Sorry.
As you can see here the shadow this one does that index.
It's not written here but the second column is above the first column.
The third column is above the second column.
So it's better to have the background color as well
and this one here thing.
All right.
So it is almost ready and I think it's better to have a little space at the
bottom so not only that
if you pay attention the tax is so close to the sides.
The button is so close to the bottom of the column.
So what we are going to do is to add some padding.
I'm going to add 20 padding.
Right.
So as you can see it looks a little bit better comparing to the other
columns.
Right.
So let's do the same for all of them.
This is why you have to prepare everything for the first column not to
repeat the same task over and
over on the others.
But sometimes when you're doing it you are not sure you do it.
You duplicate everything and then change your mind.
Oh it's better to change.
Right.
So it happens and you get used to it.
So let me just change the e-mail just to make it look better and different
especially.
So here we have three peat and it's red.
Now the thing is that first of all it is a still not look.
OK.
On that side on the desktop.
The reason is because I didn't add the margin between them but that's
my point here.
This is a challenge for making this container responsive.
If we go to tablet you see it's very compact.
And right now there is no space between them.
And imagine if at this pace it will look horrible.
And we have to fix that.
And also on mobile it's not it doesn't look so good right.
So let's try to fix it first.
On on mobile on a desktop.
So the easy way is to add the same number to the left and right side.
So I'm going to add for example 10 to the right and 10 to the left.
Same goes here.
Right left and right
left right
left right.
OK.
So it looks much better here.
And if we go to tablet it doesn't look so good.
OK.
They are so compact here and I don't think it's.
Well it looks interesting especially look at the buttons.
Look at the tags.
If you have more takes it will do so long and it doesn't look so good.
So how we can fix it.
OK.
Now if we come here to each column if we go to the layout also on the
column width we have a percentage.
And right now it is on tablets.
So we can fix that.
Now this is the point of making your web page responsive.
OK.
Everything much must look perfect.
Even though if your web page is more white friendly you have to check
everything.
For example the button it's not good here.
OK.
It should look the same way on the desktop.
Right.
So you should change this.
So we come here in the column with now the best way.
Even if I remove the gap between each of this column it still doesn't look
so good.
All right.
So the best way to design this on tablet is to have instead of having four
columns in the same row.
It's better to have two columns in the same row.
So what we have to do right now each column owns 25 percent of the
column 25 25 25 25 which the result
is 100.
Now what will happen if I increase that number.
So it is 25 right now let's say I want to make it 40.
You see one of them will go to the bottom to the next row.
OK.
So I'm going to put it on 50 the second column again I'm going to put
this on 50.
So now we have two column here.
They look nice.
Let's do the same thing for the the other two columns front 50 and come
here 50.
Now as you can see it looks nice.
It looks much better but still we can improve it.
We can add some add more distance to the sides of the screen.
So how we can do it we can come on.
We can select our container here and come to the padding and for the
left and right side we can add
a padding here.
And this is only happening on tablets.
So you don't need to be Valeri on other platforms.
So as you can see it's a little bit better now that still the distance
between these.
It's not good.
Some very select each column and here on the margin path when you
unlink it for the first time it will
remove all the numbers that exist on the desktop.
OK.
So the numbers for the first time when you set some numbers on
desktop it will apply all those numbers
on tablet and mobile too.
But when you come to tablet and unlink it for the first time it will remove
all those settings.
So from the sides we had 10 margin right margin 10 margin 10.
Right now the thing is that I want to add some margin to the bottom of
the screen.
But the thing is that to the bottom of this column.
But the thing is that it looks nicer if the saw the the distance is same as
here.
As you can see so for the bottom since we are adding all the size here
I'm going to instead of 10 I'm
going to add 20.
Right.
The same goes for this one on it right down 10 20 and 10.
OK.
So you don't need to change this as they are.
They look fine right now.
OK.
So now we have edited our web page.
This container just especially to look good on tablet.
Let's take a look at mobile as well.
So here we are on the mobile version.
As you can see it looks good.
So this part looks fine.
It looks good for this part as well.
But here as you can see since we didn't add any margin to the bottom
here it doesn't look so good.
So let's add that as well from here to adverse again on LinkedIn.
We have to add 10 10 and 20.
Right now it looks much better.
You see now we can say our web page is responsive.
All right.
So you have to play with these numbers over and over all the time when
you're creating your web page.
Check the numbers let me update it check the numbers to make sure
that everything that you are creating
is it looks just completely perfect on all devices.
This is really important.
I cannot stress on it more.
OK.
So don't say all right.
Who cares who look at my website on mobile.
Who look at my Web site and tablet.
Let's let it be this way.
OK.
If you practice right now to make your websites you have a page of
responsive as you go forward it become
just easier for you and the work that you do.
It's more professional.
All right.
So that was all for this part.
Practice this as you can see it's a little bit complicated.
It's a bit confusing.
It's simple but for the first time it is confusing and you have to practice
this until you get better
at it.
All right.
So if you have any questions regarding this topic after you did the
practice you can contact me write
me a question in the science section and I will respond to you as fast as
I can.
If not let's go for the next lecture where we are going to talk about
inspect element.
OK.
This is really important and extremely helpful.
You cannot believe it.
All right.
So let's go for the next.
54. Inspect element
All right.
So in this part we are going to talk about Inspect Element.
You may have heard about it before but it is going to help you a lot along
the way especially in the
design creating your website.
It's going to fix a lot of problems for you.
So it's a bit.
It looks a little bit complicated but I'm going to do my best to make it as
simple as possible.
And we are going to spend a couple of lectures here right.
So when you are visiting any website any web page just right click on
the screen.
And here as you can see we have in inspect and this inspect exists
almost on all browsers.
You can use it on as you can see on at the bottom of the page.
I have firefighters that have Oprah and on safari and the other web
browsers are the same.
Some of them draw down in space or.
And some of them roll down inspect elements.
But the best of them is crop.
OK.
So as you can see this window appeared here.
There are a lot bunch of coats here a bunch of other kind of codes on
the right column.
So why we need this.
So let's first of all I will give you some introduction about this tool.
So when you go to the inspect element it will show you all the codes
exist in the page.
All right.
Everything that exists every number every color code every font in
general everything that exists in
a web page you can see the code here.
Since you have learned a little how to read codes especially in a
streamlined CSF it will help you a
lot.
OK.
You can get some answers from other Web sites.
See what they have done how they have done it.
And beside that sometimes on your web page you have created
something.
And when you look at it it's not working for example you change a color
but you come here and you see
it's not working this way with using Inspect Element.
You can find the problem.
We can find why the color is not changing.
You can see what is happening exactly on this web page.
So this is really important.
Usually people in most courses they want to talk about this because
mostly people who are active in
marketing field they are not good at development usually and they don't
know about these tools.
Right.
So first of all when you create click and open inspect element it appears
either this way or on the
right column or left column as you can see.
But since I have to ask in here are usually separated and this way I can
move it to my other screen
and see the website here and see the cause on the other part.
But since we are doing it we are recording.
I'm going to bring it to the button so quickly I'm going to tell you just give
you an introduction what
is what.
And on the next part we are going to dig deeper and learn more about
this.
All right.
So first of all let me just move my image here so you see what's behind
it.
All right let me increase it.
Make it bigger.
So here at the left side we have an icon with an arrow.
This is when you want to select some object in the screen and see the
codes a caught just for that element.
All right.
So let's take a look at it.
I'm going to make it just activate and as you can see when I hover the
most for example this is just
taking the image.
All right this is just taking the title.
And when I select for example this image here and as you can see here
this is the code for the image.
This is the estimated tag for image.
This is the with this is the height.
And this is the source of it.
There it is.
This this file exists.
The classes for it and so on.
OK.
So this way you can find the codes.
For example if this text here has a problem I can selected this tree and
here as you can see there is
an option to see what you have created on different platforms on
different devices.
So when you activate it will jump on.
Let me just move this to the side so we can see it but so right now it is
on iPhone 6 our web page on
iPhone X will look like this.
Right.
So it can change it.
It can add some custom sizes on iPad Pro.
It looks like this.
You see the fact that we made it responsive.
Now it's it looks nice.
Right.
An iPad on for example galaxies 5.
You see because they have different sizes this way you can make sure
that everything is looking good.
All right.
So also we can rotate it.
You can make it smaller or bigger and so on.
So let me turn this one off and go back to how it was before.
So on the first here we have different tabs on the first one we have
elements.
Then we have console you don't need this.
Here you can write some codes untested.
We have sources all of the files and stuff exists here.
So again you don't need this.
I'm just introducing these to network performance.
This is for example if I refresh the page it will start recording everything
that oh so you have to
click on record.
So if I refresh the page it will stop recording everything that is happening
on the website.
And it will tell me for example how long it took to load specific elements.
So as you can see if I come down and you see it is showing exactly for
example the loading how milliseconds
for example 1500 milliseconds it took to load the scripts one hundred
two milliseconds to for rendering.
And so in this way you can find out if your website is loading various
slow you can find out what's
the problem here.
You have memory application and there's something you don't need.
All right.
So on the right side we have some other elements.
We will get to it in a couple of lectures.
All right.
So in general let me bring myself back here there.
So in general that was all for Inspect Element introduction.
If you have any question about it let me know.
And if not let's go for the next lecture where we are going to dig deeper
into reading things on inspect
element so see on the next lecture.
55. Reading inspect element
All right.
So in this part we are going to practice more on reading data from
Inspect Element and learn more about
it.
Right.
So here we are.
We took a look at an image and saw the information about it.
Let's try this on my page here.
OK let's come here and see what happened here.
What for example you want to learn something you want to know what
happened here.
Exactly.
And this way maybe you can find some good answers for your questions
or maybe you say all right.
I want to use this for example.
This assault on my own Web site.
So this way you can get the information.
All right.
So let's take a look at the thing that we have here.
Topics.
So here we have again.
I'm not sure if you see it it is very small.
No.
Yeah.
It's too big
OK.
So it's based on the headline here.
So as you can see it is H1.
This is the class.
You don't need to be worried about it.
We never talked about it later I would mention we have topics each one.
OK.
Let's take a look at for example this one here we have tag on ordered
lists.
Then we have list item I never mentioned these two tags but they're
simple it's same as burger for example
paragraph or H1 K on the list.
You Earl and on there we have list item a.
OK.
And that insight is we have a leach a right then this style the color is
white.
This is the thing that I wrote to myself.
So I went I added a text I wrote down these things but since the color
was blue because it was a lake
I changed the color myself manually.
And then we have delete for it.
It will go jump into the domain section.
Then we have the name the text free domain and horse and a again
clause.
And the next one come here.
This is under the verb horse.
All right.
So let's come down.
Let's take a look for example something that is a little bit different.
OK.
A button.
Right here we have a button right.
This is the link to the zip file if you can go to the right side.
OK.
It should have some.
There should be something here.
And zoom back into so we can see the rest of it.
OK.
Here's the button.
So we have the class for it.
The role is for example button.
And so on.
OK.
One thing here as you can see we have these right.
The Ivy we never talked about it.
I'm just quickly mention it.
The Ivy or d he's dead tagged for containers.
All right.
So you can have a lot of containers in encodes this way.
You see we have one here then here then we have the button.
Then again closes it closes them and so on.
Again come here indeed.
And inside them we can add classes we can add a size and so on.
OK so this is another interesting thing if you would like learn more about
it.
It will help you especially doing your stuff using inspect elements.
All right.
Let's go through the stuff here and see if we can find another element to
learn more about we looked
at Barton's images texts.
I don't think I have used a lot of things here.
So all right.
For example a video right.
So we have the div and the class for it.
And then underneath.
Since there was an arrow for this video it's not playing.
So loading the video.
The video is here and then under it we have for example.
This is for the text the air or death is showing here network error.
Then they have paragraph they wrote down the error or they added the
link and so on.
OK.
So all the data this way you can learn a lot from this stuff.
So I think that's more or less.
Enough about reading how to read the inspect element the codes part
and on the next part we are going
to take a look at the right column.
There are some interesting stuff there that can help you that can show
you some specific styles colors
data about
the ever pays about the codes.
And this way you can easily find some problems.
All right.
So that was all for this part.
I know it may sound a little bit not useful or complicated and confusing
but trust me it helped me a
lot.
Allowing the price of allowing the projects that I have been working and
different website is very helpful.
It helped me a lot to fix a lot of problems.
That is why I am telling you right.
So that was all for this lecture.
If you don't have any question let's jump into the next one.
56. Inspect element style
All right.
So on this part we are going to talk about the right column on inspect
element and how we can use it
to our advantage.
So first of all let me just move myself out of the picture and all right.
So first of all what you are going to see here as you can see at the top
part we have again some tabs.
And it is on style.
Now this time part is very important since it's going to give us a lot of
information as you can see.
We did not select any element here we are on Buddy and it's when you
are on any line of code.
It will give you the information about that specific code.
All right.
So here we have the body for example for the font the font family is
double talk.
This is assigned to all of the stuff in the page the font size the line high
the color the font weight
the background color and so on.
OK.
So let's say for example you come to this web page and you your right.
This color looks nice.
And you're wondering what is the color code.
So all you have to do is to come here and try to select this container
here.
I think it's this you can check it out by going up and make sure that you
have selected the right the
right content container or not.
OK.
So I think I'm not sure but I think we have selected the right container.
All right.
If you look at here on the right path this is a color code.
This is the color code for this color and the color code for the pink one.
So all you have to do is to double click on it.
And this way you can select this one select this one and then you got
the colors.
You can start using it for yourself right.
I'm sorry if it is a little bit small.
Let me try to make it a little bit bigger.
OK.
I hope you see it better now.
Right.
So let's go down for example here we have margin of minus sixty six.
So we have margin for top.
And you can change it for example there is a problem here.
Let's say this is on zero pixel.
OK.
I created this page and as you can see there is a gap here.
I don't know what number I have to use.
OK so what I can do I can come here and I can change this number two
for example minus 50 and see all
right.
Still there is some space.
Minus six a six.
And it works and you may say all right.
This one was here.
What if there is something that even don't exist so you can write it for
yourself for example margin
left two dots for example 100 pixel k.
So you see you can play with this stuff here you can change things not
only on your website but on other
websites as well.
So as you can see here I'm not logging as an admin and I'm changing
your stuff.
Okay right.
You can come here topics you can come here and change this too.
For example content.
OK.
And as you can see this name change.
Well it's not going to save it but if you want to just try different things you
can do it as well.
So here let this select one of these so let's go from the top the color of
this element as you can see
it is white.
Right.
And if we come down a little.
This was the color for the links but as you can see it is crossed because
I've changed it.
I have overwrite it with another color.
All right.
So we can see a lot of stuff here.
Let's go down and find other make smaller so we can see what's behind
it other stuff for example if
you're wondering what is the color of the background of this web page.
All you have to do is to just go to the buddy there is a buddy here's a
buddy K can come down and look
for background color.
This is one background but this is not for the page.
So let me just click on the background to see if you can find it this way.
Find a color code
where is the background color and since I have made it a little bit big it's
a little bit hard to find
it.
It's a little bit difficult.
All right.
So here it is.
So background color and this is the color code.
So if you go to some Web site you like something.
This way you can find information and you can use it on your own
website.
And also as I said if there is some problem for example you have
changed the color but it's not working.
You have changed some settings.
It's not working this way you can come here and find out what if there is
other code that is changing
the information of some specific elements.
All right.
As I said before it may sound a little bit complicated since there are a lot
of codes a lot of text
here.
Don't worry about that.
It's not something complicated.
And as you practice more you will get better at this stuff the first time
that I looked at inspect element.
Couple of years ago it was the same for me.
What is this what are all these information what is the right color which is
the left window or what
should they do with it.
It was just so confusing for me.
But after I started to use it over and over and over I started to get better
at this.
I started to learn more about it.
And as we go forward we are going to practice some web pages
together.
I'm going to show you more about inspect elements how you can use it
better.
And we are going to practice and this will you will start to get better at
this stuff.
All right.
So that was all about inspect element on the next part.
We are going to talk about another topic which is also very useful for
you.
So that was all Let's go for the next lecture.

57. Search mindset

All right.
So the next thing that I want to talk about with you it's somehow
connected to what we have learned
till now.
But also it will help you in other aspects as well.
Now the thing is that as I mentioned before I receive tons of questions
from time to time and a lot
of people ask me different kinds of questions about different topics and
some of them will or advance
some of them are very basic.
Now as a as a person who want to do want to become successful at
marketing as a person who want to be
successful at life you must have this mindset you must know these ways
and strategies.
What I'm talking about I'm talking about finding answers for your
questions.
I'm talking about making researchers now.
We didn't learn these things at the school.
We didn't learn these things even at universities or college right.
No one told us.
No one told us how to find our answers.
But it is extremely important.
It is extremely helpful because if you don't know how to do it you always
have to depend on others.
OK let's say for example I cannot respond to questions to your questions
for a week for a month.
Something happened to me right.
I'm in the hospital for example.
What are you going to do.
You're going to start there and sit I have seen this some of the students
that ask me questions I have
seen it.
The person common right.
All right.
I have a start at this lecture.
And since you haven't answered my question for example two days ago
I stopped watching because I couldn't
go forward because I don't know what to do.
Okay I understand that there are some questions that even though if you
search a lot about it even if
you are even if you are good at searching still you cannot find the
answer and you need someone's help.
I understand that but sometimes well in today's walk it's much easier to
find answers for our questions
especially regarding this technical stuff on the website.
As a show as I mentioned it before let me show you again for example I
want to change the color of background.
I want to change the font weight of this text.
What should I do.
I don't know about it.
I don't know the cause I don't know the tags.
I don't know.
I know nothing about it so I'm gonna just come here.
Change font weight estimate.
OK.
That's all.
That's all I have to do.
And the links that are here if I just go through the first two or four links I
get my answer right.
So what I'm trying to point out here in this lecture is to get better at
searching okay.
Because not always.
I am around to help you with these things.
OK as I said before maybe something happened to me.
Maybe I have my own life as well.
Okay things happened to my life.
Things come up and sometimes I don't get the chance to respond to you
as fast as I can.
Okay so you should end the stay.
You shouldn't just suck at a lecture at a topic right.
You're working for example for the development and programming.
There is a website stack over flow from not wrong right.
Stack Overflow.
Okay I can say there are about millions of Christians inside this website
and you can ask about anything
right.
Anything that comes to your mind anything that you have problem.
Just ask the question here.
Search for a ninety nine person someone already asked it right.
Ninety nine person.
You can take a look at the link to have access to it later ninety nine
person someone already ask you.
If not you can ask it yourself right.
I have seen this a lot in my life.
People around me friends family I have seen that they don't know how
to search on Google.
They don't know how to use this technology and they cannot even
validate an idea right.
Is this for example news true or wrong.
They just search it.
You can find a lot of information about it.
Is this for example.
Disease is a virus or is it bacteria.
You don't know about it.
Just search for it.
There are tons of things on Google that can help you that can respond
to your questions very fast on
their minutes right.
But if you don't use it it's just gonna be a waste of resource and time and
energy right.
So again the fact that I'm saying this because nobody told me nobody
taught me how to search.
Nobody pushed me to search for things to search for this kind of stuff.
And it took me a while if I when I look back at myself 10 years ago I can't
say I was dumb does this
stuff.
I had no idea how to search I had no idea how to find a tutorial for what I
wanted.
I had no idea I was weak at this stuff but now I literally solve everything
that happened to my life
almost everything.
Every question that comes to my mind regarding bank regarding health
regarding food regarding war regarding
clients whether everything that comes to my mind I easily solve it with
Google.
So.
Improve yourself.
You must have this mindset in your brain that right.
Whatever question that they have.
Google is here.
I still get these kinds of questions.
For example yesterday someone called me very old friend friend of my
friend and he told me that hey
I want to come to the city that you are living and I don't know about the
locations the good for example
bars there and I don't know about the hotels there.
Can you help me with this stuff.
And yeah I can help you but search on Google Google show you all the
hotels in this area.
A thousand times better than I do.
Why are you asking me this question.
Take a couple of seconds for you to just search for it right.
The reason that I am saying this there are still many people who are
wicked does this stuff so improve
yourself throw yourself into these kind of mindset.
Right.
This is important.
This can help you a lot.
Make you more successful along the way.
All right.
I cannot stress on it more so again if you have a problem with this.
If you need more information regarding this concept regarding this
mindset just contact me again I do
my best to respond to as fast as I can usually down there twelve hours
so that was all for this part
and the next part.
We are going to talk about design interesting.
And after that after the design we have a couple of lectures about
design and then we are going to jump
into our first practice on the pages.
So that was all Let's go for the next lecture.
58. Design inspiration
All right.
So welcome to the next part.
Till now we have learned a lot of amazing stuff.
And in this part we are going to focus more on design and resources
and ideas and inspiration.
So here we are after element or we get to the design inspiration and
resources part.
So the inspiration part is really important.
You need to create your website attractive but don't make this mistake.
Let me just make this clear a little bit here.
So we have two things here.
One of them is user experience or a few weeks which is the experience
of the user inside your website.
That how good is your website.
Is it understandable.
Is it simple.
Do you lead the user to the right place.
Do they see the buttons to click on or not.
The funds are key here.
Generally is your website functional or not.
This is called uniques or user experience.
On the other hand we have UI or user interface now user interface is all
about the design.
The colors are good.
Are they looking great together.
Are they working together.
The design is like for example modern or it is classic old school is the
design helping the Web site
is it is the that type of the design and the topic of the website connected
and hundreds of other things.
Okay.
So till now we mostly focused on user 8.
They use you or user experience.
And again as we go forward we have other sections about for example
website optimization which will
just completely talk about uniques.
But here right now I want you to pay attention to the user interface and
the design.
Now one thing let me make it clear.
A Web site that is not functional but it has the best look ever the best
design ever has no value.
OK.
If you create a design that looks that has amazing elements inside it it's
very beautiful very fancy
very modern and high technical but if it's not understandable if you
cannot sell the product on it or
whatever your goal is if the function is not working then that website has
no value.
So make sure that you are doing it the right way.
So the most important thing here is first of all the function.
If your website is working fine.
If the user understand your Web site then the design.
OK.
I have seen a lot of the developers that well they don't know and mostly
they don't know anything about
user experience.
And then they could design a Web site.
It looks good but it's not user come to the Web site and they're just
confused.
Where should they go.
What is this Web site about.
What is the goal here.
Where is the call to action mother and so on.
OK.
So here I have put two platforms for you.
One of them is dribble.
Both of them are amazing.
One of them is Beyonce Beyonce is is a product by Adobe.
So what you can do here now is to click on for example click here to
visit.
This is let's go to visit dribble dot.com.
And here this is a place for people who are designer.
They come here they share their work to find someone to hire them and
people who are looking for a designer
they can come here and look through the design if they like something
they can hire someone you can
do the same here.
But the point the reason that I introduce this Web site here right now is
because if you just spend
five to 10 minutes every day inside this website and be hands it gives
you a lot of ideas.
OK as you go through for example you see some colors.
All right.
This purple with this yellow is working really nice.
OK this purple with this White is working really nice.
And as you can see the for example the design is also perfect.
So if I open it you see they have a light purple here.
Then they have search.
You see the distance from the sides it's really look nice.
Then they have the elements.
OK it's really look good.
And the plus sign the menu at the bottom right.
So these things can help you a lot.
For example before I was designing this web page like this.
OK.
So practical doesn't look so good right.
Then I get it.
Sign part and I just looked at some.
Our folks on dribble OK.
And the thing was that I saw some of some things like this.
I don't know if the designs are still here or not.
I saw some elements like this and I liked it and told myself.
Let's design this part this way.
Okay.
That's the inspiration.
So that's the whole point here.
You come here you go through this stuff for example.
All right.
This doesn't look so bad and right I can't put I can create an iPhone
image and put my artwork inside.
I can use this colors for example.
So the point here is to make you excited and give you some ideas about
the design.
Right.
So this was this is a general part of.
And here they have for example web design so you can only watch
some designs that rigor is connected
to the website.
Right.
So for example let's come down let's find something interesting for
example the combination between
these two colors working really good.
OK.
This is actually this tree color white and dark blue and until dark red.
Right.
Come now for example.
This one is also look good.
OK.
So you can create a website you can create the sign up button log in
button like this and you can use
the this pink color with white.
Add your elements and by now you can create things like this and it
should be a piece of cake.
You just need to add a title subtitle title and it takes a button on the left
side you add the image.
It's very easy right.
Something that you can do.
You have to be able to do by now.
OK.
If you did the practice it should be very very easy for you.
This one also looks really good.
Very cool.
Nice work here that we have white color.
We have our takes.
You see here we have the button.
But under that zoom in on the we have a shadow.
But it's not dark shadow it's purple it's pink shadow.
Right here we have a button but empty.
Now the difference between these two button if you want to look at it
functionally this one will attract
would grab more attention comparing to this one.
Okay.
So if people come here and see something like this they're more likely to
click on traits free rather
than get a demo.
Right.
So these small details matter in regards that you want to direct your user
to a certain point.
J So you see it's a dark web site getting music.
Right.
It has some.
You see that takes for example you can search for it in the description
they may write.
For example what kind of funds do they have used.
You see they have a left menu here and image.
It's very stylish but also you have to remember that the website must be
functional.
OK.
Again we have something like this again.
We have blue with grey white and pink design right.
We have the e-mail for example if you pay attention here the e-mail part
later again we will talk more
about it.
The e-mail part.
It's not very visible.
The contact us will grab the attention but this part is not very visible.
Usually if you want to see what will grab the attention just close your
eyes not completely just half
way and look at the design right.
Look at the design and for example right now this e-mail part with the
background is completely you
don't all you almost don't see it's like the e-mail part is camouflaging.
Right.
And but the rest of it for example the contact us is very clear.
So this way you can understand which one is grabbing the attention
more right.
You can go through it.
If you sign up you can see more.
And there are a lot of good designs here.
This was part 1 for part 2 we have Beyonce I personally like dribble
more but also on Beyonce you can
still see some good stuff.
Again they have at the top they have some they have the category you
can come here you can go through
the stuff the dribble is more it's much better for the D for website design
but still here since it's
all about art you can still get some inspiration get some ideas about
what you can do for example you
see the combination of colors the fun the way they have designed it it
looks nice right here we have
some interesting designs as well.
Okay so this is up to you.
How do you want to use it.
But my suggestion to you is that actually suspend five or 10 minutes
inside dribble it will help you
a lot.
And after a while you will see that your designs are getting better and
better.
So that was all for this part about the inspiration and the next part we
are going to talk about resources.
It's going to be interesting and I'm going to introduce a couple of other
platforms which will help
you in building your designs and getting artworks and saw.
So that was all for this part.
If you have any questions don't forget to contact me and I will see you in
the next lecture.
59. Design resources
All right.
In this part we are going to talk about design resources so what we have
here.
Here I have introduced four different platforms that will help you to
prepare your designs.
Now the first one is Canada.
You may heard of it.
It's very famous and very powerful in creating designs.
Okay.
Especially if you're not a designer if you don't know how to use a
software like Photoshop.
It's gonna be very helpful.
We will in the next upcoming lectures we'll talk more about it will go
deeper and see how we can use
Canada.
All you have to do you have to come to Canada and just sign up and
then I will show it to you in the
next lecture okay.
How you can find the artworks how you can edit a design and so on.
OK.
But for now let's just take a look at all of the platforms especially these
three.
We can talk more about it right now and then we can go for camera.
So the next one is on a splash.
Now on a splash is on Splash and pixels pixels.
I think.
I'm not sure it was from Adobe or Google.
I don't know.
I think it was from Adobe.
So anyway on a splash is a great Web site these two platforms.
Both of them have a lot of professional and fantastic images that you
can use it for free.
OK.
So you come here you see all of these images you can just come here
click on download and it will download
the full size the big size and then you can cut it crop it resize it and you
add text on it and use
it for your own uses for your own designs.
OK you this on your website and saw so all you have to do ads as you
can see at the top.
We have different categories.
For example fashion you may need some images if you have a Web site
about for example makeup or clothing
you can you come here and use these images or you can search for the
same thing is happening in pixels.
Again you can come here you can search for a topic for example bar
lets see some images about bar you
see for example this one this image made me want to create an ad on
Facebook or Google.
OK this image can work very well and you can just download it free
download here and use it for your
own purposes.
OK.
And as I mentioned it before you don't need to pay for it.
It's completely free.
Right.
The same thing can come here you can search for it.
Now the next platform that I want to introduce is free speech.
Now it sounds a bit different doesn't offer images but they offer artworks.
KAYE some of these designs are they if the format is Jay Peak and you
can download them and use them
some of them are free.
But some of them are premium as you can see at the top they have.
There is an icon so icon of a crown.
So these ones are premium if you want to use it you have to become a
premium member.
But the rest of it you can just use it for example.
This one does a premium but it looks nice.
OK.
And if you're don't if you become premium memory you can download
the editable version which is by Google
which is so which is with Adobe Illustrator.
OK if you don't know how to use Adobe Illustrator it would be hard to use
this platform but it has a
lot of good stuff on it.
Okay.
As you can see there is tons of good things here.
If you are not familiar with this platform with illustrator you can maybe for
example get some of the
stuff that you want and hire a designer who can work with the software
and just pay that person and
tell them or it just redesign this or change this data on this image.
Okay.
On the artwork and so on again here you can come for example.
They have at the top they have vectors which is for Adobe Illustrator and
it can come in for example
icons.
You want some icon for your Web site and you can come here and see
you see there is a whole list of
them.
A whole lot of different icons here.
You may like some of them.
And you can use the next one is photos for example back on images
you can come here again.
Some of them are fierce some of them are premium can download the
ones that you want and use it on your
website.
And the next one is PSP files which is usable on Photoshop.
All right so you can if you know how to use photoshop the PSU files is
going to help you a lot.
For example here you see this one is really designed you just need to
change the image inside is and
use it for your own purpose change it takes a sense it has PTSD it's
going to be easy and it's free
right.
This one also see it's a complete design.
You can all you have to do is to just download the PDA and it's not even
premium.
So you see there are a lot of resources here a lot of different items
elements that you can use and
also on the right side there is way.
For example you can just was fine look at the free ones not to waste
more time if you don't want to
look for premium you can just look for icons.
OK
so it will start to show you just icons and you may like some of them
download them and use it on your
Web site.
I think the format is also an icon.
So again you don't need to edit it you just need to download it and
upload it on your Web site.
Right.
So these platforms are going to help you a lot especially if you are not a
designer or this thing is
a little new to you and a little bit challenging these four platforms will
help you a lot on the next
lecture.
We are going to spend more time on camera because it's a little bit.
It's very easy.
But we need to talk about it a little so you learn how you can handle it
how there is what and the things
that you need how you can edit an image how you can edit a text and
fonts and so on.
OK so it's very easy and the next upcoming lectures were two or three
lectures.
We are going to talk about it and after that we are going to have an
amazing part and amazing maybe
a couple of lectures which we are going to practice what we have
learned till now.
We are going to create a web page.
We are going to find a web page which is from one of the famous Web
sites out there which is working
very well and we are going to just obligated.
We are going to just create everything we see on that web page on our
Web site.
Just a practice.
All right.
So that was all for this lecture.
If you have any questions contact me also I will add you can use these
links here or I will also add
the links inside the resources of this lecture as well.
All right.
So that was all for this part.
If you have any questions don't forget to contact me and I will see you
on the next lecture.
60. Introduction to Canva
All right.
So in this part we are going to talk about camera.
Now let me just give you a quick introduction about it.
What is it about.
So on camera.
First of all it's a design website.
As you can see I just came here and just like the into my account you
can do the same.
You can sign up if you don't have any account.
And on the left side as you can see we have some we have some of the
tabs and windows here.
All your designs templates photos apps and so on designer school if you
for example want to learn more
about how to use camera here they have a lot of tutorials.
OK.
So you can come here and just go through them some of them are as
blog you can read them and some of
them are video you can watch.
So here you can create folders and you can put some of where for
example project inside one of them
on the right side.
Here we have a search.
You can search for different categories on there.
We have some of the elements some of the topics suggested here.
For example the previous time that I came to Canada I was teaching
LinkedIn and there I showed I recorded
and showed my student how they can create a lynch team banner as
you can see here it is with camera.
And it was it is pretty simple and easy to do.
OK so about this play place the editor part we are going to talk about it
on the next lecture but right
now I am just going to show you a general log of what we have here.
So if you come down you see again some more categories for example
logos.
You see some example presentations Facebook posts posters and the
good thing about it resumé The good
thing about it is that the sizes are usually the right size for example for
Instagram posts.
You see the size is OK.
For example link same banner.
The size is OK.
Right.
So you can go through them and as you go down it will start to load
more and more for example cards
A4 documents Instagram is stories you see they have a lot of designs.
And also one I think Campbell has an app you can this you can install it
on your phone and also do the
same themed editing thing on your phone as well.
All right.
So you can use it for free.
Some of the designs here are paid some of the images on the Web site
are paid but you can replace the
images from other websites like on a splash or pixels right.
So you come here and let's say you want to design something Okay let's
say for example the previous
time a search for a linked theme banner for example you want to design
a Facebook banner.
Kay you search for it and you see for example they don't have facebook
banner because it's called Facebook
cover.
So all the things about Facebook you see here Facebook is a story post
video and link in banner.
You can just write the term here and let's say focus on what they have
on Instagram Instagram get Instagram
posts and see what do they have about the website.
Site
A
Not much but let's say for example about maybe it's another name that
banner something like this.
All right.
They have black banner and others.
But in general you can come here right.
The category that you want for example for most of you I think the logo
part would be interesting.
So if you click on it
it you it will direct you to the edit page but here on the left side there are
a lot of examples that
you can go through them.
And for example each one you want.
For example you come down and you like this one you just click on it
and it will appear here and then
you have the ability to edit it.
Hey on the next part to get familiar with this stuff on the left that left side
and on the next picture.
After that we will learn how to use Campbell and design things here.
Right.
So that was a general introduction to Campbell.
And again on the next part we will dig deeper into it.
All right.
So let's go for the next lecture.
61. Canva editor
So as I said in a previous lecture in this park we are going to talk more
about the left panel on the
edit page of Canada.
First of all at the top we can go back to home.
We have our files here.
We can resize which I think it's just for the paid members.
And here we have the name after filing you change it and try kind of
approach.
You can share it and download it.
We should get to this in a moment but let's see what we have on the left
side.
So here first of all we have templates and templates are prepared
designs that you can just select and
modify them use them edit them for example this one you may say all
right this icon in the middle I
like it.
And I'm going to just change it to whatever I want.
Okay change it takes whatever I want.
Which we will take a look at it.
So the first part we have only templates you can search for it.
We can write for example we are a logo and you may say all right I want
a logo for a cafe.
J and just search for cafe and these are some suggestions you see they
look fine right.
There are a lot of good examples.
Even if you don't want to use them you can get some idea from it and
use it on your own designs as well.
All right.
You see some of them are really good.
And as you can see there is some lines here and the image.
I'm not sure if it is visible.
I think this line is for the design itself.
But usually on some images you see the same kind of lines.
And this is because that design or that image is paid and you have to
pay for it.
But I think this is just the design of this because here is not written
anything about anyway.
The next part is photo the same thing that we had on the same thing
that we had on the splash we have
here.
But as you can see the dollar icon you have to pay for these images and
there for example this image
is one dollar if you want to use it you can just drag and drop it OK.
These are the lines that I was mentioning.
And you have to pay for it.
But since we have on the splash and pixels you don't need to pay for
that you can just download the
images and come here and here as you can see this is an upload you
can come here and upload the images
that you have and just use it.
All right first simple.
The next part.
Here we have elements.
They have some shapes.
Some
gifs some charts gradients lines and different kind of designs here that
you can use again.
For example you want to look for a specific kind of design in can for
example successful coffee.
You see there are a lot of different stuff connected to coffee here that I
can drag and drop here and
use it.
All right.
The next part is about text.
You can add a headline you can add a sub headline and body take
same element or you can just drag and
drop it here and move it.
Put it in the center.
Right you are sir right.
Your title here you can make it smaller bigger and stretch it according to
what you need right.
And beside that let me remove it.
Here they have some samples as well.
Pew per the song for example.
This looks for looks good for many right.
Right.
So you can bring it here and you can edit it according to what you need.
And it's really easy.
They have a lot of things.
They have a lot of things prepared here.
For example one of the difficult thing is that usually most people don't
know how to use different kind
of different kind of text.
Different kind of fonts together but this way here as you can see since it
is ready it's easier to do
so.
They have people for example Happy birthday.
The name of the person.
There are different fonts but they're working somehow together and it
looks good right.
So this way your words get ten times easier than we have videos.
They have some video here for the video.
I'm not sure I haven't used it much.
You can try it you can import videos here and create videos or gifs for
your website for your social
media.
Then we have background the images that you can drop as a bag on.
There is a color you can change the color back on right now for example
it is blue.
You can change it to.
I think there is an image here right.
This is the background color.
You can change it to other colors as you want right.
Then we have upload part which you talked about you can upload your
image.
You can create folders and put the stuff in it and more.
They have images you can embed something you can bring stuff from
pixel Bay from pixels you see.
We talked about it here.
Pixel Bay also is another Web site that you can use.
I think it's similar as on a splash and pixels as well.
And you can connect it to other platforms and use some of stuff from
there as well.
OK so that's the left side here.
As you can see you can add new pages and you can create the same.
For example you create something.
Let me just try it this way.
For example to come here you add a text and you tell your safari.
It looks okay but I'm not sure about.
For example background.
Right.
What should they do about it.
And you can just duplicate this and try something here.
Try another thing.
Another idea here and this way you can see it.
This one is better somewhere I remove the first one and use this one.
And this way you have other different in different windows different
canvas.
If we can't say that way to work with.
Okay so in general that was all about the edit part.
The the page here on the next lecture we will talk more about editing
each element itself and how to
use it.
And then we will wrap this topic about Canada and we will go to our
interesting practice.
So again if you have any questions do not hesitate to contact me and I
will see you on the next lecture.
62. Canva practice
All right.
So let's dig deeper into Campbell and learn more about how we can edit
the software so this is what
we have people in a previous lecture.
Again we can come here for example in the background and we can
change some stuff here.
For example there is something like this works fine or maybe some other
colors that skill with dark
holes and see how it looks.
So with dark colors obviously you have to change them takes color led
needs us to find something that
looks up to the interesting okay.
Let's just use the color that it was here.
OK.
So this looks like.
We can test we can change some stuff.
Yeah.
So when you select an element it same as element or in element over
select each element.
And on the left side we had the setting.
Here we have the setting on the top bar because the setting is not that
much.
So when you select an item you see the color here up here and they
have effects.
OK.
You can add different effects suit but since it's not an image it's not going
to work.
It's filters they have.
You see you can change it and add different kinds of field first date they
have adjust.
You can change the brightness increase or decrease it.
For example the contrast increase or decrease the saturation for
example you can increase the saturation
increase vagueness and decrease the brightness and let it be like this
and on the next part we have
crop.
You can just crop your image or whatever you have.
Then we have flip.
We can rotate it.
OK.
The way you want it to be and this is for example the edit part for the
image and if I click on the
text here.
Here we have the fantasy fly.
OK.
So as you can see some of these funds are also paid.
We have the size you have the color.
That's right Nancy Black.
And I wanted to change it to white.
It is bold and you can add other stuff to eat the alignment the uppercase
lowercase the list spacing
and song.
OK so let's change the color of these two white as well to make them
look nicer.
All right.
So
when you select an element here you can just use this hour or to rotate
it if you want to rotate something
and if you just hover your mouse on some areas around it you can
movies I think.
All right.
If you selected itself drag and drop it you can movie and I haven't used it
for some time anyway so
in general this is how you edit something you may need some element
before which serves about coffee.
We can go.
So I want an element which is completely white.
Let's see what do they have in white color which also looks nice.
We're not gonna find something interesting.
But anyway there are a lot of stuff.
Let's see what is this one here.
There are some things that he can use depending on the type of your
design.
Things look good.
See they have a lot of stuff.
So anyway that's just a design right.
So after you edit it and again if you select these elements for example
you can change the color.
Can crop it or you can flip it.
Same as the other elements we had till now.
And when you're done here also there are some other elements.
One thing let me tell you.
For example let's say let me just bring another element here.
For example this one k now the thing is that this one is above these
circles at the back but it is behind
these behind this texture.
Now how you can fix this.
OK.
How we can change what we call it in war press or element or recall is
the index how we can fix that.
OK.
So here you can come on the position and as you can see here we have
forward and backward.
If I click on forward it will come to the front.
If I click on backward it will go to the back.
Right.
Then there are some other things for example you want to change of
position and bring it to the center
of the screen or to the top left you see you can edit these things here as
well.
All right.
For example the takes here I want the position to be in the middle J.
And it was in the center.
Now I'm going to bring it here and I'm going to make it a little bit smaller
and I'm going to change
the color because right now this color is not working or we can just
change it to purple right.
You can select the color yourself and I'm going to copy the color code
and we have it here since it's
necessary.
And again here.
Let's change the color.
Let's make them smaller again.
For example just is here.
Let's change the position to.
You have to put it in the center
right.
Let me just check if it is in the center.
Right now it's in the center here.
As you can see we have issue on Windows press control Z and on Mac.
Yeah I think it is command and Za or Z.
If you do that or click here it will go it will undo the tasks that you have
done so in case if you
make any mistakes you can destroy a fixed.
So this was about the position.
Now if you want to duplicate that click here.
So this one is about copying a size.
The next one is transparency for example here for this parts.
We can decrease the transparency or increase it.
We can also change the sensor color to make it something lighter dark
more bright you can add links
to it which I don't suggested then you can like some item not too just by
mistake.
Selected a movie for example do you have some elements over each
other in this way you can avoid that
problem.
And whenever you want to unlock you just click on it and click on like.
Right.
And here we have more.
So here about download this is a chart suggests a path you can click on
download.
You can download format and PMG if you want to increase the size.
I think you have to go through the premium version.
OK.
If you want to have your image with a transparent background you have
to go through premium version
compares with lower compress file lower quality that's the same thing
that tiny PMG does.
You can do it here as well but you have to pay for it.
Here are GJ pay PDA and other versions as well.
And then you're done just click on Download.
It will take a couple of seconds to prepare the artwork for you and it'll
download it on your hard drive
and you can simply upload it on your Web site or wherever you want.
So the download is ready.
And just to show you how it will be I'm going to just upload it here.
He majors and that's come here.
Let's go to drag and drop and here the image is on downloads I'm going
to drag and drop it here again.
Don't forget to change the title and all takes
and here it is.
But the thing is that the image is a little bit heavy.
Hundred 110 kilobytes and before that you must you must compress.
Right.
So as you can see it doesn't look so bad comparing when we have the
purple color on the buttons as well.
Anyway that was all you need to know about how to use a camera to
create an artwork to design something
and then add it to your website.
OK.
As you saw it was pretty simple.
All you have to do is to practice and spend some time on it and I think
with a little practice you will
get good at it.
All right.
And also you can take a look at the tutorials that they have on their
website.
OK.
So that was all about Campbell.
And on the next part we are going to find very interesting and successful
landing page that pays out
there.
And we are going to create almost the same thing on our Web site.
OK.
So that was all for this lecture.
Get ready for a fun part.
And I will see in the next one.
63. Assignment - Clickfunnels (1)
All right.
So welcome to this part.
This is our first practice which we are going to go very deep into this
topic.
Everything that we have learned till now we are going to practice all of
them at once.
We are going to create one of the successful landing pages out there
from one of the successful companies
and we are going to practice a lot.
And one thing I tell you this like this couple of lectures will may take a
little bit longer.
So just to make sure you can go through all of it if you want to bring a
cup of coffee if you want to
rest a little.
Before we begin you can do it.
All right.
So in this practice we are going to talk about click funnels.
Now click funnels.
Let me give you just a short introduction.
It's a company out there which help you to create a landing page as
again without coding and stuff.
All right.
So you come here to register and they will show you something like this
like an app like the elementary
view here and you can create landing pages.
They also have some landing pages prepared themselves that you can
use it and you can connect the page
here to your Web site from here to Gateway and sell a product online.
OK.
But the thing is that first of all if you want to become a member here the
cheapest package that they
have is one hundred dollar per month.
So this and the thing that you can do is exactly same as here.
OK.
So I'm going to teach you how to create a page like this.
So first of all you can do it as well here and later.
And second you don't need to like click funnels to help you with the
landing page part.
Okay.
But this company in the short time they became very successful.
I'm not sure if these numbers are right but if it is white people who are
there are many.
They have about 100000 users on their Web site and about six million
funnels landing pages like this
having created and for billion dollar have been processed through their
landing pages.
OK.
It's a good platform.
But when you know all this stuff on WordPress I don't think that he need
this Web site.
OK.
But we are going to learn how to create something like this.
One thing I tell you before we begin is that they didn't create these Web
sites these landing pages
using Wordpress.
Okay.
And we may not be able to create the exact same thing that exists here
but we can go pretty close.
Meaning that you can almost create anything here.
And sometimes it's not possible to create the exact thing because you
need coding and some other knowledge.
Okay.
So let's begin.
First of all I'm going to remove everything here.
So we start from scratch.
I'm going to update it and
so let's take a look at here.
First of all we have a bar here.
Now the knowledge about inspect element can become handy and a
click on inspect.
I want to know what is the color here.
So I'm going to get this arrow and click here and this is the RPG color
the background color.
I'm not sure if we can get the color code right.
So anyway we can have this here.
Let me see how we can bring it here as well.
So what we need first of all we need to create this k.
So we need a container and the container must have background color
I'm going to come here.
And the thing is that
here we don't have the same RPG colors as exists here.
OK.
So what we can do about it.
I don't know.
The search for what is how to convert RPG color to color code.
OK.
Let's see if we can find a tool here or something that can do the work for
us.
This is the search mentality that I told you.
Right.
So there are some tools here that can do the job for us.
Here we have this one seems working just fine.
Twenty nine forty three fifty eight.
Twenty nine.
Forty two fifty eight.
Forty three and fifty eight.
OK.
So this is the look of it.
But again that's converted.
This is the color code.
All right.
So now we can come here and use this color.
You see I promise you I had zero idea about how to convert an arbitrary
color into color code.
I just say this about it.
OK.
That's the mentality that I told you right.
That's the mentality that you must have regarding fixing problems and to
make your work easier.
The link of this Web site is Brad Pitt tables.
Okay.
As you can see here rapid tables and you can come here right on your
are our G.B. said RPG.
Maybe they our G.B. color okay our G color and converted.
So I'm gonna let it be open so maybe later we needed to.
So this is a color.
And here we have a text click funnels enabling people to grow their
companies through sales files.
Okay so I'm gonna copy this.
And here we are going to need it takes a detour.
I'm gonna paste it here as you can see the first part is bold and the rest
of it has lower font fade.
Now one of the challenges that we have here the first part the click
funnels title here is white and
it takes it off.
It's gray.
Now there are different ways to create something like this.
One of them is to use coding.
OK.
We have clicked funnels.
Then we have this here.
Right.
So I can come here.
I can write down the style.
And it is equal quotation sorry it is equal quotation color white.
OK.
Um let's see if it works.
Okay if not I have to.
Okay.
It's removing the code so we can do it another way instead of bringing
one text here we can bring either
to text or one title one text.
So I'm going to remove this text here before that I'm going to.
Or we can do it this way we can duplicate this column and in one of
them put one text and in the other
one with another text case I'm going to add this text here I'm going to
remove the first part OK.
And the alignment I'm going to put it to the right and here
I'm going to add another text and paste the rest of it.
So as you can see well it's not very well in the middle that can be a little
bit challenging and tough
but it doesn't matter you can just somehow align it yourself you know not
always everything that you
want to do.
It's very simple and can just drag and drop it.
Sometimes you have to combine the things that you have learned.
All right.
So this way it will make your work a little bit easier and you can get
things done.
All right.
So more or less it's similar to the things that we have here.
All right.
So now the thing is that first of all there is a little distance between these
two.
Let's see if we can fix it if we can't make them closer.
So let's try that.
We can come and select one of them.
We can come in the margin and for example this one margin left.
We can decrease it and bring it closer to this one.
All right.
So it works.
I'm going to put it on tool or 10.
OK.
Now the other thing is at the height of this container it's too much.
Come painted.
Here you see it's too much.
So let's try to find a way to decrease it.
Now it is the same for me.
All right.
Whatever I do here I'm not 100 percent sure that it's going to work or I
know it by heart.
I test different strategies until I get the result.
And it's not only me.
Everybody.
All legible developers here do the same thing OK in different situations
and different problems that
they approach.
They test different ways to solve it.
And finally they can't.
So I'm going to come here.
So one of the ways that we can decrease this maybe to decrease the
margin or decrease the padding.
So I'm going to select the cake's editor here on link the margin and I'm
gonna decrease the decrease
the bottom side and let's decrease the top so.
Okay let's do the same thing for the other one to see if it's sort.
If it works.
So we are here.
It is on minus 10.
Oh we changed it to minus 10.
Okay.
So if I decrease it.
Now it's working minus 20.
Now let's increase a little bit from top being it a little bit higher maybe
minus five from top is good
and minus 25 from bottom bottom.
And let's change this one as well.
Minus five from top here minus 25 from.
But the thing is that because we have two elements here you have to
say put the same settings to make
it look better to make it work.
All right.
To make sure it's it's working fine.
We can take a look at it on other platforms on other devices.
And as you can see here it doesn't look good.
OK.
Now what we can do here.
You can come here for example.
This part we can decrease this and or we can take a look at what they
have done here.
Let's take a look on the mobile version.
So they have it this way.
Right.
So we can make it somehow look like this or we can edit it somehow
ourselves.
We can make this a smaller.
We can make this one smaller as well to see if it's going to work.
OK.
I'm going to put it on 50 and the first part since it is two.
That's the problem here.
And that increase this one.
How much is first one.
Thirty four.
I'm going to put it on 35 to make it round and I mean it has 65.
All right.
OK.
And we can change the take size a little bit to make it work better here.
All right.
So I'm going to decrease it a little.
Yes something between two or 13.
OK.
We can go we're too old for example.
Eleven.
Not looking so bad.
Also I'm going to decrease this one a little to make it look fine according
to what we have the be eleven
not looking so bad right.
It's more or less close to what we have.
Right.
So this way I made it responsive.
Of course we can spend some more time here and play with this stuff.
Let's go for the next part.
Me just remove this and okay I'm going to refresh it.
All right.
So the next thing here if you pay attention at the background we have
some icons since you don't have
this image here.
I'm just gonna use a background color.
So let's see if we can find the background color code.
And it's this one here they have again the color in our G.B..
Twenty one thirty one forty two twenty one 31 32 OK convert.
This is a color code.
I'm going to come back here.
I'm going to add another container and to this I'm going to give the color
code that we just convert.
OK.
So this is the color code.
What else do we have here.
Let me move this inspect element.
We have title here.
You can also take a look at the funds that they have.
All right.
So here we have different sizes.
Right.
There are many ways to create this especially if you have access to the
codes here you can make this
easily.
For example let me just show you first of all here.
If you pay attention we have two columns one of them is showing the
video and the other one is showing
the text and the button.
So I'm gonna add two columns here and then duplicate this and in the
first one I'm gonna add a text
editor.
OK.
I'm going to convert this to H two.
Right now I'm going to change the color to white.
And yeah I'm not sure why it's the coding here it's not working.
Maybe because we're using elements for free but anyway I'm gonna
show you a way to make it possible
right now.
OK.
I'm gonna put it in the center as it is here.
Let's go back in the text.
So we have something like this always.
It went on paragraph.
What's wrong with it.
Here we can.
We have to select different parts.
All right.
So let's do it this way.
Let me remove all and the thing is that since these are different
different when you copy copy things from a website it make copy with
the tags with it.
For example If each of them are different in this tile or that for example
headlines we can do it also
this way instead of having it takes editor here we can add an estimated
file is female J make our work
a little bit easier we can add it here and while this is a code right.
So here now we have the ability first of all we can.
Let's put all of them into it Steve.
Okay I'm going to cut it and put it inside it.
OK.
So everything is inside it.
All right.
Now I'm going to give a color here style.
Do you see it or not.
OK I think it's better style.
Equal quotation and color is white.
OK.
All right.
Now it's good.
So here we have different parts each of them are in a different line.
First this one then this one and this one and this one.
Now we have to separate them and each of them has different sizes.
Okay.
Set these park.
Each of them has different sizes so let's them separate them quickly
create beautiful.
OK let's separate this one.
I'm going to add headline here.
Headline try and put this inside it.
OK.
All right.
If it is to be big I'm going to make it a little bit smaller also I can put the
alignment here in the
center line.
Sorry alignment.
Okay.
Okay.
I'm not sure if I wrote it.
Right.
So if it is not working probably liberal writing is wrong.
So I'm going to change it.
And when the surgery takes alignment center and just search for it to
see what should I write for it.
Okay
so as I mentioned I don't know everything so all right takes aligned
center.
I have to write it this way.
Okay so I'm going to come here and replace it.
And as you can see everything changed and works fine.
Right.
The next thing is sales funnels.
Now let's put this one into an H1 probably right.
It's one.
Uh sales funnels all right now as you can see.
Um I don't know why the size uh it's almost the same.
But we will we will edit it in a moment OK and let us edit the last part
which is it can be an X three
or four that converts on 2 into that converts.
Okay etch 4 for example in to put it here and on the next line or two and
a half.
It's four again.
And I'm gonna put the rest of it inside here.
Okay.
So as you can see it's more like more or less.
It looks the same.
Now we have to play with the sizes a little bit.
Okay let me change this one with it three maybe four x
all right.
I'm gonna put this one on four and this one on five.
Okay.
As you can see again I'm not I don't know everything from scratch and I
have to test.
Okay.
So it's the same for you when you want to create a website.
You don't know everything and you have to try it over and over.
Now let's say I understand that it makes a little bit it looks a little bit
complicated here but I think
we can do it.
All right.
So here we need to decrease the margin for sales funnel.
So I'm gonna come here and write down style equal quotation
margin top is going to be about minus 20 pixel J looks good but it still
needs to be bigger.
Right okay.
I'm gonna also let the size fund less size is going to be how much.
Let's put it 30 picks up.
Okay.
Needs to be 40 pixel.
Looks better.
38.
I think it's the number that you are looking for.
Okay.
And that works fine.
Let's also decrease the margin from bottom so we can bring that this
takes closer margin dash bottom
is going to be minus how much we wrote down twenty pixel it's too much
K so let's decrease it into 10
pixel What do you think about it.
Yeah let's increase this one to twenty five and this one to twenty more or
less it's similar.
Hey let's decrease the next one that converts your visitors into that
converts visitors into style equal
quotation marking the line bottom is going to be minus ten pixel.
Okay.
All right.
As you can see again 10 is too much here.
Let's make it eight.
All right looks nice.
So also low I don't know the font that they are using.
I can again come here and inspect element select each of them for
example select this one and see what
the font is right.
So here we have the color font weight is 700
and let's see if we can find font aside.
All right.
Here it is.
Fun family.
It's Helvetica.
OK.
Helvetica sans serif.
So you can search for these you can again write the same thing.
Let's just copy and paste the same thing and see if it is going to work on
our code or not.
Okay I'm gonna just put it at the beginning okay.
What did they.
All right.
Put it here to see if it works.
It probably not because
okay it may not have the font.
It's still working.
Okay.
So a symbol this all right it's not working but it doesn't matter.
Okay.
You can change the funds from some other place.
You can search for the fonts that you have on your website and create
the things that exist here.
Okay.
So more or less.
Let me just zoom back
on.
All right.
So if I refresh it this one is a normal size or like this.
This is the normal size.
All right.
So the thing that we have created here it's a little bit small.
We need to make it bigger.
Right.
So let's change the number here to for example 70.
All right.
So much maybe 60.
OK.
Close enough.
Let's change this one to each one or two should be good.
Yeah.
And let me zoom in so you see the code better.
And this one also I'm going to change it to each tree or 4 4 should be
fine.
Okay for this one also for.
Okay.
All right.
So let's go back to 100 percent and now it looks more or less the same.
All right then we have another take here with another font.
You can create it.
I'm going to just copy and paste it here.
And this time since we don't have different fonts here different designs
and styles I'm going to just
add a text editor.
One thing I tell you I love all of this inside one estimate file.
You could create it for example.
Here you could add four different takes a detour and just keeping them
closer to each other right.
That was possible as well.
So I'm going to add that text editor here.
I'm going to add the text.
I'm going to bring it to the center.
Sometimes you just need to be innovative.
Right.
I'm going to just change the color to something close to what they have
there.
And also the font style where is the fun family.
Jay here we have to look through them but let's see what is the font
family here.
And if we have it.
So again I'm going to select it.
And here we have font weight font family look for the font family.
Okay.
Here it is caveat.
All right.
So let's see if we can't find it
here we are.
Let's search for it.
There it is.
Now let's look at the size.
It's almost same as this one so I'm going to increase the size a little bit
OK.
And I'm back to bring it a little bit closer or let's put it where it was and it
did this one.
Let's go to advance the decrease bottom.
OK.
And also let's go back into the code I want to decrease the distance
here.
So we have minus 25.
I'm gonna make it minus twenty eight know minus 30 k better and
margin bottom I'm gonna change it to
15.
Right.
So now looks better.
So we have a little distance here will added later and let's close this.
All right.
And then we have about now here there is one thing that we can do first
of all as I said there are some
things that it's not always possible to do on what we are doing.
And you need to do we do it with coding same as the thing with which
we did here.
Here we can add a button.
But the thing is that here we have two line of takes with different font
face.
OK we cannot go here we don't have the ability to do so.
We have two ways either create a button with one line one text the same
font weight or we create for
example we can add a text editor or a headline we can convert it to a
button.
But the thing is that we cannot have the animation this way.
All right.
So I'm going to go with the first way to have one line here but or we
create something almost similar
right.
So I'm just going to rabbit.
Oh sorry.
This is a video I will put it.
Here we are.
I'm just going to drag and drop the button here.
I'm going to bring it.
I'm going to make it large I think.
Right.
It's big.
Maybe extra large.
I'm gonna put it in the center.
I'm going to start free 14 day trial now start receive free 14 day free 14
day trial half right.
OK.
More or less the same.
And the thing is that we have to change the.
We have to change the color.
All right let's see what the color is here.
Again inspect element.
You see how we inspect elements can be handy.
So here we are again we have there are G.B. color 51 one hundred fifty
forty two fifty
fifty one one hundred forty two point two hundred thirty nine two hundred
thirty nine OK.
Convert we have the color code come back here.
This is a text color this is a background color so we have the same thing
when we hover our most here
it become a little bit lighter.
So I'm going to go to the hover mode I can color paste the same thing
but I'm gonna just make it a little
bit lighter.
Okay.
It's a little too much.
Maybe this.
Right.
OK.
So this is the other thing is that the sides are a little bit too rounded.
So on the border radius I'm going to make it tend to see tennis too much
maybe five or less for three.
Right OK it looks almost the same.
Let's go to the animation path.
Here we have on hover.
We have animation and it bounce.
I think
I'm not sure which one is this animation exactly.
No.
I have to try it.
OK.
So this one
bounce in bounce.
Oh Pop.
Nope.
They may not have the exact animation here so
it's more or less something like this right.
Something like this.
It's not exactly goes down.
Now it's this.
It's flopped.
Right.
OK.
So more or less we have the same thing here.
We can also increase the size of the text to make the button a little bit
bigger even.
OK.
All right.
Something like this.
I'm going to update it and take a look at our page.
So this was what we had before and this is what we have now.
Right.
Okay so what else do we need to change.
Here we have a video.
I'm going to select a video to find the link.
OK.
Here is the video.
Now let's look for a link inside here.
If we can't find it.
All right.
The link of the video.
I think it's here.
Right.
Female.
OK.
So I'm going to double click here and just copy and paste this.
You are ill copy.
I'm going to come here.
Oh sorry.
I'm going to click on edit.
I'm going to go on female and I'm going to just paste the code the links
that we just found.
Yeah.
It's exactly the same.
And I think they have to auto play active.
But as I mentioned before the auto play is not always working on all the
browsers for example on firefox.
I think it's not working on Chrome.
I think it's working just fine.
All right.
So again I'm going to updated what we have here.
Let me remove this.
We it's come a little bit lower.
So I'm gonna add a little padding here to make it look more more or less
the same and let's add some
padding to the top 20 40.
OK.
Let's call it 30 I think it looks but 30 from top 30 from bottom from bottom
it will be more because
part of it will go under this part the next section.
So I'm gonna make it 60 probably or maybe Kate.
OK.
All right.
So they manage to in about 30 25 minutes to create.
All right.
First of writing page to create the first part of the click funnels landing
page website.
As you can see it's more or less the same.
There are some small differences in the font aside here which we do
spending a little time we can get
it.
We can fix it.
As I said you can create.
Yeah you can add for example instead of using an e-mail and write the
code if it is difficult for you
you can create this with couple of texts.
OK.
Let me quickly just sorry about that let me quickly.
I want you to really get this game.
Let me just quickly show it to you how you can do it.
All right.
I'm going to put it in a center.
I'm going to.
OK.
Come here.
Copy.
The first part here.
OK.
Let's change the color to white.
All right.
So this is the first.
OK.
And the Doppler Kate is three times and in the second one I'm going to
put it on each one and I'm going
to select sales funnels.
Maybe this one works better.
OK.
I don't know you have to test it.
Right.
This is each one in the center the size is let's put it on the maximum
size.
OK.
It's better than we have on the next part.
We have this going to select it come down here and I'm going to put it
here and I'm gonna make it a
tree or maybe etch 4.
OK.
And as you can see since it is guessing the size itself it won't look like
this exactly.
So you can do it on two different lines.
All right.
Here we have it until this should be here this way.
This one should be this way.
OK.
Now we're just adding some for example decreasing the margins.
We can move these things.
Let's put this on zero.
Let's go from the top.
OK.
Decrease the bottom margin.
OK.
This way.
Decrease the.
Where is it bottom margin OK.
And also for this one again decrease the bottom ones.
OK.
It's almost the same thing that we did there but here.
Now you can easier you can come here and change the font weight in
the style and select the font way
that works.
All right.
So there are different ways to achieve the same result.
OK you just need to think about it.
Be innovative.
And the more you practice the better you get at this stuff.
OK let me remove these and that's all.
OK.
So I'm gonna give a break.
And on the next part we are going to learn how to create this part and
we will keep going the rest of
it as we go forward.
It will get easier and easier.
All right.
But that was the beginning and it was a little bit more difficult.
Yes.
If you have any question.
First of all practice before you go to the next part.
Practice this part with me and create the same thing.
Do your best to create the same thing.
And then after you are done.
Let's go for the next lecture right.
I know these couple of lectures will make it a little bit longer because
let's face it we need to practice
as these are stuff.
Okay.
Without doing the practice it's not going to help you at all.
And you go out there you want to do a project you are not sure if he can
do the project but this way
you know it okay.
You know that you can.
Right.
I have done this before I have created a landing page.
Same as click funnels which this company is making millions of dollar
every month.
Right.
So when I can create a landing page like this I can create any other kind
of landing pages.
OK.
So that was all for this lecture on the next part.
We will jump to the next section.
It's a little bit fishy but interesting.
And that was all.
All right.
So if you have any questions contact me.
If not.
Let's go for the next lecture.
64. Assignment - Clickfunnels (2)
All right.
Welcome to the second part on creating the landing page from click
funnels Web Site J.
They made it worse.
All right so let's get started with the second part and create this thing.
OK so.
Well first of all let's take a look at it here.
As you can see we have two columns OK.
One of them is this part and the other one is this path.
And we have a gap here that I will show you and inside the second
column we have a title to have a take.
And here we have four almost four different columns.
All right.
So we almost know how we have to do this.
And behind this this one has a shadow but not on it only sides.
And above probably but this one it has shadows all over it.
So let's try to create it.
OK.
All right.
So everything is fine and let's come here.
Let's add in yo container with two columns while this one is somehow for
example it should be 65 or
70 percent.
And this 130 person.
So let's change those numbers.
Let's see if it has the.
All right.
It has in the structure of the container.
Now here we have a title first of all.
Then you have a video.
Let's add a title first of all and then add a video OK.
And on the right side we have title subtitle and this stuff.
So we have title we have a text
down and another part which I will get to it in a second.
So let's create this one first of all.
This is this should be something about this way.
Watch the demo.
Let's add it to the takes here.
Let's change the color to white.
Right.
OK.
You don't see it now and let's see what you have to do to bring it up.
OK.
This is a trick you have to select a container coming to advance unlink it.
And on here just decrease the top part.
Right.
And let's see if it has part of the video inside.
OK so let's decrease it more.
Let's go lower.
And I think it should do something like this but we have to right minus 85
looks fine but we have to
increase the padding on the other container.
So on the bottom we add 80.
Let's make it under 50.
Right.
It's too much.
120 let's put it on that 30 and decrease this one a little bit more.
Okay maybe one hundred.
All right.
And let's compare it to what we have we can still increase this one.
Let's make it 40 at 10 more pixels Okay so it looks like something like
this.
But as you can see the Let's come here.
This thing will start from the part that video exists not from this part.
OK.
So we have to find a way to do so.
Let's first find the link after video going to select the video and this is not
a video.
This is an image.
OK.
So as you can see.
OK.
I'm going to just copy and paste the link.
So the source is going to be this OK.
I'm just gonna to copy.
I'm going to keep.
Come here.
I'm going to remove the video and replace it with an image since it was a
little bit tricky.
OK.
Image and let's see if we can get the image from a link.
We can't OK so let's just download the image.
I'm going to save the image on.
OK.
The format.
It's not j peg.
OK.
So let's see what we can do about it.
It's an image
we have a link to a video here maybe we can use this link.
OK.
Maybe it has the same look.
Now open the video game.
Oh come on.
All right I'm just going to double click here and I'm going to get the video
links and instead of e-mails
again I'm going to remove it and go back to the video that we had here.
Let's select the e-mail and paste it.
It's the same.
Yeah.
They just change the cover photo.
OK.
Here they used an image.
And we don't have access to the image
OK.
We cannot use the links to get the e-mails.
So we're going to use it this way anyway.
Doesn't matter.
Now we need to add some margin here.
Let's see.
I'm not sure I want to add this.
The difference here.
I want to bring the beginning of this container this column to the
beginning of this video.
Now let's see if I can do such a thing if I go to margin and margin top I
start at it.
All right.
I can do it.
OK maybe.
OK.
To make sure that it's exact.
I'm going to add the color y to the background.
And now we have the background.
And yeah.
OK.
Black number should be forty five.
Now it is added.
So let me remove this here.
We have a little distance I'm going to add a little bit padding so maybe
five.
It's not enough.
Maybe 20.
OK.
Better.
So let's select this title and come here select a title just paste it here.
Bring it to the center.
If it is in the center yes in the center and the color is something like this.
So I'm just gonna use this color there is it style background color.
Just copy the color.
And also I'm going to add the color in the in here.
I'm going to I.D. into this and I'm gonna apply it.
Okay.
This way when I come here and I want to change the color I have it
here.
All right.
It's not the same color right.
It's a little bit lighter.
It's maybe this color.
So let's add this one to the color palette as well um color code.
Copy.
S come here into the color palette just replace it with this green thing
and apply income to the text
slate.
Here we have it here or not.
Um it's not very visible okay.
I'm gonna just put the color code here okay.
It doesn't seem that we are getting the right color.
So again I'm going to inspect element and come down and find a color
code
50 to 80 110 50 to 80 and 100 and convert.
Yeah it's way lighter.
It's not the same thing.
Okay so remove it.
And here we have a text.
Let's change the color of the text taste the same thing that we have
here.
Okay.
And let's get the takes itself.
Text and come to the text pass write it down and I think it's a little bit
bigger so we need to change
the size and also the alignment should be in the center.
So I'm gonna increase the size too much like this under the font.
Also the font family is different.
But anyway it looks more or less similar.
It starts from.
Get.
All right.
So I'm still a little bit confused about this part so I'm looking for a way to
just copy the image.
Okay so I cannot save the image because the format is not a pig.
I'm going to try it if I can download the image this way.
It's not possible.
I don't things and let's just add an image here.
Come here to the image and I'm going to she did I saved it.
Let us take a look at it.
It's not uploading it because of the format.
What if.
All right.
There's something interesting that he can do.
One thing I tell you to make your work easier.
I'm going to add all of the resources images or whatever we are going to
use here.
I'm going to download them put them into a zip file and add them to the
documents that we have here.
OK maybe here I will add a section for right now that I'm recording I
don't have this section but I
will add a section and I will write down the for example resources for
click funnels landing page.
Okay.
And I put the information here so to make your work easier we can
come here and just click on that button
download the zip file and get access to all the images and the
resources.
Okay so here we are.
And one cheek I'm going to try.
Not sure it's going to work but sometimes it works.
Okay.
This is the image.
Okay.
I have the image but the format.
It's not what I want.
Sometimes I try this and it works.
I just change the format and now I'm going to drag and drop it here and
it's not working.
Okay tried but it's not work.
So let me see how I can import this image here.
Let's see if I can download this from the resource.
Okay here we have sources.
And here there is a folder image.
If we go through this list we may be able to find the images that they
have used and downloaded from
here.
OK.
Let me just check it out.
I want everything to be very similar to what they have so that is why I'm
a little bit trying to make
it worth
okay what do we have fears codes.
It's going to open all of them here.
We have some say not here.
This is our funds.
You see you can download these things from here as well.
It's too much.
Here let's see if I can find.
All right.
It's too many files and I'm gonna pose a video and find a way to locate
this image and I will download
it.
OK.
All right.
So here we are.
Now we have done we have created these two parts.
And one thing let's pay attention here.
Let's take a look at it.
It is a little bit around here.
OK.
So let's make that happen and then select the column and come to the
side.
Go to the.
This is go to the border.
And I'm going to increase it.
Maybe three is good here and what else do we have.
Let's add the shadows.
So I'm gonna select this video here.
Go to the style.
If you have some shadows here maybe in the background we don't have
the shadow maybe on the border.
Where is it.
OK.
It's here.
The border but the shadow.
I'm going to add it and how it is.
It's a little bit bigger.
So I'm going to spread it more but also make it a little bit more blurry.
How is it.
It's okay.
But the color it's a little bit too much I'm going to decrease.
OK.
All right.
Now the other part now for this one.
The thing is that they have a little bit the distance between them is a little
bit more.
So I'm going to add a little march to the right and left column.
So I'm going to add Margie from left here maybe
twenty five.
Let's make it less.
I'm going to add 15 and I'm gonna add another margin to this one
margin right.
I'm going to add 10 K this will make it smaller but that's okay.
So now let's add the shadow to this one and I haven't done this before to
just add this shadow to part
of the image but what Angela but I'm gonna try it as well.
Okay.
So I'm going to come to the style it should be on their border you have a
shadow here.
All right.
And I'm going to spare that a little bit more.
I'm going to make it to the Louis.
Decrease the color.
And here we have to play with the vertical thing.
Okay.
All right.
It should be something like this.
All right
okay.
So let me just update it and see how it looks here okay.
Where is it.
This is our Web page.
So let's take a look at it.
And it's looks nice.
Okay.
It's a little bit darker that we need to make the color a little bit lighter
here.
And I think it's gonna be good.
So the next part is these four parts.
So let's.
If you guessed right we're going to have an inner section but four.
So here we have a title and another maybe text or another title so I'm
going to put here into the title
part I'm going to edit and maybe let's duplicate the K so duplicate.
Make it smaller and here we have numbers and colors.
I'm gonna take the color again inspect element
say here we have fifty one one hundred forty two fifty one one hundred
forty two and two hundred thirty
nine two hundred thirty nine.
Convert get the color code come back here into the first headline lie and
go to the content part copy
paste I'm gonna remove this and I'm gonna bring the alignment to the
center and I'll say I'm gonna make
it each one I think this size is a little bit it needs to be a little bit bigger so
I'm going to put
X large okay and for this part I have to write down users abusers and
center and it also needs to have
lower it should be a little bit bigger so maybe it's four but lower font
weight gain I'm going to change
the color to something like this and the font weight it should be
something about five hundred probably
and as you can see it is a little bit closer to the take so I'm going to
decrease the margin bottom
margin of the top headline Let's decrease it and make it this way let's
see how close we are more or
less looks like the same.
So I'm going to remove this column and I'm going to duplicate this for
converted to four columns.
OK so the next one is one hundred one B let's add that the next one is
the number of funnels then the
next one is the price that the price the amount that they have made and
we can change the takes under
it contacts funnels let's do it quickly contacts
funnels the next one is process just copy and paste it to make it easier.
All right so as you can see guess what we have created it right.
It's a little bit straight a little bit smaller.
Here we have.
If I close it it would be yeah.
You know the difference one of the differences I think they have used a
little bit smaller takes and
also we can decrease the distance between the lines as you can see
here we have too much.
So let's decrease that.
I'm going to come here select the top headline decrease the bottom
margin right now you must be a master
at this right minus 20.
I'm going to select the same.
Do the same thing to the other one but let's decrease it and make it
closer.
Okay.
Right.
More or less the bottom of these takes should be the same with the
bottom of the image.
The video that we have here and we can a little we can try it.
We can there is it
maybe it's here.
Right.
I'm going to remove this and a little added to this one here maybe 20
days is because when I made this
column a smaller it cause to make the video shorter from the height.
So this way now it's I think it's a little bit better.
Let's go for the next part.
Now this is any mates.
I'm just going to rightfully say we met now this is SPG format.
I think we can upload this with g f it doesn't annoy me.
So let's create another container.
This one it's all over the place and add the image to the image upload.
Let's come here and to download and where is it sweetie.
Not sure if it's all right.
It's not working.
So what we can do about that.
Let me see if I can open it into a new tab and again can we save this or
not.
Okay.
One thing that we can do is to just on your keyboard you have print a
screen we can print the screen
the
what you have in the picture and just come here click new open.
This is Photoshop if you know if you have basic knowledge about
Photoshop in these situations this can
help you.
I'm just going to create a new page and let us take the screenshot
instead of this to have the same
size.
Take this shot from here.
Take this Keisha and go to the photoshop and just use control V to paste
it and then I'm going to decrease
it.
This cane that we have.
And again I'm going to just left this part OK.
So this is the image I'm going to save it
to you.
He makes one.
I'm just gonna name it because it's a practice and then I'll put it on
download and done.
Go down go tell web page and import the image insert and boom we
have it.
So there is a lot distance here.
I'm gonna add some margin to it from the top.
We have maybe 100 right.
And then we have the next title.
So here we have two titles.
Again here we have another thing going on.
It's a video probably let's click and save as and see what it is.
It's and a video.
I'm going to somehow I try to download this video as well and I'm going
to add it to the I'm going to
add it to the file that I will give it to you.
So let me just update it and take a look at how it sounds to now.
Where is it.
Here we are
right.
It looks more or less the same right.
Come here.
And if we come here.
OK.
More or less we have the same thing.
This is click final and this is what we have created these two because
we don't have access to them
animators.
It's a little bit different but the rest of it is looks the same.
Right.
And one thing I tell you we are not going to create all of it but we are
going to go a little bit further
so you get the idea right.
How to do these things.
So I'm going to prepare this download this somehow and added to the
folder so you can use it as well.
And on the next block we are going to create the rest of it will create
these parts.
And let me see if there is another interesting path this path is also
interesting.
But about this section we still haven't learned about it.
We are going to learn in the upcoming lectures plugins the forms how to
create them.
We're going to learn more about it.
There if you take a look at the background you see there is a line here.
We learned about this shape divide divide divider shape divider before.
And you can just put the shape divider and just play with the margin to
move it from the background.
OK.
So in the next part you're are going to create a little more.
And that will be all for this practice.
OK so that was all again if you get tired rest a little bit then come back
here and practice what you
65. Assignment - Clickfunnels (3)
All right.
So in this part we are going to keep going.
Building this stuff I have prepared some of the documents that you need
for the rest of the landing
page but it's not gonna be exactly as these are since some of these they
had the original five and they
uploaded some other way we don't have access to all the documents.
I just convert these two images.
OK so let me come here.
So what do we need here.
We need a title.
I'm going to bring your headline.
Let me remove this first.
Under this we need a headline very big headline and to the center.
And what's a funnel.
Again the color is similar as to what we have at the top.
Now take the color from these text copy come here style color paste.
What's the funnel.
And under it we have another text.
I'm got to come here.
Text editor added but we have to make some changes.
First of all it should be in the center.
Second the color.
All right.
Let's get the same color from here.
Since we are doing this over and over as much as you do it you get
better.
This is stuff and it gets easier for you.
OK.
Now we need to go to the typographic path and increase the size to
make it bigger it's more or less
the same.
I'm just going to decrease the margin and make these two a little bit
closer margin bottom and make
it closer.
And then what do we get after that.
We have now we have two column on part is this one and the rest of it is
this.
So right now let's create another container with two columns.
And as you can see the left one should be bigger.
And for the right by part as I mentioned they are using some other
materials that we don't have access.
But I have just taken a screenshot and create an image to replace it and
to make it look like the same
later.
If you want to do something like this you need more knowledge about
how to create stuff like this and
add that video or they convert it to another type of file which is a little bit
complicated and we are
not going to talk about it here right now.
OK so this is the right path.
This is for the left part.
I'm going to take the link for this video.
And let's see what's the link here.
OK
this is the video here.
Do you see any female link here.
We have something here.
But it's not familiar to me.
Does this thumbnail image.
Let me see if I right.
Look I don't see.
OK.
Anyway let's just use this link and see if it is going to show us that video
maybe that's copy and paste
it and see what's this link is about.
OK.
This is an image.
This is a thumbnail of the video.
So that video it's so
looking for to find the video link itself.
This is the euro.
So probably it's this one.
Okay let me try this link.
Okay.
It's again the glitch.
So let's play it and see if it's going.
Sometimes when you make some changes then some other changes
will appear.
As you can see that the codes here changed a little bit and let's see if
we can find the video link.
Or.
No it's not still available here.
So it doesn't matter.
All right.
So we couldn't get access to the link after video.
But anyway you know if you have the video you can do it yourself right.
So I'm just gonna I'm just going to save this.
All right.
Let's open it.
I'm just gonna open the inmates and save the inmates.
I hope I'm just going to take an screenshot and again bring it here and
paste it and cropped image here
Save image for CPG save.
We have the image right now.
Let's come back here and let's upload it.
So this is the image inserts.
All right.
So we have the image in general when you want to create something
like this here.
You'll have access to the video that exists there.
So it will be easier for you.
Then you have another title here.
And as you can see it has some shadows on it.
We will add it in a second.
Let's come here to the heading OK.
Title search 1 and it's big.
It's in the center.
It's it has the same color.
The other headlines.
So let's just take the color code.
Come back here.
Let's go to the style color code paste and let's add this shadow here.
Go to the style box shadow increase the size and make it a little bit Larry
but maybe decrease it more
and make it a little bit lighter.
OK.
Something like this right.
And then you have a text just copy paste all of it here and it takes edit or
paste it being the alignment
to the center change the color to what we have here.
Style takes color based.
Okay so one thing is that it's to look closer right.
So we have here.
We have talked about something like this before a kid that we have an
icon and we have a text.
So let's take a look at which one it was.
I think it was icon list.
K. something like that.
Right.
So we don't we need this check sign.
As you can see here.
Let me remove the rest of it and just duplicate this one duplicate
duplicate.
All right.
And let's take the text for the first part.
Come here and here we can write the text.
Second one again.
Come here.
Write the text.
And third one copy
and paste the text here.
OK.
It looks a little the same.
We need to make some changes.
We need to come here.
This is the space between the lines which as you can see here it's more.
And we need to also increase the text color is fine.
But we need to change the typography.
If heritage typography and change the increase the size of the text
creates something like this if I'm
not wrong.
OK now let's go to icon.
Increase the size a little bit and also change the color.
It's a little bit blue more blue than what we have.
Let's take the color code.
I'm just gonna make something similar to it.
OK.
Because eagle you know the process right.
It's something like this.
Okay I'm going to update it.
So we almost have created the same thing here.
Now this one.
OK so then we have another container and.
Well in general if you pay attention here if it right click on it and try to it's
an image.
OK.
So here we can come to the elements and add image.
I have prepared it images and count here.
This is our 1 import.
And here it is.
And under it as you can see we have a video.
We have an icon or image to see if it's an image or they they convert.
They change every format of all of these to something else.
Okay.
And then just quickly create something simpler.
What we have here.
So we have again and image here.
It's a video but since we don't have the video I'm going to just add the
image.
Use the file you know when you practice more you get good at this stuff
and you can start to do things
much faster.
Right.
So on the right side it's a little bit smaller.
We can change it and make it this way on the right side.
We have an image we have the title.
I'm not gonna get the image since I have to again screenshot it and crop
it.
All right the title here was pasted It's a swan and it's a little bit bigger so
I'm going to put it
on Excel and let's take the same color that we had here.
I'm sorry style color code.
All right let's come down here and text color paste.
So there's a little bit difference.
There's a little distance between the lines is a little bit more so I'm going
to change the line height
to make it more readable that again here we have the same thing as we
had at the top and the same line.
Right.
And again the same thing the same image.
But here you have to Let's make it so you don't make mistake.
Let me just because I have to mention something it's a date.
Again there is another tweet here that can help you.
Let's add the text pace of takes there.
Again the color color is almost black.
So I'm going to just select the color from here and I think the size it
should be a little more right.
Something like this.
OK.
On the right we have the same thing as icon list.
So let's come down here.
I'm going to just copy paste this and just edit again just got duplicated
and bring it down since the
colors and everything.
We already set it and well it's we have to change the size of the text.
So if we come to this path we can decrease it to something like this and
as you can see the rest of
it will it's five.
Okay I'm gonna just copy and paste one of them to make it more
complicated.
Duplicates why it's not showing it.
Okay I'm just gonna updated.
Let's see if it's working.
All right.
So sometimes it doesn't load.
So you have to try it again.
Anyway I'm just adding this to show you how to do the next part.
Okay.
So here again we have the same image but rotated so I'm going to
duplicate this one and come down and.
Okay.
We needed to be in a separate container.
So I'm going to remove it and duplicate the container.
All right.
So I'm going to bring it down and I think there was an option in the
image that you can flip the image
itself.
I'm not sure but I think I have seen it somewhere.
If I'm wrong you have to just rotate the image on some other for example
on photoshop and upload it
here again.
Okay so I think
we don't have the Philip here right.
Anyway it doesn't matter.
So I'm gonna replace this image with another image hour or two.
Again you have all these files in all these images inside the file.
Okay so now how we are going to do it this way.
Okay.
It should be almost it is it should start almost from the second line.
A second text from the bottom.
So I'm going to select this.
Come here.
Margin top.
And I'm going to decrease.
Okay until I get to the heart that I think it's the right place.
Okay.
Maybe something like this.
Okay.
Because it will collide with my text.
I don't want that to happen.
All right.
Okay.
So the difference is that this image this arrow is different with this one.
You see the curve is more.
I got this image and just rotated it I thought it's the same.
But anyway this is more or less the same thing.
Okay.
And on the again it can come down you can add this.
Let me see if this is an image or.
Yeah.
The file the different file that the areas okay again you have an icon.
You have a title.
We have a text.
You have a button.
Same as before.
And it goes the same way over and over.
Right.
Some more or less from now on.
It's obvious that what you have to do is just updated and come here in
the page that we have here.
So more or less from now on it's obvious what you have to do.
We have practiced almost every single element that has a new thing
new experience for you.
And this is the page that we have created.
As you can see it is extremely similar to the click funnels landing page.
OK.
We just didn't have access to all the videos and all of these resources.
OK.
But besides that everything is almost looking the same.
So when you can create something like this as I said before you can
create almost anything any landing
page out there.
And right now you have the ability to create it.
So what I want you to do first of all practice what we have talked about.
Second Believe in yourself OK.
These are not complicated stuff you don't need to be a genius to
understand these things or to do these
things.
OK.
You just need a little practice and a one time knowledge that I just
shared it with you.
So now you know how to approach this kind of situation is how to create
this the stuff that we had here.
All you need to do now is to just practice OK.
When I started this subject on my own I didn't have any tutorial like the
one that you have right now.
And I learned it the hard way.
OK.
It means that I practice I tested.
I just try to read and try to find solutions ok on my own.
And it was way way difficult comparing to the situation that you have
right now.
So what I want you to do is spend this time if you just spent two days
practicing.
I have created a tool here.
For example you can come here.
You can continue what we have.
What we're doing here you can keep doing this stuff for example here
you can do it right.
We have talked about these things before I give you a hint.
You have to create a container and use shaped divider as curves
change the color song.
OK.
We have talked about it before.
You must be able to create something like this.
I'm not saying that it's a piece of cake right now for you but you can do it.
And after the first time well it will be a piece of cake.
Here we have border for our column or container tags title you see
inmates again and other button you
come down all of these for example this is an image you see you can
move it takes up vital.
Here we have four columns with buttons.
OK.
Again another container one side.
We have these things one side we have the other one icon lives on.
We have another text with different background color.
So it's more or less obvious right now.
We have practiced these things over and over.
Right.
So again do your best to spend some time practice these just two or
three days you will be a master
in it.
OK if you face any problem or you had any question contact me and if
not we will keep going keep learning
what we have here.
I will add the resources of the clique funnels page here and then on the
next lecture.
Okay I will add the resources of the click funnel page that we use the
images and stuff here for you.
So you can come here and download it and on the next lecture we are
going to start talking about posts
which is interesting if you want to do blogging if you want to drive traffic
from Google or other search
engines using blogs.
OK.
So that was all for this part.
If you have any questions contact me if not.
Let's go for the next lecture.
66. Override
All right.
So welcome to the next lecture in the previous lecture.
We had practiced a lot of the things that we have learned about and as I
promised I have added another
section here with the flick funnels theme.
So if you want to download the images of the previous practice that we
had all you have to do is to
just come here and click on download and it will start downloading a zip
file then extract it on your
computer and use the images to practice.
Okay so that's all about that.
And there is one thing which is important.
Yesterday when I was creating this section this click Final Part I faced it
and it is important and
I have to tell you in case if later you face it you will know how to fix that.
So yesterday when I was creating this I wrote down this text here OK.
And I selected the color white in the element or part OK.
It's not the same.
This one is on our practice website.
I have been working on my own Web site.
So for example here we have a text.
I brought it and I wrote the text here and I changed the color to white.
And here in the element or it became white and it was working just fine.
Okay.
But when I came to the main page here it was gray right now.
This problem happened because another code somewhere else will was
changing the color of my paragraphs.
Okay.
And all I did I came back here and went to take here.
Wrote down P and I changed it.
I changed the color but there is something which is important here.
Let me try.
If we try to see if it is possible to show it here.
So let's see.
Be happy here.
OK.
And I'm going to change.
Let me make it into the bigger
OK.
And I'm going to change the color.
Style is equal rotation color red.
OK.
When I do this it changed.
Okay.
Now imagine there are two different codes.
One of them is here one from somewhere else which you don't know
about it.
And both of them are changing the color of this text.
Okay.
Now which one is going to win.
Okay.
Which one will effect last.
So when I change the color and I came back here it was a still gray.
The reason is what is it was because the other code was over riding the
code that I wrote.
So you can fix this with one with adding one simple text.
So here that you wrote for example I wrote color is red before the
semicolon.
Okay.
Patterns before the same column.
I'm going to write space and I'm going to write in poorer terms.
OK.
Then you add this phrase before the semicolon after any style or
anything that you have as a code here.
When you add this you're telling the code that this must overrule all
other codes out there.
OK.
So if we have for example 10 codes about changing the color of
paragraph if I write important here this
one will override all of them.
Right.
So in this part I just wanted to mention the important phrase using it
inside the coding part.
And here let me remove this inside the coding part and if you've faced it
somewhere.
What if you face this situation that something was changing the color or
changing the setting of whatever
you have created how you can fix it.
All right.
So that was all about this part and the next part we are going to talk
about posts which is important.
If you want to do blog.
All right.
So that was all Let's jump into the next lecture.
67. Posts
So in this part we are going to talk about posts or blogs.
So let's come here.
The next part.
Well the difference between posts and pages are mainly two things.
One of them is categories and the other one is tags.
Right now these categories and ties and have many different effects on
different locations of your website
and even out off your Web site.
So let's just take a look at what we have.
I'm just going to exist here exit to the dashboard live and close click
funnels
so here we are underpaid on their pages and this is our home page
setting.
And I'm going to open another page and go to the Post's so it more or
less it looks like the pages part.
And here we have a post which has held awards I'm going to edit that
when we come here.
It seems more or less it's looks like exactly as pages.
But here on the right side if you pay attention let me just move myself so
we can see what's behind
it.
So if you pay attention here we have categories.
And here we have tags.
All right.
So you can write some for example you're writing a text a blog creating
a blog about something about
for example cooking.
Right here you can add tags about it now and also categories for
example you can add this blog post
on the food right there.
The rest of the settings are all similar.
Now let's talk about categories and tags.
Jay bring myself back here.
So categories and.
For example when someone come to your website.
First of all they can look at your post filtered by categories filter by tags.
OK.
I want to just see the post about food.
I want to just see the posts about for example if it is electronic gadgets I
want to see the post about
for example by.
Right.
Tags are also the same.
I just want to see the posts about this tag.
Now it's not only that before you have seen that very wanted to create
header.
There was an element search.
OK so this way when you search it can all the tags and the categories
can also be effective in your
in the search part of your Web site.
All right.
And this is one of those places that it is effective.
The other place that it is effective is on search engines.
OK.
Outside of your Web site.
So when someone is searching for a topic the categories the type of the
categories the the name of the
categories that you have the name the tags that your posts have will
also be effective in the search
engine and ranking higher there.
All right.
So that is why when you want to do blogging you must create post not
pages.
OK.
You must come here create posts at tags to read and so on.
All right.
So this is really important.
And here we are.
If normally you have a text here you can just remove it and click on
update.
And then if you pay attention at the top under your old park we have
added the element or I'm gonna
click on it and it's just completely similar with creating your page.
All right.
So here we are.
We have our title that date the number of comments on the on the right
side.
We have our sidebar Search recent post and so on and here we have a
comment the sample and the place
to leave comments.
Okay.
The rest of it is completely similar.
And if you want to change any of these settings before the previous
couple of lectures we have talked
about it dry.
So here it's just same as before.
Drag and drop whatever you want to have here and it's that easy.
All right.
And all you have to do you can then updated and I'm not sure where is
this post where this post is appear.
Okay we have it at the top part here.
So if we go back to our home page refresh it.
All right.
There is a problem here let me just quickly check what's what's the
problem now.
These things can happen and you must learn how to fix them
sometimes out of nowhere you visit your website
or something.
Change right.
So you have to make sure everything is fine.
So I'm going to click this all right.
That was the problem.
And update
and let's come back to our home page right.
Problem solved right.
Anyway here is our post.
If I selected and this is our post that we were just in it in the element or
part right.
So more or less that was all about creating a post now about the details
and strategies of blogging.
Later we'll come back to it from.
We will look at it from a marketing perspective.
We are going to look at it from how to how we can write a better blog
and as we go forward we are going
to learn more about a plug in that will help us write a better blog and I'm
going to suggest you and
other tools as well which will be helpful for you especially if you want to
write blog English.
So to make your in English to make your work easier and you can
deliver a better result with higher
quality right.
So that was all about this path.
The technical part of creating your post if you have any question write it
down for me.
If not let's go for menu and mega menus on the next part so see in the
next lecture.
68. Menus
All right.
So welcome to the next lecture where we are going to talk about menus
and mega menus.
All right.
So it sounds a bit interesting.
You have seen these type of menus before these menus that we are
going to talk about.
So first of all before we get to the menus let's pupils some pages here
on their pages right now.
When I created this Web site this blog posts that I installed the
WordPress it by default it had two
draft pages.
So all I'm going to do it.
I'm going to edit them and I'm going to just click and publish.
So we see them in the menu lists.
All right.
When you want to select when you want to work on our menu if you
don't have these pages just create
a new page and publish it.
All right.
Just put a name on it and publish it.
So we have two additional pages right now and just hover your most on
appearance and under it as you
can see here we have menus select menus.
And let me remove this ad here.
That's so annoying.
All right.
So here first of all we have to pass two tabs edit menus and manage
locations.
So let's start with the first one.
Edit menus on date as you can see you can select a menu or you can
create a new menu.
OK.
Don't forget to save changes.
So right now we are on our header menu primary menu right there.
This menu at the top here.
OK.
So just remove these pages so we can see everything clear.
Refresh the page as well.
So here we are on the left side.
We have different types here that each tab provides us with pages polls
and things elements that we
can add to our menu.
Right.
So for example the first one is pages.
And here we can click on View all most recent pages and we can search
for the page.
Now we are here we have.
Home we have privacy policy and we have sample space all right.
Then we have posts on their posts.
If we go to view all we have only help award which we were at is right
now here and this is how our
menu looks like right now.
And update we have custom links.
For example you don't have any page here or you want to direct your
users to somewhere else maybe another
link from another website.
All right.
So you can come here and write it down for example.
I'm going to write my own Web site here.
Right.
And the link will be for example this is it.
Can I just add the link.
OK.
And then I can click on Add to menu.
And here it is.
OK.
Under it you have categories since we haven't we didn't have a we don't
have any categories.
We don't see anything here.
But let's say you have created already couple of categories and this way
here when you come can add
them to the menu and when the user clicks on the categories of that
specific category they will see
all the posts which include that categories.
Anyway that's all about the left panel here and on the right side we have
menu structure.
The first thing is the menu name.
Here we have had their menu.
And on dates we have our pages.
And as you can see there is a little arrow here.
Let me zoom in.
Sorry about that sometimes I forget to zoom in so you see everything
better.
Right now I think is key.
Right.
So here we have a little arrow and on there you see that you are L and
the name we can change the name
event the name of your website.
Even the name of that page.
It is home.
I can for example change it to home to for example.
And if I save the menu and I refresh it.
Even though that I changed the name if I click on it it will go to the same.
You are out to the hall right.
I'm going to pause this.
Let's go back.
So.
All right.
So here we are the same.
All of them are the same if you click on the little arrow you have the
name and you have a.
This is the pulse.
You have the name and two very it links and there's another options
here.
You can see it is up one down one and then you click on it you can
move them.
Also you can drag and drop them but this way you can do it precisely.
Again this is the same way now Andre.
We have many settings auto ad pages so add new top level pages to
this menu.
You can turn it on.
So anytime that you create a new page it will be added to your Web site
to your to your menu.
But I is starting to suggest to you not to do this.
Keep it under your control.
Then we have the location.
OK.
We have primary location suitable location second location.
OK.
Which is the top header.
We have another header here which is the second.
So this is almost everything about the menu yet there is something else
I'm sure you have seen some
pages.
Some Web sites out there that they have different kind of menus.
Let me just show you for example I think Shopify has this kind of menu
all right.
As you can see at the top for example here we have learned if I click on
it another menu will appear.
Here we have cell and undersell for example online.
So if I click on it another thing will appear.
OK so how we can create something like this.
This is called make up menus.
And when you come here for example let's add couple of let's add all the
pages that we have for example
here we have home privacy policy and sample page at both of them to
the menu and we can add some links
as we go forward.
So here we have home and on their home let's say you want to have
your first document.
And hello.
OK.
So I'm just gonna drag and drop it on there you see how it's how it is
appearing here drag and drop
it here.
I'm going to do the same with the hello.
Right.
And on it if you want to change their location in Kansas do the same.
Now let's say let's save it and see how it looks like right now.
So I'm going to refresh the page and as you can see here our home too
has a small arrow on it and inside
it it has two other pages.
Now let's say I want to add other sub items on my menu under this.
OK.
So I'm going to create some custom menu page one for example I'm
going to add it to the menu.
Page 2 and Page 3.
I just I'm just adding this to show you how it will look.
And for example page four I think that's enough.
And here we are.
So I'm gonna add these on the voters document.
Okay.
And you can also go deeper and deeper.
Let me.
For example on page two I'm gonna add more.
And again as you can see I can go deeper.
So I'm gonna make it this way.
And even I'm gonna add for example sample page on one of these as
well.
So let's save the menu.
And refresh it.
Let's see what we have here.
The rest is the same but home to as you can see we have a press
document and on it we have page one
and page two.
And again on page to be page two down page 4 and on page 4 we have
some.
Now you see how it looks here.
This looks this design is depending on the type of your wordpress
theme.
So if you use other wordpress theme it may look some other way but
since you are using this one it looks
like this okay.
If you want to change the look maybe it is possible but you need to go
deeper encoding.
There is no place here to change the design of the menu so I'm going to
add some of these elements.
Some other way to see how it will look.
For example let's put it this way.
Let's add all of them to for example the second option and I'm going to
bring all here.
Someone updated and let's look at it right now how it will sound.
So as you can see it is longer.
We have inside that we have other stuff.
OK so this is in general.
This is how you create menus and mega menus.
And it was as simple as that.
There's another part here which we need to take a look at it really
quickly.
We have managed locations.
When we go to here you can manage the locations of each menu that
you have.
We have primary menu.
We assigned it to the header for the primary menu.
We assign header menu the header menus the menu that we were
editing for footer.
We didn't sign anything.
Okay but we have something there you.
We have created something there from another part but here specifically
to the place for food our menu.
We did an assignment.
We have a secondary menu.
We had a top header menu.
OK.
And you can change the locations as you want here.
Right.
So that was all about menus.
And if you have any questions regarding this topic contact me and
spend some time as is.
So it was very easy to create menus and mega menus.
It is very simple.
You can do that.
And on the next flight we are going to talk about widgets.
Right.
So that was all about this lecture and I will see you in the next one.
69. Widgets
So in this lecture as we talked about it we are going to talk about Regis
before in the previous lectures.
We we had a time working with widgets but this time we are going to the
widget window and we are going
to pay attention to everything learn everything about it there.
So here under appearance we have widgets.
So I'm going to select that and as you can see here on the left side we
have number of elements.
All right.
And on the right side we have places to put them.
OK.
So we have sidebar.
We have sharp sidebar one foot or two footer tree.
Right.
These are all the places that we have now.
Again these places are according to the type of your theme if you use
other theme you may have different
locations here.
And even some themes have for example the theme that I have which I
showed you before optimize was its
this one this one also I have the ability to create new locations for myself
new panels to put widgets
elements there and use this wherever I want.
OK.
So here I explained more about it.
If again if you are a reader if you learn better with reading you can come
here and take a look at it.
But anyway we are going to practice ourselves as well.
So on our sidebar as you can see we have searched recent posts and
saw each of them has a small arrow
you can click on it can add a title you can delete them and some of them
have different settings.
OK for example four recent polls you can show right showed the past
five recent posts.
You can display post date or not you can add a title.
This one is almost the same categories right.
You can display the drop down show post counts and song.
Okay.
So each of them has a specific very simple settings about them on the
right on the left side.
We have different elements.
For example we have custom ACMA.
OK you can come here and let's say later we are going to learn that.
Let's say you want to either form here to capture e-mails.
Right.
When we will when we learn about some e-mail marketing plugins and
Web sites there we will create a
form.
And after that they will give us a code embed code.
You can come here at the custom write either customized e-mail and
add that code here and save it.
And then it just it will start to work.
All right.
So I'm just going to test something here.
I'm just gonna write down it's 1
sir that's 1.
And here I'm gonna write it down.
This is my
personal.
It's a steamer.
So I'm gonna save this and I'm gonna write the title for it.
So you see how it will look.
Title.
Okay.
And we'll save it and when we come here I added this at the bottom of
my sidebar.
Okay but I refresh it on the here.
We have to see Jay.
This is the title.
It looks like this and this is my custom esteem.
So for example if you embed a code for capturing a main form it will
appear here and you can also change
a lot of things you can change.
For example background color and editing with a similar size as female
tags that we have learned about.
All right.
So I'm going to remove this and let's take a look at what we have here.
We have archives.
We have calendar.
Let me just show you how to load.
If you have a calendar customer CML we have image you can add the
image here and we can use one of the
images that we had here for example this one and you can also add a
link to it for example at the link
of my own website here and save it and also then we have navigation
menu we can add menus here recent
comments.
We are not going to talk about this one take longer and not go and talk.
What do we have a video here.
Audio categories gallery metal still.
We have it here but it's unnecessary we can remove it.
We have pages recent post search text if you want to add a text and
WordPress form.
Well we have here.
If you pay that.
Pay attention here we have something here.
Right.
It is here.
V.P. WP forms.
All right.
Here we have the same.
This is a plug in.
Additionally installed on this more.
I am not sure if it is installed because of the theme or if it is installed
because of we are using
this web hosts dot com.
All right.
But anyway this is an additional plug in.
It's not all the time here.
This is this will this plug in will help you for e-mail marketing.
Later I'm going to talk about it but a lot of people are using it but there
are other plugins that are
better than this one and much cheaper anyway later we will talk about it.
Here we have the same thing for example you can add the forms here
and show it to people when we get
to this plug in.
We'll talk more about the next part.
We hear we have inactive widgets.
This is the part that for example I have worked on this visit here.
I don't want to have it on my sidebar right now maybe later I'm going to
drag and drop it here.
It will keep it for me.
Just put it back it will keep it for me.
It will keep the settings as you can see drag widgets here to remove
them from your sidebar but keep
their settings.
So it will keep the settings for me but I won't have it on my side.
All right.
So that was all about visas and let me just save it.
I saved right.
OK.
So let's take a look at how it will look like here.
So here we have a calendar we have this image that if I click on it it will
open my own Web site since
I connected it as a link.
So as you saw it was simple.
Now one thing I tell you there are there are a lot of plugins out there that
can help you with widgets.
They have a lot of other widgets here for example that one time there
was a plug in that they installed
and it was for full liking my page or following me on Facebook.
OK so that widget appeared here and I just took it and put it on my
sidebar.
So anybody who was viewing my posts on the right side was there there
was this button to follow me on
Facebook follow me on Instagram so this way I was converting my users
from my web site to my followers
on my social media.
All right.
There are a lot of plugins out there we can spend some time set for a for
example go to Google and search
for best widgets for this purpose that purpose.
Okay.
Following me on Instagram.
Right.
And they will appear here.
The elements of those we just as you can as you saw here you had WP
forms this normally in WordPress.
This is not here.
This is here because we have this plugin.
So if you install other plugins other things will appear here as well.
So that was all about widgets.
Again if you have any questions contact me if not on the next part.
We are going to talk about another thing which as you go forward is
going to help you a lot.
So that was all.
And see you in the next lecture.
70. Clean dashboard
So the thing that are going to talk about in this lecture as I mentioned it
before it will help you
as you go forward as you improve your website your voters Web site.
So the thing is that when you install let's go to a dashboard when you
install different plugins different
elements on your Web site as you go forward it gets so crowded every
page you go.
It was showing you hundreds of stuff.
Now it is important to know how to clean it.
So at the top right side if you see here we have screen options and help.
So if you click on the screen options as you can see here we have
different items that we can show or
hide.
All right.
For example here we have something about right here it is WP forms
which is a plug in.
And here we have it.
And we don't want to see it.
I can just turn it off and it will go away.
OK.
Here we have an element or overview.
We don't want to see it.
I'm going to just hide it.
Monster inside.
I'm going to hide.
OK.
And this way you can make your dashboard cleaner.
And as you go forward it doesn't look so bad OK every time you come
here.
It's just a dashboard right now for example we can go to post.
It's the same thing.
We have a screen options so here for example is different here it's about
here about the data about
each of your posts for example here we have author categories and tax
and dates right.
So you can just say I don't want to see the author.
Right.
It will remove it.
I don't want to see the categories.
It will remove it.
OK.
And show me 20 items here.
Right.
And the rest of it.
So we can make the changes and apply it and the changes that we
have made are safe.
Now again if we come to pages it's the same thing.
Here we have a screen options.
We can show the date comments and so on.
You may not need to see the number of comments here.
Is off to you.
OK.
This way you can edit each of your pages.
Let's come to comments here.
We also have the author in response to submitted on and so on.
OK.
So according to our needs on each of these pages on the left menu
there are some specific options that
you can change and improve that page that we know according to your
means.
All right.
I said this because as you go for a ride I have faced it myself.
A lot of times on my own websites since I have many different plugins
and many different elements always
reporting and so on.
So at the top if I don't just remove them my website looks very crowded
and sometimes I try to find
something I cannot.
This way you can make your website the WordPress dashboard very
clean and everything at the places that
you need them to be.
All right.
So that was all about cleaning your dashboard
but the next part we can practice another upside.
I put this here because practicing the more you practice the better you
get at this stuff.
And also there are some challenges additional challenges there that we
are going to test.
And I think it will be good if you feel that you are professional at this and
you get everything we
have talked about.
You don't need more practice you can skip this practice but I strongly
suggest you.
It won't take that much time off you.
And but none other hand it will help you a lot.
So if you're ready for our practice let's go for the next lecture.
71. Assignment - Shopify (1)
All right.
So welcome to the second practice and this section and this time again
we are going to do.
We are going to practice what we have learned and come up with new
strategies to complete the tasks.
So I have first of all let me just show you what we have here today in
this practice.
We are going to learn how to create this landing page from Shopify.
All right Shopify is also one of the other online e-commerce businesses
that will let you to create
a website on their platform and start selling products.
Many people use it to do drop shipping but since you have learned
everything about WordPress you don't
need to use a website like Shopify.
But in some cases for some people it is good to use it.
But anyway as we go forward we still have a lot of other things to learn
about workers that will give
you the ability to create an online store like the one on Shopify but on
Shopify it is much more simpler
and faster.
And it is you.
It is better to use it for beginners and people who don't have a long term
strategy in their mind.
All right.
So this is the their landing page as you can see it is pretty simple.
And by now you must be able to do it but together again we are going to
practice it because this practice
will help you to get better at what we have learned.
So I think you have to log in here.
So here we are in the documents.
This is the documents for click Fargo's landing page for the previous
practice.
We have talked about post widgets and here I have added another
section for Shopify.
I have people all the images and documents on their Web site and all
you have to do is to just come
here and click on download and you will be able to download all of the
files to create this line.
This is these are the files that I have it on my own computer so you can
download the zip file and start
using it there.
Right.
So here we are and let's go to the pages.
We are going to create a new page right.
Is it at New so let's add a title to it.
I going to write down Shopify.
And when you click when you select the title and click somewhere else it
does start to load and think
about the you are.
So this is that you are all that we have here.
And just really quickly let's take a look at the settings here on the right
side.
So we don't need the sidebar.
We don't need to see there.
We don't need to see the title as well.
A header off with her.
They can stay there and that's all.
Just click on publish
and then you can just click on this link to have the page opened and
then click on elemental.
And let's get started.
So the first thing that we have to create first of all bring this here.
First of all the thing is that we are not going to learn how to create the
header like this later as
we go forward.
We have some lectures that we just specifically talking about how to
create a header a custom header
for different for example.
This can be the header for your main page.
But when you go to the other places on your Web site the header can
change.
All right.
It's the same for example on my own Web site when you are just taking
a look at the documents for example
books and other places.
You see this header.
But if you are in to one of my courses on my Web site the header will be
different.
Okay.
And I created it using elements.
But a used element or pro if you have an element or pro if you upgrade
your elementary you can create
custom.
Header and footer but we are not going to use that.
There is another plug in another mini software we can say that will give
us this ability to create custom
header in coastal footer without paying anything.
All right.
So we are going to start from here under the header.
Right.
So the thing is that it's a little bit tricky.
You see we have this green background but it's not all the way to the left
side all the way to the left
and right side of the screen.
But it is somehow past our container.
All right.
So how we should create this.
Now the thing is that based on the tools that we have learned till now
based on the strategies that
we have learned till now there are many many different ways to create
something like this.
Okay but as we go forward I can suggest one of the ways and when you
start to practice maybe you can
come up with other ways.
This will help you to learn better and become a master at it.
So let's get started here.
First of all let's get the background color Inspect Element and I'm just
going to select this one here
and hopefully we can see the background color or not let me just do it
carefully we should be able to
see it.
All right maybe here.
Here it is J.
This is the background color and they have put the color code better for
us.
So we need a container let's take a look at it.
We need a container and inside the container we have one call first at
the first part.
We have two columns.
Then we can go with four columns.
Right.
So let's come here and right at the beginning we need two columns.
So I'm going to just stop looking at the Columns I'm going to select a
container and I'm going to add
the style color
this now the thing is that first of all let me come here.
Usually if you don't select a stretch this section.
It won't come all the way to left and right so it will be just at the
container.
I don't know here why this is happening with the health selecting district
going all the way down so
we can add margin to the left and right side to to create this.
Where is it to create this white space here.
But for some reason it is not possible.
If we can't if we select a container and come to that advanced spot as
you can see all containers the
main the general containers they have all of their margin left and right is
locked.
K so not what we can do about it.
You have to be innovative here.
You have to think more about it so we can have another container and
inside it have inner sections.
This can fix our problem so let's try with that first of all
yeah we can do that.
All right.
So let's do it this way even though it is stressed.
I'm gonna put it a full which when I put it on full with my columns also
we'll get to the size.
All right.
So take a look at here you see now whatever I add here it will come till
this place.
So I'm going to remove the color here
and instead of having to column we need three columns.
Okay let's one column for this part one column for this part and another
column for the center.
Okay so let's do that we gonna add duplicate one more column.
I'm going to select this container here and let's go to the structure and
see if it offers.
So here we have this right.
So I'm just gonna click on it but we have to move this one to the center.
Right.
So more or less it looks okay but we need more area.
For example if you pay attention it's it just crossed our container line so
let's try that.
I'm gonna write down 10 here and 10 here.
Okay.
The rest of it will be here.
All right.
So let's change the color of the background of this section and paste the
color but we don't see anything
because we don't have any elements inside it.
Now here I am going to I have to add in our section with two columns.
Now we see something right.
So what we need to add here in have a title.
We have a subtitle for it.
We have an e-mail form to capture e-mail leads.
So we just will we will just create the buttons since we didn't learn about
this yet and then add other
takes.
So let's begin with then on the right side we have the image.
So come to the elements drag and drop the image here.
Let's update let's upload this image.
We have it here.
As you can see this is image 1.
This is going to drag and drop it here and insert media then we have a
title.
After that we have another subtitle but I think it should be the type of it it
should be a title.
Then we have a button
then we have a text.
All right.
So let's start fixing.
First of all let's take a look at the color code of this text here.
This is the color code.
So if you see it.
Let me check here.
Right.
This is the color code as you can see here.
So I'm going to just copy and pasted it and go to the style color code.
All right.
I think the other one is also the same color.
But this one should be black anyway.
Let's try that out.
And so this one is bigger obviously we can come here.
Put it on each one and yeah build your business.
So let's close this Inspect Element and change the text build your
business more or less let's make
it this way.
Yeah.
More or less looks like that we have some other margins here which will
added in a moment
I think it's a little bit even bigger so we can go for we can selected and
change the size increase
the size
right.
Sixty one is 62 some 61 is the maximum size that we can have.
Anyway the next one is
let's edit the next title.
Come here.
And the thing is that it's also smaller and the font weight is also it should
be less.
So let's come here yeah.
Should we listen.
So let's go to the side typography and font weight.
Let's put it on 400 and I think we are close.
So let's go for that.
But again Inspect Element.
Let's take it.
Find out what is the color code here.
Selected and on the right side.
Here it is this see.
Here it is.
OK so now take the color and then I hover my most on it.
It will be darker.
Right so we will make that as well.
Style background color.
Paste the color here and go to the hover paste the color again but this
time does make it a little bit
darker.
Right.
OK this way.
So start freestyle.
So let's write down the text start free trial.
OK.
And the size is well it's bigger.
I'm gonna put it on media and I'm gonna put it in the center since we
don't have the form that we must
use here.
Then what else do we need to change.
You have a very small text here.
Let's fix that.
Also we have to change the color and font size.
So I'm going to change the color to black and the font size.
Okay let's come to the typography and make it smaller.
It comes to up to you agreed to write.
So you agree to solving it to make it smaller.
Right.
It should be something like this.
Now if you pay attention there is some.
Again there is some distance here.
OK so these are some tweaks that you have to work on it.
It will spin you you need to spend some time money but it's easy to do
it's not that complicated.
Right.
So first of all everything is aligned to the right side.
Same as what we have here but everything is into this.
So how we can create this space here.
OK.
Right now our tax is very close to the image.
So first of all if you notice here we have a smaller area comparing to
here.
If I make it bigger you see me we can use this area to make this to make
some space for ourselves.
All right.
So let's see if we can do that right.
The fact that I haven't heard this is because for you to see and learn this
is the first time that I'm
creating this landing page so I myself will face some challenges that I
have to think about it and overcome.
This is a great mentality and this way you also can improve your SO so
I'm going to go with seven.
Probably should be better.
This one is also going to be seven.
So we have
more space here.
But the thing is that we are not just this.
If you pay attention to this in your column in this section it's not crossing
the container.
So if I come here in the box and put food now it will jump to the
container.
But the thing is that.
All right.
So it looks a little bit better.
We need to work on the padding.
We have some padding here.
So let's clear this container this inner section come to the padding and
add maybe 20 or more 50 Okay
50 sounds better.
Right.
And here also you can select the text.
Let's come to the padding or margin margin right.
Let's put 20 or more.
Let's put it for example 50 more 100
it doesn't matter how much I do it.
It's not making it smaller.
Okay so I put it one hundred fifty and I'm going to change the font size
as well.
Where is it.
OK.
All right.
Something like this.
Okay.
Now we are closer to what we have here.
The next thing that we have to think about it.
Well if we had this form here it would look like better.
But anyway we will keep it this way the next thing that we have we have
four images on this.
So let's work on that.
First of all don't forget to update your or save what you have done from
time to time because if you
don't usually some bugs can happen and destroy everything for you.
So I'm going to just add an image here and also an image here.
This part is also a little bit tricky.
You have to think about it.
You have to do your best to overcome this situation.
So here we are also if you pay attention with the beginning of the image
this should be the same place
as the beginning of the text.
If you pay attention here it's almost it's a little bit past.
All right.
So what we have to do is to select this container here and first of all put
it to full width and then
add some padding to it.
OK and let's just add the padding on the left and right side.
For example on the left side we can add 35 or 30 score of returning to
any left 20 right.
And here we have to decrease the distance between these two.
So let's go to the padding after previous container and for the bottom.
Just put it on 20 K because the reason is that the distance here it's not
that much okay.
I think is still we have some space to go lower maybe 15 works better or
10.
OK.
So ah sorry about that every.
These were links.
Sorry about that.
Only you can change this one to ten.
All right.
So more or less it looks like almost the same.
We have to play a little with the sizes.
So let's first of all let's upload all of these images.
So here we are.
And I'm just going to upload all four of them together.
K. So the first one is the lady in the storage room I think.
Right.
Here she is the second one is someone working on would probably this
one mobile and had so here we have
LABI and the hat.
OK.
So what you have to do with this.
This first of all if you pay attention.
They have a little rounded corners so let's make that if I made that
before I duplicate them my work
would have been a little bit easier.
It should be probably two or three maximum I think three.
All right.
Yes three.
So let's add a border three and let's come here as well.
Three style.
Order.
See.
All right.
So if you pay attention here the image is just at the bottom of the
screen.
Background.
Now there are different ways to do it but the thing is that since you are
not using element or pro we
cannot use coding on these on every element here.
Okay.
If I select this image for example come to advance at the last part.
We have custom synapses but we do not have access to the coding part
since we are using it for free.
There is a code that you can change the alignment of any element or
any image and put it put the alignment
to the bottom of the container.
Okay so this way this image can start to load from the bottom but right
now we will just try to make
it similar as it is right.
So I am going to select the column up I'm going to make the heading 0.
First of all I'm going to select the image go to the advance and let's add
some top margin to eat and
bring it at the bottom of the place that we have here.
And if you notice it will come to some point but it will stop.
Okay.
So after 115 it will stop.
Now it looks similar almost but when they when we increase the size it
will change the place.
This is because the alignment is to the top Gates not at the bottom.
This will always happen.
So let's just leave it be because if we have X if we had access to the
coding we could fix it easier.
But in anyway we just try our best to create something similar to this.
This image is a little bit bigger.
Let's make that happen.
Probably like this.
And again we can increase the margin here to bring it lower than the
sizes here.
This one is a smaller this one is a little bigger and this one is very big.
Okay so this one is a smaller we can do it this way.
This one is bigger than all of the right.
Something like this probably this one again it's fit to the bottom of the
screen but these two not all
right.
So as you can see again the top of all of them are in the same line but
the bottom of these two are
in the same same line and these two are in the same light.
So these are some small details in design that he can pay attention.
So let's think how we can think about it and how we can create that.
And also if you pay attention there is a small space here.
So we need to create that as well.
So I'm going to select the column and for the padding for the margin
right.
I'm going to add 10 it's too much.
It's forty ten right.
And ten left.
Okay it's going to be it's going to be enough for this one at once and let's
remove the padding.
And here again turn right turn left.
This one as well.
I'm sorry padding and for the margin ten five and ten left right.
We can do it the same with this one and go with left and right so right.
Okay so we need to play with that sizes a little bit to
make them the same way it should look.
On the design that exists on Shopify The problem is that we are trying to
create something exactly similar
as what exists there and usually playing with these numbers like this.
It's a little bit challenging and it will take your time right.
So don't think that it's something impossible but you have to spend
some time here and play with the
numbers just okay.
It's not something so crazy and difficult.
So what do you do.
What we have here is more or less.
Let's just refresh this page and see what we have.
It's a little bit close to what is here right.
It's not exactly the same but it is close.
So I'm going to increase.
Oh sorry.
Let's go back.
I'm going to increase the margin of this a little bit more and updated Let's
count to our page and it
should look a little bit better right.
Some more or less.
It's similar to what we have here right.
So I'm going to end this lecture here and on the next part we are going
to create the next elements.
The rest of it it's very easy as you can see here.
So try it.
Practice with me.
Spend some time working on it.
Play with numbers.
I understand that sometimes some of these numbers can be annoying.
It won't work.
But you have to do your best if you don't spend time if you don't think
about the problem and don't
come up with solutions.
You want to get good at this.
All right.
So that was all for this lecture and I will see you in the next one.
72. Assignment - Shopify (2)
All right.
So welcome to the second part of our practice on Shopify website.
Let's continue.
So here we are.
We need to create this title here.
So we have a title.
We have a subtitle.
We have two columns here.
One image and one other title.
So let's do that.
We need to have a container here.
And one thing if you pay attention you have to always take a look at
these things.
For example this.
These elements are starting from here but the rest of it the beginning
point can be different.
So you can pay attention to this stuff as we go forward.
So let's have our title here and add our.
Is it a text.
Yeah.
It's a text so let's either takes a detour here on the right alignment is
center.
This one as well.
The alignment center but it should be it's one I think.
Okay let's copy and paste the text here and this one as well.
Let's pasted here.
So now we have to do is to just bring this one to the next line.
Right.
So there are many different ways to do that.
We can have for example to text editor and move them.
We can add in our section and some columns on the side.
Let's try this one because it looks a little bit new to you and it can be
helpful as you go forward.
So let's add an inner section here and I'm going to duplicate columns
here and let's select the container
go to the structure and let's just move it probably this way.
I'm going to move the column here to the B column in the center and
let's drag and drop the text editor
here.
So what do you say.
Looks similar right.
We have it until the void features we can increase the size a little bit as
you can see it's a little
bigger here so let's do that come to a style typography and let's increase
the size.
Yeah.
And here also the color the color is almost Gray with the same color that
we have here.
Let's talk about the title.
So it the font weight.
It's it's less but the size I think it should be a little bit bigger.
So let's try that out.
OK.
So let's come to the style.
First of all the color is black and the font weight.
Let's go to typography and bring it on 300 or maybe more 400.
OK yeah.
It's close to that.
We can just decrease the margin here to bring them a little bit closer to
look nicer.
Right.
I think that's too much maybe minus 10 is enough.
So update and let's see how it will look in our page
it looks nice but it is too close to this green thing.
So let's move that out.
Let's select our column here probably and add some top margin maybe
50 or I think it should be 100.
OK yeah.
More or less 100.
So the next thing that we have to do is to add two columns here on the
right one we have this title
takes on bottom and on the left side we have an image.
So let's come down here and we can add a container.
We can add an inner section the same way we did here.
So let's go with the inner section.
I think that would work just fine.
So on the left side we have an image.
Let me just drag and drop an image.
Go to the choose image upload.
And here it is
right.
Insert the image.
OK.
We have our image.
The distance is a little bit more we can add that this death by selecting
our container and add some
margin to it.
And on the right side we have a title which looks a little bit strange.
We can create it with two titles for example one is a start and the other
one is your business journey.
Then we have a text and a button which this one is also looked like as
takes we will learn more about
it in a moment.
So let's create that out.
So let's create this title here.
Come to the elements at the title.
Let's first of all create the style and then we will duplicate.
OK.
So the style it should be each one and the color is black the typography
the font weight it should be
400.
Same as what we had above.
Yeah right.
OK so let's add the tastier content and I'm going to duplicate this title
and write down the rest of
it.
Your business journey.
All right it looks a little bit bigger I think.
But doesn't matter.
The whole point is to practice and create what we see here.
We can discuss how we can change these numbers as we want.
Now the thing is that we have to bring them to the to the other part here.
Okay so there are many different ways to do that.
We can add a space so here we can add some margin but since we
haven't used this strategy let's add
some spacer hey we want some distance here.
Let's add that maybe 100 right 100 looks nice let's add this text here.
Let's come here.
Text editor and text.
I think we can increase the size a little bit.
Let me see as it came to the war with our.
So let's increase the size till we get that effect
into less with our.
Something like this.
Right.
And then we have a link here.
Now the thing is that I said you can change this.
We can do this with writing a text and then add a link to it.
Let's try that out.
So let's come here.
Text editor and a link here.
But the thing is that the problem is that this link is blue.
Right.
But if you have access to the courts here you can change it.
So let's try to just change the style.
Here we have.
Let me just make it bigger for you to see what is happening here all
right.
So here.
Let's make it a little closer to the text.
OK then I'm going to add the code.
I'm not sure if it's going to save keep it or not.
Usually on my own website it keeps the code but here because we are
using the free element or maybe
that's the reason or the reason is the host that is is free I think it should
be from the element or
All right.
So we have our text that our takes start from here.
We have some labels about it.
We don't need to worry about that so we can start from the beginning
and add at the site.
OK.
Style equal quotation.
Now inside that we have to change the color color equal Green.
I'm going to just write Green.
But later we can go and check what the color code and change it to
death.
And now we need to have text decoration.
So before we land that we can write text decoration non.
But here we need to have it.
So let's see what we have to write.
To create this text the creation text this declaration K is equal and let's
search for it now text for
racial
FEMA.
OK.
Let's see what we have here.
What we can find all right so we have over a line we have underlined.
Okay.
This is the thing that we need I think so I'm going to just cut and paste it
here takes the curation
under.
So we have it more or less.
I'm not saying that it's it looks exactly the same.
Huh.
That line appears when we hover amo.
So this is a little bit tricky.
It needs more coding.
My suggestion not to go after this because the code for hovering it's a
little bit complicated but we
can have it as you can see here.
Right.
So we are doing our best to create a landing page similar to what exists
here.
It also has an icon.
If we go forward in the lectures there are some part that we talking about
some plug ins that will provide
elements like this then your work would be easier.
All right.
So right.
No I'm just going to leave it as it is here and keep going.
We will create this part as well.
And the rest of it as you can see it's similar we will go for this part then.
OK.
So let's create this part so I'm going to just zoom back OK.
And since these are similar these are similar just the location is different.
I'm just going to duplicate this
container here and just move the columns and here instead of image I'm
going to add a video.
All right.
And for the video to be able to upload it I think here if we add the
elemental yourself hostage.
OK.
Select cell faster than you have the ability to add the video yourself.
So I have prepared also the video.
It's this one here.
Name is video seven.
It's the seventh item here.
Just click on insert and let's see if it is going to show it
it's a little bit difficult since it's a video but it is showing it some other way.
They use some other coding.
So here you may face some problems on some issues.
All right OK.
It's working a little bit but also because it's that their post server and it is
free and it is slow.
It's working not so good doing getting on other servers can have a better
result here.
Right.
One thing let me come here and try to take a look if there is some sizes
freight we can change that
yeah here there is a ratio and let's put it on one on one.
OK.
Because this is not Felicity right.
This looks like more to this image.
OK.
So anyway again we have a take.
Sierra can change it.
I'm not going to play with the text anymore here because it's almost
similar then let's go and create
the next part here.
The rest of it is also similar so let's leave it be.
And here I'm going to add another container with three columns.
So I'm going to create one of the columns and I'm going to duplicate.
All right.
So we have an image all right.
Let's just upload all of the teammates at the same time.
All right
so the first one is this one then on there we have a title which is a small I
think it should be each
for from the size of it and the style make it black.
And the typography.
Decrease the font weight to 400 maybe write more or less we'll close
maybe five hundred and let's go
back here.
Put that alignment to the center.
So then the take here okay.
Copy and come here.
Takes a or pasted here.
Put it to the center and under we have something like this.
If I can duplicate this one here and if I can move it
all right.
Let me just bring back the Oh.
Let me just.
I have changed the margin here.
That is what he is saying with me a little.
So I'm going to just bring it to the bottom of the screen here and put it on
the center to have a little
gap here.
Maybe we can decrease the margin of bottom margin here to bring them
a little bit closer to each other
they basically maybe OK.
All right.
So more or less it looks less looks like the same.
I'm going to delete this one and duplicate this one two times.
So let's change the image of this one to be a blue.
Right.
Yes.
And the other one should be the yellow.
So you see it's just playing with this stuff over and over right.
We have done these things before many times under it.
All right.
So if you remember before I have mentioned that there are some crazy
coding stuff with some specific
plugins games out there that you cannot use you to do it it will work for
us.
And it's also necessary.
This is one of them.
OK.
This is at a tweet the object inside a website.
There are several ways to create that but it's more advanced in coding.
And we are not going to talk about it because in the world of marketing
and creating a Web site that
makes money this has no place.
OK.
You don't need to it's unnecessary to have it.
OK.
But they have put it here.
We can play with it here if you like.
Then there is something like this as you can see it's very simple.
It's a content to Column One of them has an image one of them has
background color takes and another
image and a button then on there they had they have several images as
you can see takes calls like send
button and so on.
And that's all there is a button him back to the top.
Let's create that because it's a little bit interesting.
OK before we have I have mentioned something about something like
this.
But right now let's try to create that.
So I'm just going to add a container and so let's add different type of
container maybe something like
this.
Okay.
And I'm going to add a button here or here it is a text right.
I'm going to add the takes.
So let's do it this way.
Let's.
I'm just going to duplicate this on here and bring it to this place.
I'm just going to write down back to the top.
So back to top.
Back to top.
OK.
So
let's just add some this year maybe 100 and how we can do that.
So in the link when you come here here there is a length limit on it.
So there is a link.
Oh sorry about that.
When I unlinked it I remove the style that we have added it.
All right.
So I'm going to go back a little to see.
Yeah.
It has the styling right now.
Now I'm going to just change this link.
OK.
I'm going to write the sign which is called hash tag.
And I'm just going to write something here.
Top fashion but without any space.
OK.
Top section I wrote that and I'm just going to copy the text into her and
let's go to the top and I'm
going to select this container and in the advance path to see this idea
I'm going to write down the
same thing.
Top section.
Let's updated
and let's refresh it.
So before we have talked about it in the Pro version of this theme if you
remember they had it back
to Top button right.
But simply here you can create it yourself why pay for the theme to do
such thing when you can do it
yourself.
Right.
So more or less this is how our website looks like it's not 100 percent
same as Shopify but it is close
to what they have there.
All right.
So practice what we have learned to allow during these two lectures.
I know it may sound a little bit difficult at the beginning and so at some
point for example here for
the images we played with them until it may not look extremely
professional but don't worry at all.
All the other developers use some ways like this.
Okay.
Back then when I had a company to create video games.
Well when we started I had zero idea about programming.
I had no knowledge about it but we needed to start and there was no
one to help me.
Okay.
So I started myself I started to learn programming and I wasn't
professional.
And I learned couple of tools there.
And one of them is it was if class OK so you say that.
All right.
If this thing happened then do this.
If not do this OK.
There are different versions so I can tell you I have created a complete
game the whole game with just
using this one tool.
Right.
It wasn't professional.
OK.
If you talk with other developers out there if you show them the coding
they will laugh at it.
But the thing is that my game was working I created the product.
OK.
No one cares how I wrote the code.
All right.
But the point was that it was working and people were playing the game.
Right.
The thing that I am telling you is that maybe the work that you are doing
here it's not advanced from
development perspective but since it is working then it's fine.
Okay.
So that was all for this lecture and I will see you in the next one.

73. Plugin analyzation

So finally we get to the plug in part.
Before we had take a look at it we have installed couple of plug ins till
now.
But let's go deeper into this.
Let's learn more about plug ins what they are how we can analyze them
how we can find the right plug
in for our needs.
And finally I am going to introduce some important plug ins that will help
you along the way.
According to the goals that you have.
So here we are in our documents on the shopify the stars plug in well as
I wrote down here plug ins
are mini apps that will help you to get to your goals.
For example you decide to do something on your website.
You don't know how to do it.
You don't.
You are another program or a developer.
So what do you do.
You just search for the task and you find couple of plug ins about it.
You can read more about it select the best one and install it and start to
use it.
Okay.
It's exactly similar on the apps on your phone.
But this time you are just installing it on your own website.
Right.
So plug ins are like that.
Now there are some specific elements that you have to pay attention
when you want to install a plug
in the K before you want to select two which plug in is the best choice
you have to pay attention to
these elements.
So I've written them down here but let's go to the dashboard here.
Let's go to plug ins at new and let's talk about some of these plug ins.
Let me zoom a little bit and to make it a little bit better.
All right.
So here we are.
Now the first thing that it is very important.
There are four things here as you can see and as I pointed out here.
Number one is the not reviews.
Zoom in here as well.
Number two is the.
How many people right now are using get updates and compatibility.
So let's take a look at it for example here on classic data we have 700
reviews will all of them are
almost five as far as we can see here.
Over five million active installations.
That is valuable.
Okay.
The thing is that the read the reason that this plug in has doesn't have a
lot of reviews because it's
not something complicated.
It's not something fancy.
It's something that it was there by default by wordpress so not many
people reviewed it but a lot of
people are using it which means it is a good application or plug in.
Right.
The last time did upload the updated it was three months ago well in
general for plug ins.
This is not good.
But this is not something that needs to be updated over and over.
All right.
Other kind of plug ins for example Liz let's search for element or J.
And while this plug in needs updating case things changes.
There are some buys you have to fix it.
It's complicated plug in.
There are tons of things inside it.
So they need to update the last update as you can see it was two days.
This is valuable.
All right.
Four million active installation five thousand five star review almost I
think five thousand five star.
But as far as it shows the average looks five a star and the next thing is
compatible with your version
of your WordPress.
Now some plug ins are a little bit old or they designed it some other way
and it is not compatible.
You install it.
It's not working.
You get frustrated.
You don't know where is the problem.
The problem can come from displace.
It's not working with your Wordpress and this will cause some problems
as you go forward.
OK.
So in general these are the four main elements that you have to pay
attention now for here.
I'm going to click on the name of the plugin and I'm going to open it in
another page.
There are other things that you can pay attention here.
First of all on the first tab there is a description you can read more about
this too.
So here it is.
We have four thousand five stars ninety four people gave one a star.
You can click on it and read the reviews what they have wrote about it
why they gave for example hated
not user friendly at all.
Well my experience is different
it's running it's ruined my site and no support.
So there are.
Well spam renewing the spam too expensive.
You see for example well they're charging what they want.
Okay.
You cannot say someone.
Okay I'm going to give this product.
One is the review because it's expensive.
Well that doesn't work anyway.
You can come here read more about it gather more information.
Understand why people gave good reviews or bad reviews.
If you have some questions about installation What do you need for
example the minimum requirement.
Are these.
Well we didn't talk about for example PSP version my school version
and World War press.
Whenever a new update comes at the top of the page you will see that a
new version of WordPress is available
and you can update it.
But these usually when you download when you get your host these are
up to date.
Okay.
So the next part is if a queue it can help you usually before just jump
into the support contact them.
Hey I have this problem.
The simple problem here you can just easily take a look at a fake you
and usually you can get your answer
really fast from here.
This is a change like this is the update that for example what they have
fixed on this date.
You see the last update was February 13.
They did one before that was February 10 the 1 0 and they fixed a lot of
things.
The one before that it was January to January 27 January 19 January
1st.
So you see there are a lot of updates and this is very good.
OK.
You can pay attention to these things.
It means that they their team are working on this almost every day.
Then we have screenshots we can take a look at it and see how
everything is
going on on this application on this plugin.
Is it the way you want it to be or not.
J So then we have reviews that we talked about before.
All right.
So these are the main places that you have to take a look at and
understand that this plugin is it good
for you.
It is.
Is it going to help you with what you want to do or not.
So in general that was all about the introduction to plugins and how you
need to analyze them.
And on the next part we are going to talk about essential plugins that I
introduced and we are going
to take a look at it.
All right.
So if you have any questions or need any help just contact me.
If not let's go for the next part.
74. Essential plugins
All right so this is one of my favorite parts that we get the chance to take
a look at some amazing
plugins that along the way as you go forward it can help you a lot.
It can provide you many services that you may need.
And if you're ready let's check it out.
So here are the essential plugins that I have introduced.
Well some of them we have we are familiar already with for example the
classic Ed we have talked about
it element or page bill.
We have learned everything about it.
And here we have duplicate bass.
So very quickly very short.
I'm going to talk about each of them in this lecture and on the next part
as we go forward.
We are going to spend some time learning each of these plugins okay.
So duplicate page.
It's a very handy plugin.
It will help you two as the name sounds duplicate your pages.
You create a page and you want the exact similar thing but you want to
change these things.
For example I have lectures right.
I have lectures on my Web site and I don't need to every time for every
single lecture page I create
a new page and start from scratch.
I create one page then I do applicator and inside the second one I just
change the video.
Right.
So this way I can create whatever I want.
Much easier if you don't use a plug in like this.
It's going to be a little bit tough and you're just gonna make more work
for yourself right.
Later we are going to learn how we have to use this plug.
Next essential are those four elements.
Now I just introduced it.
I haven't used this plug in but a search devoted people typed.
People said good things about this plug in and what it does when you go
to element or on the left side.
We had a lot of elements right.
This plugin provides you more elements okay more things.
There are a lot of other things that you can do with it.
Right.
Again we will take a look at it.
Soon after that we have to plug in which they are connected to each
other.
If you want to use it you have to use both at the same time.
One of them is element or header footer and likes.
So in general if you use element or if you purchase element or pro you
can create footer custom footer
custom header for different some specific pages.
Okay.
Just assign this header to this type of pages on my Web site or assign
this footer to these type of
pages on the website.
Okay.
You can do sites such things with elements or pro.
But the thing is that what if you don't have the element pro element or
pro what if you don't have the
budget to pay for it.
So here this plug in these two will help you to create custom headers
and footers and blogs and then
you can use it wherever you want.
Okay.
You can assign it to different pages.
Now the first one was element or header and footer.
The next one is now menu item for element or okay.
Again when we get to this later we have to install both of them at the
same time because this one is
not going to work without the second one.
So next WordPress or V.P. dash optimize.
Okay.
And the next one is also these two are connected or to optimize.
Now as we go forward we add images to our website we add script
codes phys plug ins a lot of things
to our website.
And while it will increase the loading time of our website off our web
pages and then what we have to
do we have to use these plugins to clear the cache to optimize our Web
site optimize the codes optimize
the images to make our website load faster.
Now according to my experience I am using both of these on my Web
site right now.
And the thing is that before these two plug in my home page took
something about 15 to 16 seconds to
load which is crazy right.
But after I installed these to plug in and I use them and I optimize my
website I brought it down to
three seconds which is really good right.
Three seconds today in today's war.
People all wait for three seconds to load your website off course.
If you decrease it it is much better.
But on WordPress I'm not sure you can get it to lower numbers like two
seconds maybe maybe maybe maybe
one seconds but your Web site should the should be very optimized.
You should then use some high weights elements like some images
maybe.
And the thing is that no one saying that maybe one second is too much
and usually it's not possible
because Morpheus itself it's a little bit a slow game.
And beside that when you install a lot of plugins it will decrease the
speed.
OK.
So these two plugin is for that.
Then we have may Lester.
Now this is a paid plug in till now.
Will all of these plug ins not all some of them for example element or
has a pro version that you have.
We can pay for it I think element this one also has proverbs and workers
optimize has both.
Well same as before has free and provision both to optimize has free
and provision.
Well we are going to talk about the free version and it's going to work for
us.
It's going to help a lot but if you wanna go further you can buy the plug in
and use more features that
they have available may lesser.
It is just completely paid.
There is no free plug in about it and well if you remember before we had
talked about the plug in here
V.P. forums.
Now this is another plug in.
Same as me list.
Both of them are useful for email marketing and capturing email list
creating forums capturing email
leads creating campaigns and doing email marketing.
But the thing is that mail listed here is I can say thousand times better
than the other one.
I'm gonna show it to you when we get to this topic.
I have created.
I will also talk about this V.P. forums as well but I am not suggesting it
because many people are using
this plugin.
It's very popular.
I'm going to talk about it in couple of lectures but my suggestion to you if
you have the budget and
if you want to do really good email marketing.
This is the best.
This is the best that I know till now.
On purpose.
So the next one is just extremely useful and handy plug in for a CEO.
OK.
You and I rank in search engines.
This tool is the one that help you and it comes free.
The provision is not going to add some feature street but it will give you
just some kind of support
and other stuff like that.
So the free version will work just great for you.
Then we have all commerce comes free and I think they have paid
Verizon.
I'm not sure we'll take a look at it soon and it's for the time that you want
to install.
If it's for the time that you want to sell products on your website
especially more than one or two
or three for example you want to sell shoes.
Okay.
If for the 50 shoes on your website you install this plugin you create your
product you create your
product pages.
It's really fun to use this plugin.
I have talked about it before in my other courses and besides that it's
very handy and useful it's also
enjoyable.
So the next one is a slider revolution.
This plugin that is also paid log in.
But sometimes when you buy paid theme they have this plugin on it for
free K for example the theme that
I am using here the optimizer is it so I can find it here.
This one if you get this team for free it has this plug in on it as well so
you don't need to buy the
plug in anymore.
So this is a slider revolution.
Now what it does it proves you can create any kind of sliders that you
want on different places of your
website.
The first slider on the home page that shows some products maybe
when you go to Amazon you see the slider
like that.
And most successful websites out there use uses sliders in different
places.
The next two plug in one of them.
This one has both free and paid version but this one comes only paid.
Now what is the use of these plugins.
Imagine you want to create a website.
You want your website to have a sign up form.
You want to users to come to your website sign up.
They have their own account.
They have their own profiles.
And they can for example you can show some pages only to users who
are signed in on your website.
So in general these are the plugins that can handle users and
everything about that on your Web site
right now myself.
I'm using this one.
But before this I use this plug in ultimate member and it was good plug
in.
I have used it for several months but then I had the budget and I went
from the first one to the second
one which is paid.
But this one it's more powerful and much much better.
Maybe we get the chance to talk about this somewhat about this one.
We will spend a lot of time.
OK.
So in general that was all the plug in that we have here to talk about.
And if you have any question about them just contact me in the question
and answer section I check them
every day if not on the next part.
We are going to talk about duplicate page how we have to use it and
saw it.
OK.
So that is all for this lecture and I will see you on the next one.
75. Duplicate page
So in this part we are going to talk about the first plug in here on this list.
Duplicate page.
So to solve this either you can just copy and paste the name in the
search which I suggest that if not
you can come here.
Click here to visit the plug in.
It will jump into the plug in page.
You can download the plug in and on the plug in part here you can at the
top as you can see here you
can upload the plug in.
But again as I suggested it is slowly it's easier for you to just copy and
paste the name here
and here it is.
Click on install again.
Let's take a look at it.
Well it doesn't have a lot of reviews.
As I said usually these plug ins that are very simple it's not complicated
or need a lot of updates
and they're not so fancy.
Usually they don't have a lot of reviews.
But as you can see 1 million active in solution which is good.
Again the update is not that much since it's a simple plug in and it is
compatible with our WordPress.
So install now and always after installation you must activate the plugin.
So activating it.
And now let's go to the pages.
Now this voice on many different places on pages post and some other
places as you go forward.
So it's as I said it's very handy.
So here we are on their pages part.
And as you can see here right.
So when I hover my mouse here you see this appear duplicate this gay
duplicate this.
Now here we are.
Front page let's say we want another page look like our front page but
with different change with some
small changes so we can duplicate it change the name let let's just let
me just show you for example
here we have Shopify right.
So I'm going to just click on duplicate this and it will load and refresh the
page again.
So when we are here this is Shopify element or this is shabby white
draft.
The draft version the one that we just created.
So I'm going to get to the edit page now I'm going to show you what
what you have to make what you have
to change here in order to make it work.
So first of all the name of the page is the same but you are all will be
changed.
So you cannot have the same U.R.L. for two pages.
That's why it's changed now if you want to edit it you have to change it.
If it's okay you can let it be.
And this is on draft.
You must publish it until it become available.
All right.
So then that's all the things that matter.
Then you can go to element or an edited the way you want it to be.
Right.
So the rest of it is similar.
If you want to remove it move to Ben and it will be deleted.
All right.
And the thing is that the plugin itself I think it comes out here it is in the
setting as you can see
here the last item is duplicate page.
So it doesn't have a lot of settings.
And when we come here you can make some changes for example
choose the edit or classic edit or Gutenberg
edit or if you want to use Gutenberg and you want to have it there.
You can put it on Gutenberg then we have the Doppler Kate.
Well after the application what will be the status of that element.
Are paid the page the post it's draft.
It can be published.
It can pending or prior.
Okay.
So you can change these things from here as well.
Redirect to after click on the duplicate this link.
So when you click on duplicate what do you want to happen.
Okay you can stay there in the same page for example posts or pages
or go to duplicate the editors as
the editor screen.
Okay you can jump into the page that is duplicated.
So this is a little bit useful.
You can add some suffix for example right now as you saw when we
duplicated the page it added dash another
number.
Number two a number.
And if you have number two obligate that it would be number three
number four.
Okay.
But here you can add the suffix.
And when they for example obligated they add this the plugin will add
this suffix to the name to the
you are all off your page.
Okay if you want to donate some amount of money to this plugin to their
team you can do it through here.
And in general this is the part to review them if you like.
And that's all about duplicate space as you see it's not so many things.
And let's take a look at it on posts since we have it there as well.
OK here it is.
Duplicate this.
Okay.
Usually in places that there is an element that you can edit it you can
review it you can remove it
and so on usually this button will appear and you can't obligate.
Okay.
So that was all about this log in if you have any problem about it.
If you have a challenges let me know.
And on the next part we are going to spend more time on the essential
add ons for element or it's interesting.
Let's see what we can find.
There are usually as I said before since I am using element or pro I don't
use this plugin but I saw
that it's very popular a lot of people are using it with good reviews.
So I thought it's a good idea to introduce you to and maybe you needed
especially if you are using element
or for free.
Right.
So and the next later we will learn more about it together.
And that is all for this part.
Is the mouse point.
I lost it.
So that was all about this part and if you don't have an accent let's go for
the next one.
76. Elementor addons
So let's get us started and learn more essential items for element first of
all let's install it again
the same way you can come here.
Click here to visit the plugin or you can just copy and paste the name
from here.
Go to the plugins add new and here just paste it.
And if you search for element or it does show you the same.
But here it is as you can see it has one thousand one hundred seventy
five almost good reviews about
half a million active in isolation.
Two weeks ago the last update and so on.
So let's get started.
And after that we need to activate it same as before.
And let's see how it is.
Now as you can see this appears here.
Let's take a look at it.
What we have in this part.
So these are the general.
This is the settings for this essential adults for element or some
documentation support.
And report the Borg if you faced anything you can live a review from
here and so on.
Let's take a look at the next part.
Here we have the elements.
I think it should be the elements that exist on the element page which
we will take a look at it in
a moment.
As I said since I am not using this plugin it's new to me.
But together we are going to learn more about it.
We are going to test everything and practice.
OK.
So yeah this is the normal version used.
You have all of these elements and you see if you go to proverbs
version for example you can have testimonials
slider.
You can have target but toggle.
We already have it an element or maybe here they have some different
things on it.
I'm not sure again fancy text.
I look forward to see if it is really fancy and mainstream for example.
This is for e-mail marketing this can help you contact form.
These are good for creating for example V.P. WP forums.
It will create forms which is connected to this plug in.
All right.
So this is also good it can show you show your Twitter feed your
Facebook feed and for example for Instagram
you have to go to the Pro version and so on.
In general I think it's a good plug in and it can help you a lot.
There are some extensions here Parallax.
Well if you see this parallax extension or you may see it in other places
when parallax is called to
the effect that for example the administration screen you are scrolling
down and I'm sure you have seen
it on different websites you're scrolling down and some images or some
elements are reacting differently
for example some of them are moving faster some of them are moving
slower the image is going up or down
a little bit with some other pace.
So that is that to this effect is called parallax.
But the thing is that I but I strongly suggest you not to use this kind of
effects since our goal here
is not to just have some fancy animated website.
Okay.
The goal here is to have a good website great for from you express
selective understandable functional.
And also look good from the design perspective again understandable
designs and usually these kind of
animations will make it difficult and make it complicated.
Okay we'll create an environment that your user will be a little bit
confused.
Okay so that is the main reason that I am telling you not to use this kind
of plugins.
Next on part articles and stuff it I'm not sure.
Content Protection.
All right.
So we will get to these things tools and go premium.
OK.
So this is the part this is the setting path for this plugin.
But right now let's jump in to the pages part and let's create a new page
and let's edit it.
OK.
So I'm going to come in add new
let's put the same name here essential adults for element or and I'm just
going to click on publish
since I hate to have the title here.
I'm going to remove the title and let's jump into edit with elements.
So also I'm going to it's a little bit late.
I'm going to open this page.
Let me just come back here.
Exit to the dashboard.
I'm going to open this page so we can update it and see what's
happening like it.
This is the page right now.
And let's take a look at the elements that we have here.
So this is the element elements part.
This is the basic part that we talked about it.
Let's close it is is a general car.
Again we talked about it now here.
This is the essential items.
It starts from here.
So we have an advance accordion.
Let's drag and drop it and see how it is.
Well it should have some differences.
It should look different the content setting part.
Till now it's more or less look like element or accordion itself.
Go.
We're moving more features on the style.
OK.
So now you see there are some differences here on the style.
We have padding and margin as well.
Maybe it's for each element.
OK.
Let's take a look at it.
Ten.
This is the padding for all right.
This is I think it's the same thing here.
They just use the name.
All right.
So it's it's acting the same.
So well mean different kind of plug ins like this you may face with things
like that.
We have the path to a style that each tab for example maybe you want
to increase the padding here.
You see bigger and bigger tabs here.
The icon size I think.
Yeah.
Maybe from both sides.
You see on the right side it's also affecting on hover.
How do you want it to be for example on the hover let's say I want it to
be queen J.
Or maybe purple.
That's a better color or on active maybe this one can be queen.
Right.
With this kind of green cape so.
Well by now you must be familiar with the settings that exist here.
Right.
Content aside.
And this one is this is the right icon here.
OK.
So you can change things there as well.
We can change the color.
So it's pretty simple.
Let's go for the next element.
I try to look at most of them here but I am sure till now since we have
practiced this a lot.
You have the ability to go through these elements and learn more about
it yourself.
Right.
So the next element that we have here.
Advanced data table.
Let's take a look at what it is.
So it's a table.
Well the data sources static data how we can use it.
I'm not sure.
OK here we can import a c v file from for example Excel or other places
you can also have this format
you can import it here and show it on your website.
So if you use if you want to use tables on your website this is something
useful which since it is not
available on elemental both free and proverbs.
So if you want to use it it's really it should be really good.
And I recommend it.
OK.
Again we have the set we have the style part for head for Buddy for
example for head led mesh change
something to see here if we we need to have the data here to see what
color we are changing right now.
OK.
But I think it should be the color of these texture and also you can add it
yourself right.
And see this was the color of the header here.
You can put them in the center so not only you can import data into it.
You can write it yourself and also it has a search.
You can go to the second or first page.
We don't have a lot of data here anyway so it looks interesting.
Anyway if I myself want to use a table I can use this plug in as well.
So this one should be for documents before the previous one.
OK.
It is not installed.
All right.
So to use this one we have to install another plugin called Better darks.
I think it will show that documents like for example Lord files or a Google
document files so you can
show them here.
But you have to install better documents.
Let me open it to see what it is
OK here it is.
OK.
Well this is not something that everybody need or want to use it.
It's just it's developed by the same team.
You can also see their team at the bottom here WP developers and here
as you can see it's the same thing.
So if you want to use ward or documents on your website you can use
the display.
The other one is again dark but for category the next one is again dark
for search.
So these three are all connected to each other then we have another
thing which is Caldera forms.
I'm not sure what it is.
So it's not installed.
Again we have to install another plugin for it.
So all right call to action.
This should be interesting.
Let's take a look at this one so I'm sure you have seen different
websites.
That is a for example a container like this title takes and a button.
So this is a complete package of that to make your work easier.
You can change this style the way you want it to be.
So I think it's it should be interesting you can use an image for the
background or for example the
banners on your website that you want to direct your users to some
specific place some specific page
on your website or other places.
All right.
So as you can see this is a parallax effect.
You see I'm going down.
But the image is fixed here.
OK.
To effect like this it is called parallax.
So I'm not suggesting that you can come down.
Here are the text 3 the data content and the styling color and typography
for button.
The style exists here are normal.
For example how the colors should look.
I'm going to put it on white background color on something maybe like
this.
You can add a border Ray Street make it look interesting.
So it's the same way as before.
You can learn this things they can practice these things yourself.
Let's come down.
This is a contact form for this I think we have to install another plugin
which the name is contact
form 7 and this will work with that plugin.
So later I think we have the contact form 7 as we go forward.
All right.
So the next part I'm not going to talk about all of them since some of
them are not relevant.
And some of them need some plugins and I'm just pointing out to the
ones that I think are more interesting.
For example the countdown can be interesting.
You can use it you can change the style.
It's good to style to gamble like this style three.
And the thing is that if you want to make it a smaller you can make the
call them smaller to have to edit the space and so on.
OK.
So remember these techniques as well we have creative button.
This can be also interesting.
Usually the buttons sometimes on some platform they don't look so
good.
So this way you can have another kind of button that looks better
maybe.
So we have the settings here border radius K on hover but maybe in the
hover it doesn't have animation.
I don't see any animation and horror.
So maybe the button for elemental itself it's better that's come down
here again we have data table
we have Facebook feed.
You can connect it to your Facebook and show your feed here as well.
We have featured at least I think we have the similar thing as icon list an
element or so let's come
down here we have a feel terrible gallery.
So we had gallery before but it wasn't feel terrible feel terrible.
And this gallery is also looking nice.
You can share it maybe or open it.
So you cannot swipe it like this but you can since the image is all the
same.
We don't see the difference anyway.
It should look into it.
It should be interesting.
So you can try it sometime if you want to flip bikes.
Let's see what it is all right so as you can see
it can be good.
But again I'm not very fan of these kind of elements like this.
So I don't suggest it.
If you want to use it you can but remember everything must be simple
and understandable all the time
in football.
We had something like this in elementary I think that we have an image
or icon takes and description.
So they just change the name somehow and team member pricing table
can be good.
Let's stop looking at this.
All right.
So this is easy especially if you're selling a service on your website or
you have different plans.
You can do it this way.
And I think it looks nice and even if I want to use it I'm going to use this
one since it looks nice.
Right.
And it's so clean everything is understandable.
The defense says you can write down here features you see you can
add more features to it and it looks
really nice.
So let's go for the next element here.
What do we have.
We had the pricing talked about these kind of things as well.
Twitter feed team members.
Let's take a look at team members as well as the final.
All right.
Here you have to add the image of your team member.
This is the name and they're social media.
So this is also nice.
You can if you have a team and you want to introduce it to people and
provide their contact information.
This is nice.
OK.
Anyway more or less that's all about that essential tools for elemental.
Again it's you can go through these elements for example testimonials.
We had something like this on elemental ourselves right.
If I'm not mistaken we had something like this.
But anyway you can go through them.
You can take a look at the things that exist here.
Trade at least for once to see what they are how they are as we try this.
Some of it here I don't want to take all of your time and maybe some of
you are not very interested
into learning all of these anyway.
It can be a good tool to use especially for example from myself.
I liked the I liked the part about pricing for example this one that I just
used.
If you saw it.
Let me bring it back.
It was the one or it was this one.
Hey post it.
So here we have only one post on this Web site.
So here it again shows the show different likes and all you have to do is
to just put this one or this
one another one that shows your blogs some other way.
OK.
So you can use these elements on your home page for example to show
your posts the way you wanted to
be.
Okay.
So that was all for this part and on the next lecture we are going to learn
more about how to create
a custom element or header and footer.
Okay.
So we'll start with header and footer is the same as well if you have any
question contact me in the
question and answer section if not let's go for the next lecture where we
learn how to create custom
headers.
So Susan.
77. Warning
All right.
So welcome to this part.
Before we get into the header custom header and cast off with our
section I need to tell you about something
I am recording this video after I recorded the next lecture.
So while I was practicing while I was recording how you can create a
custom header and custom router
because I am using web hosts dot com and because it is not a perfect
platform and their servers are
not so good I face some issues along the way.
Right.
And I created the custom header but it made some problems for me and
for two times it removed the ball
or press completely and I had to reinstall it again and do it all over again.
So one thing I tell you if if you are using their POS dot com you can
watch the next lecture but try
not to practice it right now and you can do it later when you go to other
website.
Other platform like name cheap go there the blue host or other places.
All right.
So for now if you are practicing on what the web host I suggest you not
to follow the instructions.
Don't practice with me or you can watch it you can learn it.
It works completely fine.
These are strategies and these plug ins that we are going to talk about
works completely fine on other
places but on web hosts dot.com because of the post itself.
If they have some conflict together right.
78. Custom header
All right.
So in this part we are going to learn how we can create a custom header
and custom footer with a free
plugin that we have here.
So so as I said before since I'm using elemental pro elemental pro has
the ability to create custom
header and footer display again plugin I have used it once.
Together we are going to learn more about it and practice.
OK.
So all we have to do is first of all in a stop.
Both of them.
So first I'm going to copy and paste this
name into the plugin add new part
all right.
So let's come down here.
Here it is.
As you can see two hundred thousand active users the last update was
two months ago and they have one
hundred three views activate.
And let's go for the second plug in.
Let's get back to add new.
First of all here it is.
Let's find eight.
All right.
Here it is.
Element or header and footer blocks.
And let's go to.
All right here.
Also it appears here header footer builder.
OK so in a minute we'll get to this part.
But before that let's add the other plug in because without this one at 1 4
and here it is.
So installing and that's activated also if any time you forget how you
have to do these things just
come here for example click on the documentation on this button here
and under details you see for example
they wrote down for example how you have to design it where you have
to go or under installation for
example activate the plug in then go under appearance header and
footer builder and select which one
do you want to create and start building.
OK so if anytime you forget how to create these things you can come
back here and read more about so
we also activated the other one which is nav menu.
Add on four element four and let's go to appearance and click on header
footer builder so here we are.
And by default it has a test header but we are going to create a new one
here as you can see we have
add new click on add new.
And here you can.
Oh sorry I clicked somewhere else.
So add the title for example
sample header and on there are some options that for example is in the
header is it the footer before
footer or custom like.
So we are going to select header.
There would be a link for it but don't worry about it.
We are not going to use that lead.
So here is the type we have selected.
Now this late on Cape Verde you want to display it for example my
entire my entire website I want to
change the way it looks on all of my pages.
Okay.
For example on archives on the aerospace that it's not an unsafe space
unlike pay to care and front
page of the home page and the on all of my posts for example is the
person who's going to your post
is going to see this header Okay so you can assign it the way you want
it to be and or if you want to
just have it on some specific pages you can write it down here.
Okay select the last one but here let's just go with all posts and you can
also add some other rules
as well.
I want to see this header on all of my posts and also here.
Okay.
Or exclude it.
For example I want to see it on all of my posts except for example these
three posts.
Right.
This is another way to edit the way to show it the your to show your
head.
All right.
So the user all also you can select this as well.
Everybody see my header.
The people who are only like the n see this header or the people who
are only logged out.
Administrators editors and so on subscribers.
All right.
So but right now we are just gonna put it on all and almost that's all the
settings that we have here
on the right side.
It's more or less similar to the page.
So I'm going to just click on publish and that's all.
Now we have the ability to edit it with elements.
So I'm going to click here on the element or and it will jump into the
element or edit or page and the
preview could not be load OK.
Click here to preview or debug.
So let's see what's the problem.
It seems you cannot find what you're looking for.
Perhaps searching can help.
All right.
So as you can see here we are in the page.
And as we try to come here to create a sample header a custom header
we faced a bug problem and I paused
the video puzzle recording and a fix that problem.
The problem is because we are using web host dot com it's not
something powerful.
It has a lot of bugs in it.
It's good just for practice.
As I said as I mentioned that in the first lecture right the bug was
because of that server.
It just sometimes it gets crazy and it just remove everything completely.
OK.
This is the main reason that at the beginning I told you this Web site is
only and only for practice
if you want to have a better experience even for practicing it spend two
dollar unnamed chip and have
a better situation practicing there you won't face these kinds of bugs.
All right.
Anyway the Web site the Web host dot com on my account it got a little
bit crazy it completely removed
everything.
So more or less I spent 10 minutes to reinstall the plugins that we have
here.
And I do the same things and I came here and it worked.
Okay.
So here we are.
And this is our.
Let me just officiate.
This is our home page.
This is how our top header and our Heather here looks like.
And this is our home page.
And right now we are going to create a custom header for our post and
blogs.
All right.
So if you have element or pro it's more or less the same but the
elements on the left side you have
some additional items like for example the menus.
You can just drag and drop them there.
OK.
So let's get a start.
First of all create a container and let's say OK our we want our header to
be white.
Same as before.
And let's go to the elements here.
And these are the element.
These are the pro items for element four.
And let me just close them and let's just close them.
And here we are.
So now you have the ability to create the elements that you want and if
you come down here we have other
things added.
This is for us says for example this is for the same plugin that we are in
and header elements.
Again this is for the plugins that we installed right now.
So let's for example let's say I want to have a default menu here but let's
select our for example menu.
We have top header menu but I'm going to just duplicate the columns
because I don't want to have it
on the left side.
I just want to have it on the right side.
Case I'm going to delete the header here.
All right.
So here we are.
And let's edit what we have here for example you can select it.
Got it.
You can select it and you can change the alignment.
All right you can change the background color in contrast style for
example.
Here we have nav bar background color you can change it to black.
If you want or you can join us I'm gonna put it on dark or let it be just I'm
not going to decrease
the opacity and let it be on well without any color.
All right.
So here we have the background color.
We can just for example make it clear.
We can just make it make the opacity being the opacity to 0 to make
them almost invisible.
But we have to change the text color here.
OK so let's say we want it to be dark black and then you can for
example link color.
You can come here and bring it to for example red.
And now when you hover your mouse it will look like this.
So the settings are here we can go through it.
It's same as before with some changes and some a little bit sometimes
this is complicated but anyway
more or less similar then here we have the general let me just close as
you can.
I use these elements as well you can just add a text here for example.
OK.
That's up to you.
But let's take a look at the elements which is new here.
So for example here we have search copyright and other elements.
You can just drag and drop them here and practice.
Okay.
And when you updated if we go to the page to the post part it should
look it should show it to us.
But again I'm saying since the Post's outcome it's not a good platform to
go deep into these complicated
plugins you may face some errors.
Okay.
It's fine.
You can do it later if you face some critical errors that just didn't let you
to do the work you can
do these things later when you wanted to create your own website.
On any other platform like name cheap Go Daddy blue host or other
places.
OK.
So in general it's how you create a custom header using these plugins.
All right.
So on the next part we are going to talk about W.P. optimize and how to
optimize it is very helpful
and very interesting to use this play against okay.
So that was all for this lecture.
If you have any question just let me know.
If not I will see you in the next part.
79. Wp-Optimize
So in this part we are going to talk about two other plug ins that will help
us to increase the speed
of our website.
All right.
So here we are in the documents.
If we come down here we have WP optimized and auto optimized.
Right now we are going to take a look at both of them.
All right.
So again same as before we can click here go through the plug in the
documentation install it downloaded
and uploaded on your WordPress dashboard or just copy paste the
name into the plugins.
As I mentioned before this
when I was working on the custom header it completely removed
whatever I have created till now.
So if you see some out for example the logo and the other stuff it's not
similar as before.
That is because I am starting from scratch again.
So anyway here we have WP optimized.
And even though that I write wrote this name the other one appeared as
well and as you can see here
we have nine hundred thousand active installation.
And here one million.
So it is too much.
This one Updated 2 hours ago.
This one updated two weeks ago.
Both of them are almost good on reviews and both of them are
compatible.
So let's install
and activate.
So I'm gonna activate.
We are gonna land one of them.
Then we are going to the other one.
So when you install WP optimize.
Let me show it to here.
Here it is.
And here is the place that you can go and do the work.
So let's come here.
Uh let me just remove this.
So as you can see first of all on the left side on the menu as we have we
have database we have images
cache setting help premium upgrade.
Okay.
If you pay attention at the top bar here we have the same thing.
So you can use either the left part or the top header here.
So in the first part on database
it shows you the code and some of the stuff that you can optimize.
For example here here we have optimized database tables.
So if you run it it will minimize or compress the codes off your own left
side of your theme and some
other things about that for example clean all post revisions.
So all of these will get some space on your server and on your host
display when you remove them.
It will make your website load faster remove spam comments for
example clean our trash post clean all
auto draft post.
Right.
We have for example for trash post OK.
When it's removes it a lot faster.
And this is just for now as we go forward.
For example let's imagine you're working on your Web site for one or
two years.
All right.
There will be tons of things here.
Right.
But before you do anything in here if you pay attention here there is a
message.
Take a backup with updraft plus before doing the tasks that you want to
do.
So why the backup is important.
Sometimes when you want to make some kind of changes like this you
want to compress your compress your
codes and files and remove some files.
Maybe it is better to get a backup download whatever you have on your
host downloaded and keep it.
Because if any problem happened this way you can go back ok you can
undo the work that you have done.
Go back and not do it again.
Right.
It's some kind of for example you're playing a game and you save before
you fight the boss.
Right.
Something like that.
So I certainly suggest you to take it back.
Now there are several ways to get the backup this plugin itself is
suggesting to take a backup using
a plug in name updraft.
OK.
So we can download and install it and take a backup.
If you are using other platforms like blue host named Chip go there the
other platforms like this all
of them inside their settings of their host.
They have a backup option usually.
OK.
So you can go to your host.
That one is better than this one.
OK.
We can go to your host.
Take a backup usually take several minutes for example on Go Daddy I
think it takes 30 minutes to prepare
the backup.
It depends on the size of the files that you have as well.
Anyway it will take some time.
It will get the backup and when it is ready you can download it download
it as a zip file on your for
example hard drive and later you can if you face some problems
something happened to your website.
It's a stop working.
You can upload the backup and go back to the previous place that you
happy.
So let's take a look at updraft.
I'm going to click here and see the plug in
all right.
So when you click on that link it's a start to download and install a plug
in itself.
So it makes our work a little bit easier.
I'm going to click and activate the plug in.
Let's quickly take a look at how this plugin works.
Here is it.
Here is the plug in and press here to start.
Well it has a good tutorial and it's not that complicated or confusing.
So under settings as you can see here is updraft plus backups.
So if we come down here here it is we can click on backup now and
again click on backup and it will
start to do the process.
So I'm not going to do that because here on the post outcome since it's
not that important and we are
practicing we don't need.
And on the other hand I don't have any other information on the website
right now that I care about.
So I'm not going to do it but end it anyway you can do it here.
When you got your backup I think they get a backup from your site on
their server.
So if you're having a problem can download it from there as well.
There are some other settings here.
We're not going to talk about it since right now we are mostly focused on
WP optimize.
So let's go back here.
We were.
So here we are.
So all you have to do you can either click on run optimization in front of
each of these tasks or select
the ones that you want and just click and run all selected optimizations.
OK.
The first one usually it's because of the main codes and the tables.
It takes some time but as you can see the rest of it is completely done.
All right.
So this one is also complete to post revision deleted one auto draft
deleted four posts removed from
trash.
OK.
It did all the work and the next tab here is tables again.
Since this is a little bit risky don't come to the tables yourself if you don't
know what you are doing.
So this was for the first part.
The next part is about images so if you have any images right now we
don't have an image.
Let me take a look at media part they said because he's removed my
Yeah.
We don't have anything because it removed my work purse completely.
Everything that you had on it was removed as well.
So let me see if I can add a new camera.
OK.
So here it is.
I can drag and drop.
I'm going to drag and drop some files here for example let's come here
to Shopify.
Where is it.
So I'm going to drag and drop some of these images that we used on
Shopify landing page and I'm going
to show you how it will be.
So even though that I think I did decrease the size of these I'm not sure
as far as I remember I think
a decrease the size of each of these images or let's take a look at the
size of where is the size.
Okay.
No.
These files are not compressed so it is good we can use the plug in to
compress them right and just
remove this close.
This I mean so let's come to the images now.
We have some media to work with.
So here we are.
It shows you the images that are not compressed.
Okay so here you have a setting for it.
You can prioritize them for example maximum compression the retention
details and you can do it custom
for example you want good quality or you want it to be maximum
compressed right.
This is the way you can set it or automatically compress new images
whenever you upload it upload anyways
it will compress it it's up but anyway you can come here and select all
and click uncompressed the selected
images.
Now it will take some time to do the work but let's see how much space
we are going to save by compressing
these images.
Right.
As you can see till now an expected response was received from the
server.
More information has been light in the browser console.
So you see this is a this is another error that I am facing right now.
I'm not sure if it is the same error that it will completely remove my
wordpress and I have to reinstall
again but again as I said before this has some problems under the post
dot com.
It's a little bit annoying if you want to work with it but anyway it just stops.
It's just from time to time it stops the process.
So I'm gonna cancel this
and I'm going to refresh this image to see what if everything is alright or
not I hope it is yeah.
You see for example it completely jump out of it and asks me to reinstall
the northwest.
That is the error that I was telling you about.
So I'm going to reinstall it and all the WordPress will solve the plug in
and we will go back again
to work with it.
All right.
So I'm going to cut it and continue again.
All right.
So I'm back again and it took me about 20 30 minutes to make this thing
work.
I have been installing WordPress over and over and I get the same or.
Anyway finally here I am again.
So we talked about database.
We talked about images and now let's take a look at cash.
So when you come to the cash part you can clean your websites cash
for example as much as you work with
it.
It creates some caches and cleaning the cash.
It will improve the speed so all you have to do you can come here and
set a time for cash life span
and click on save changes on every 24 hours.
It will remove the cash or enable purge cashing for example.
You can purge the cache yourself right now.
For example you can click on it.
And since we don't have anything any cash on it right now it shows us
nothing because I just installed
the WordPress and it is very new.
But anyway that's all about it.
There are some other stuff here.
For example preload I'm not sure if it is working on I think it works on the
free version anyway.
You can run it.
And this action will trigger WP optimized to cache the site by visiting
pages so it will start take.
Load your pages right now.
Keep the cache and when your users want to visit the website they it
works faster because you already
loaded everything and you can show them the load that file.
Right.
So this is good.
It can increase the speed as well.
So we have advance sitting here which you don't need to know about it.
We have Joseph compression.
This will compress your code.
Again it's good.
Well it did it automatically and you have a static file headers and as you
can see it is enable and
working just fine.
So itself it will start to do the work for us.
And the one thing I tell you you don't need to get the premium the free
version works just fine.
The premium doesn't have much difference.
All right.
So not to ruin the first file again.
So I'm going to end the lecture right now and for the next plug in what
was it.
Let me show you how to optimize.
We are going to talk about it more in the next lecture.
So if you face any problem or have any questions contact me.
If not let's go for the next plug in what optimize.
80. Autoptimize
All right.
So welcome to the next part.
Let's get us started with the next plug in.
So here we are.
I'm just going to copy and where will it go to add new plugins and pasted
in the search bar here.
OK.
Sorry about that.
We'll talk to you guys all right.
Here it is.
Well there are two files here.
This one is about critical CSX.
You don't need it right now.
But let's talk about this one which has over one million installations OK.
This one is.
It has 20000.
So click on install and then activate it.
I hope we don't face any other issues with this.
Post dot com desk servers.
So if you come down here where is it.
Here it is.
Optimized.
All right.
And let me see very easy up here lacing under sitting right under setting.
When you hover your mouse on settings at the bottom of the list you see
here it is.
I'll talk to my So let's click on it.
And then you come here.
Let me.
This year we have different tabs J is which is short form for JavaScript
CSF and ECMO.
All right.
You can just optimize javascript code.
You can just turn it on and it will start if you have any javascript code on
your on your Web site.
It will start to compress it.
OK.
Here it is wrote some instructions for example warning this can make or
optimize cache size grow quickly
so only enable this if you know what you are doing.
All right.
So just follow up with the instructions here.
Do not touch what you don't know.
This one this plug in comparing to the previous one.
It's a little bit more difficult to understand the Cape but it works really
good.
When I wasn't using this my loading site was on 10 seconds activating a
activating this.
It helped me a lot.
So again optimize CSX CSX codes.
Just turn it on optimized HMO code.
Turn it on and the stuff that you don't need to touch it just save changes
and also it will empty your
cash then we have majors for e-mails as we have done it before.
But anyway it exists here in optimize images you can turn it on but I
suggest you use one of them either
use the previous plug in or this one.
And here is another thing.
Lazy load images which first it will your load your Web site.
Then it will start to load your images.
But sometimes these late lazy load will cause some problems.
Sometimes your images won't even get loaded.
All right.
So that's why I'm not suggesting you to turn it on.
Then we have extra under it.
So let's see what we have.
Google funds.
All right.
So for example you can combine or remove some of the things again if
you are not sure what you are doing
do not touch anything here.
Right.
Optimized more what do we have here.
So there are some other plugins that are suggesting that can help us
and the critical services.
This is the other plugins that they have and more premium version or
pro version of display.
All right.
So in general that was all.
And whatever I have shown you during this two lecture if you just do it is
your website will load WAY
WAY faster.
All right.
So on the next part about Mailer sir I'm going to tie last because it's big
and it's more about e-mail
marketing.
We're not going to learn more about it right now.
So in the next part.
Let me see what do we have.
We are going to talk about Yost and after that we'll commerce.
All right.
So if you have any question I am here for you.
If not.
Let's go to learn more about Yost and ACL.
81. Yoast - SEO
So welcome to another lecture on WordPress on this part.
We are going to talk about yields which is an amazing plug in for a CEO
to rank higher in search engines.
All right.
So let's see what it has for us.
Again copy and paste the code in the ad new plug in section at new.
And let's come down here.
Search for Yost and here it is as you can see again over five million
active in isolation.
Twenty seven thousand five star reviews almost two weeks ago.
They got they updated this plugin and it is compatible.
So I'm going to install it and
you don't.
One thing is that you don't need to go for the Pro version of this plugin
itself.
It was amazing and it's very complex.
So as you can see we have it on the left side in the left menu here Yost.
It has a Yost logo but it is written a seal.
So I'm going to click here.
Quickly we'll go through the settings here and then we will jump into
their pages and how we can use
it.
So on the first part we have on general settings.
We have dashboard features and Webmaster Tools.
So on the dashboard it will give us general information.
And if you want to go premium on this plugin you can do that.
Let's go to features now on the features it will do the analysis for a CEO
it is as you can see it is
on an active then we have readability analysis I will show you where it
shows and the rest of it.
And one of the things that here is important is it's an L site map.
OK so if you don't know what is it about a you can come here read more
about it but to see the experimental
site map will site map as you can more or less understand it from the
name.
It's a map of your site which you provide this file to search engines like
Google Yahoo being and they
will understand what's happening on your Web site from your site map
from the map of your Web site.
And yours will create this site maps for you for example here.
The moment that we installed yours it started to create a site map for
example here we have post.
Let me just make it bigger.
Here we have post site map page site map category site map.
Awesome site.
OK so whatever we have right now it will create it.
And the all you have to do is to go to for example if you want to submit
this on Google you have to
go to Google Search console.
OK.
We will learn more about Google Search console in the SEO section.
But anyway you can go there there.
There is a tab for site map you can just.
All you have to do is to paste the link here.
Right.
So again if you want to read more about it you can click here.
Reason why example site maps are important for your site and so on.
On there we have search appearance.
And again we have another settings here as you can.
We have general so about these cities.
I'm not going to go very deep because later in every page that we go we
have the settings that you can
just edited the way you want it to.
OK so this is for search appearance.
Again as I said we'll talk about it later.
Let's go to search console and it is not connected to the search console.
That's why it's not showing anything to us.
But you can come here please visit Google Search console.
This is the part that I mentioned before you can come here and connect
to your Web site.
Create an account here and connect your Web site.
All right.
So the next part is social so you can add your social icons here for
example your Facebook your other
Twitter you are able to Instagram and so on.
And yes at some points you can use it on your pages as to improve the
search engine.
OK so I spent some time at whatever you have here.
Then we have some separated areas that you can for example add
some settings for example do your facebook
app idea if you have it.
It's a little bit complicated.
I think it's better to talk about this after we learn more about it on the
pages.
So in general that was all about the settings on the left side.
Let me show you how you can use.
So let's come to pages and I'm just starting to hate this and I've seen it
more than thousands of times.
So here we have for example sample page.
I'm going to come here.
Sorry about that.
Let's go back.
There is a problem.
Since this the post dot com removed whatever I have done several
times I have to install the classic
editor again to be able to see what's happening there.
So I'm going to activate it
and there it is.
And now I'm going back to sample page here
remove this ad again.
So if we come down here here we have a text as you can see but
underrate Yost as CEO her options appear.
So the first part here we have is SVOD then it is readability and social.
So here on the CEO part we need to select a keyboard face gay or key
phrase.
This is the word that will be effective on search engine.
For example when I go to Google where is it when I go to Google and
search for example for how to create
a free website for example.
The phrase free Web site can be a keyword and if some pages out there
use this keyword here in the key
phrase part it will appear on Google and I can find.
OK so you have to use the word that you have to use a key phrase or
keyword.
It can be a combination of at least one up to three or four words but I
don't suggest you go more than
that.
But anyway you can combine them and write your keyboard here and
this keyboard must appear in your page
over and over several times it will use itself will tell you how you have to
do that.
Let's come down here.
So if we search if our page up here is search engines like Google it will
look like this.
Kate there's a title.
There is a link and there is a description.
OK.
So to edit this you can all you have to do we can just click on it and the
settings will appear.
We have a CEO title so you can change the title.
Now there is one thing.
What.
The one thing that is very important is that the keyword that is select
here for example free birth
site.
This keyword must be available both in all title in the you are all part and
in your description.
This is important.
You must do that.
So all you have to do for example you can just remove this and write
whatever you want.
For example how to create for example free.
Sorry Web site.
OK.
This is let's say this is our CEO title.
Then here we have for example free dash Web site.
Well this is a you are URL you cannot use the spaces you have to use
for example dash.
And these kind of things.
And if you pay attention for example here this is our Web site address.
And after that this is the link.
For example for this page and then on the description for example learn
different
ways to create a free Web site using war press.
All right.
For example I wrote the
K..
So this way.
All right.
So this way here we use this.
You use the keyword in the.
You are allowed to use the keyword in the title.
Use the keyboard.
Now as you can see the ACL is so so.
Now if we use this keyboard in our text as well it will start to go to the
green.
Now it give us some instructions itself.
So here we have issue analysis.
If you remember in the sitting part it was on.
Right.
So it will show us the analysis here.
Now if we come down here it shows what are the problems what can be
improved and what are good right
now.
So let's take a look at the problems.
OK no outbound links appear in this page.
So I'm going I'm going to talk about each of these four ones.
So you get familiar with the stuff but we are not going to go very deep in
each of.
So the outbound link again we are going to talk more about it in a
ASEAN section but I'm going to mention
what it is the links from your Web site to other Web site is called
outbound.
For example here you see at the bottom of the screen the link appears.
So this is the link from my web site to other website.
This is.
This is called outbound links.
Right.
And on the other hand what do we have inbound links now inbound
links.
Is that for example.
I create a button here and then you click on it.
You go to other pages on my Web site.
This is inbound things.
Now Q4 a key phrase in introduction.
K.
Your key phrase or it's synonymous do not appear in the first paragraph.
So in the first paragraph of your website for example here we have.
Well this can consider the first paragraph or here.
We don't have if we don't have the you know the first couple of lines off
your the first couple of lines
of text on your web page you must use your key phrase or a synonym to
that key phrase.
All right.
For example here I have the title right in the title I wrote down the for
example.
I'm not sure I don't remember what was my keyboard here but I rolled
down the keyboard anyway.
So the next part is the keyword density the number of times that you use
your keyboard according to
the amount of text that you have.
For example here the keyword was found 0 times and the minimum
which is recommended is two times.
So let's do that just to see how it works.
This is our keyboard here and I'm just going to add this keyboard in the
text.
And for example in three different places.
Right.
And if we come down and as you can see we don't have it here.
Here it is.
Keyword density you see we changed it.
We found your keyboard three times.
This is great.
Okay.
So we improved the CEO part.
The next is e-mails all attributes no images appear on this page at
some.
So do remember that I told you when you want to write the name off the
image you use the keyboards.
Now this is the same thing.
You have the key word here.
You must use this you walk in.
All it takes off your emails is not all of them but at least some of them.
You have to use if you're using all of them it it will have negative effects.
All right.
So let's say if you have 10 images you should at least use for example
this keyboard in five or six
system.
All right.
This used itself would tell you how many how many times it is better to
use.
So text length the text contains 160 words.
This is far below the recommended minimum which is 300 words.
All right.
So less complicated.
All right let's stop located to see if that problem will be solved.
OK maybe a couple of times a day obligated two times.
All right.
We don't have that problem.
That's fine.
All right.
Here it is text length the text length contains four hundred eighty words.
Good job you see easily you can improve it improve your blogs improve
your pages and rank higher in
ACL with this simple analysis here.
So we have done that here.
There are some parts that we can improve method description length of
space the method description is
too short it should be more.
OK so as you can see under each of these there is a line.
OK.
This when it is on or and if it is unread it is bad if it is on all right.
So so if it is green it's perfect.
So I'm going to add more text joining our website and use the amazing
video tutorial to master the part
of web design for example J.
As you can see now it is green.
Now let's do the same here.
How to create a free Web site
with Wordpress press by for example.
We're OK now as you can see.
This one is also great right.
Green right now.
And we don't have any problems here.
Right.
All of them are turning into green key phrase entitled The exact match of
the key phrase up here is
your title but not in the beginning.
All right.
So we have our exact key phrase here in the title.
We website.
But we don't have it here.
So here we can add a title for example how to create a free Web site.
All right.
And I'm going to select this and change it from paragraph to heading to
right now the problem should
be solved or not more.
Try to move it to the beginning.
OK so I have to update it as well so I'm going to just click on update.
Let's see if I updated if it will be solved or not.
I think it shouldn't be right.
I still have it.
So you can click a click on the link and see how you can fix that.
So let's try to just use the same title that we have here in the in this part
and I'm going to make
it as headline one and let's come down.
All right we have to have this problem.
You have to play with it to find some way to fix it.
And one thing is that because we are using this system here not for
example element or
the structure of all the things here are text OK but there we have
headline we have text we have images.
So that will be different.
OK maybe if you use element or and drag and drop and drag and drop a
title there it will fix the problem.
OK.
So let's come down here.
We have internal links.
OK.
We have keywords.
We talked about this one density we talked about it with a description we
talked about it right as your
title we talked about it some more or less.
We talked about all of the things here and it's working just fine if you
solve one or two of these problems
for example if you add images to the page and maybe use as
synonymous or the same keyboard in the first
paragraph.
Let's try this.
Let's see if we can fix that one as well.
So see website.
Let's try it in the first paragraph.
All right.
I'm going to use it couple of times here
is it still here.
Okay.
All right.
So it fixed that but now there's another problem.
The focus keyword was found tools times.
Now according to the length of our takes it shouldn't be more than 10
times so I'm going to remove part
of it for example here we have three left site.
This is one of them and let's find.
All right.
This is another place that we have is.
So if we come down now it is too and our OCO analysis shows that this
is good.
This is green.
Yeah.
Test if you take a look at here again the CEO is green.
And right now we did the best to create our page which is good for
search engines.
The next part is readability.
So when you come here this will help you to be better at blogging right.
It will tell you for example subheading distribution.
One section of your takes is longer than 300 Ward and is not separated
but by any subheading.
So we have a lot of text and in the middle if we add just for example let's
here this is a sub headline.
Right.
So I'm going to just make this as for example paragraph as a headline 3
and I'm going to paste it.
For example a couple of times two times.
OK.
And if we come down as we can see the problem solved.
Transition words.
Only 13 percent of sentence contain transition words which is not
enough.
So let's see what transitional words are.
OK you can come here you can read more about it.
What are the for example the transitional words K for example.
Therefore in other words however for instance above all in addition.
All right.
These are the words that in English language it is called transitional
words.
So you add them you increase the readability of your website.
OK.
All right.
So more or less that was all you can go through the elements here.
Again we have it for social for example for Facebook you can add a title
you can add a description you
can upload the image and every time that you will upload a return for
example you are going to share
the link of this page on your social media like Facebook Twitter it will use
that information is we
use the specific image for Facebook.
This specific title and a specific description about it.
OK.
So more or less that was all about S.E..
Oh and try to practice it if you have any question if you face any
question you can contact me it's
pretty easy to use it as you so the analysis is extremely helpful it can
help you a lot.
And again if you have any question write down the question and answer
section if not I will see you
in the next lecture where we are going to talk about the next important
part which is new commerce it's
important it's big if you want to sell any product online.
So see on an excellent.
82. WooCommerce
All right.
So welcome to this part where we are going to talk about how to create
our products on our website how
to create a store how to sell them and so on using a plug in named
commerce.
So here we are.
That would come down to the plug in part.
All right.
So here it is with commerce.
Same as before you can download it or copy and paste this name here.
But before that let me tell you one thing since till this till here I was using
the post 0 0 0 of the
post dot com to practice to use these plugins and show you how you
can use them.
The thing is that I tried to commerce there.
It wouldn't install the plugin.
I tried it several times and defense websites on the opposing dot com.
It wasn't working so I thought well it's not that bad to jump into named
Chip.
So if you face the same issue on their posting and sadly may maybe you
cannot practice commerce on the.
Dot com.
OK.
So as I said before it is better either if you want to use all commerce you
can later come back to these
lectures and created on your own website the main Web site that you
want to have.
If not it's OK.
You can watch it.
It's not so complicated.
You can still learn it without doing it but later anytime that you want to
create your store or sell
a product using commerce you can come by here and take the notes.
All right.
Also don't forget to bookmark the part the parts in the video that is
interesting for you that you want
to take a note maybe.
So anyway right now I have solved WordPress on a new host on named
cheap.
I spent two dollar and 18 cents one dollar for one year domain.
And this is the domain as you can see here pretty course that X Y Z.
It's very cheap.
This domain that X Y Z is one dollar for a year.
And I spend another dollar for one month host right.
And it has something else with it which costs 18 cents anyway with two
dollar.
Now I have a great powerful host without any errors without any
problems.
And I can show you exactly how you can work with it.
It's much easier comparing to web host but I had to use web host
because many of you asked me that.
All right I want to do this but I don't have the budget for the website right
now.
OK.
Or I don't have access to credit cards or other online shopping cards.
So that is why I selected Web hosts.
All right.
So let's get here.
Let's go to plug ins and add new and let me also make it a little bit
bigger.
So you see everything.
So I'm just going to copy and paste of all commerce.
And here it is as you can see.
Pay attention that who created this plug in the name is automatic by
automatic here.
Five million installation three thousand reviews almost four and half is
the average rating of stars
that they have four days ago they updated.
And it is compatible.
So let's install it in posting dot com.
When I was pressing install here it wouldn't jump into the activation part
it gave me an error.
That is not it.
We are not able to install it because of the host.
But here it take a couple of seconds comparing a couple of seconds
more comparing to the other plug
ins since a little bit more heavy.
Now it is really less activated
and if if you have the budget I think using named cheap for practice it's
better you won't face any
other issues.
All right.
So when you insult all comers it will jump to a page like this.
Okay.
As you can see here we have a couple of steps.
We have a store setup payment shipping recommended activate and
red.
Okay so let's go through these steps together.
Together we are going to fill out fill these out.
And after we are done here then on the next couple of lectures we are
going to learn how to create a
store how to create a product and so on.
OK.
So let's take a look at here for example where is your store based.
Normally it is on UK and you can change it to what you want then you
have to write your address.
You have two lines city zip code and what currency do you accept
payments in.
Okay.
So according to your bank you can change these numbers if you are in
for example United States or if
you want to sell products in dollar you can change it to dollar for
example.
Okay you can go through the list and find.
For example I could stay here.
All right.
So here it is.
United States dollar.
What type of products do you plan to sell.
I plan to sell both physical and digital products.
OK.
So if there is any complication here let me explain.
Online courses that I sell for example it is digital product.
If you have a e-book PDA or a software or a service these kind of things
are considered online.
All right.
Physical digital products on the other hand if you want a cell phone I
don't know glasses whatever element
that in real life it is physical and you have to send it to your customer.
It is physical product.
So designers like digital and I'm gonna fill this part out and then I'm
going to click on let's go.
Right.
All right.
So here we are on the second step.
I wrote down my address and here we are.
It just clicked on continue and here you have to set up a payment mental
OK well commerce can accept
both online and offline payments.
Okay.
You can open these and additional payment methods.
You can take a look at it and see what do they have.
Now let me explain this.
So will commerce is not a system that do the banking or stuff okay.
It will not take the money from the users and keep it and later send it to
your bank account.
Well Commerce won't do that commerce is just a plug in that will create
your store create your products
do the ordering process and things about that but everything connected
to the money receiving the money
keeping it and sending it to your bank account must be done by another
platforms.
So these platforms in general are called gateways J online gateways K
and there are many of them out
there.
So depending on which country you are living in every country has their
own gateways as well.
So for example if you're living in India I'm sure there are many gateways
there that you can use them
connect them to your Web site connect them to commerce or directly to
your website and start selling
a product.
Also there are other platforms or other gateways that works
internationally.
And if you want to for example use the U.S. dollar you can use those
platforms like PayPal gay as you
can see PayPal is one of those platforms.
OK.
There are many other gateways here that suggest that for example
strike is one of them.
I have used it for some time.
Amazon pay is one of them.
What else I have used here.
This one I also used it.
Okay let's come down here.
There are many gateways that you can just for example go to any
websites as you can see here any of
these Web sites and create an eye counter and then connect that
account with the commerce that you have
here.
And then it will start walking and charging the client getting the money
and keeping it.
They also get a percentage for it.
So the thing is that beside the suggestions here you can come here
online.
This online gate way.
OK.
So let's first for that.
And for example here this is a blog.
It's about the gateways as you can see.
They explain some.
Explain what is Gateway and if we come down here for example the first
one that they wrote here is amazon
payments we pay and they have different fees.
You have to consider that as well we will take a look at it in a moment.
Paypal payments standards authorized that net.
I mentioned it to check out.
I use this one also it is good and strive.
So there are many gateways here.
And as you can see for example in this blog they wrote down the
differences for example on PayPal every
transaction how much they will get.
Okay.
For example they will take two point nine percent of the transaction
meaning if you sell some product
in one hundred dollar PayPal will take from that one hundred dollar.
They will take almost three dollar plus a fixed price which is 30 cents.
Okay.
So first of all you can check these gateways go to their website read
about their fees and also you
can check it out if it is working in your country.
Okay depending where you are some of these gateways may not send
money and may not get connected to
your bank account.
Okay.
So this is a third party platform that connects your website to your bank
account.
All right.
So let's go back to commerce.
Where is it.
Right here it is.
So if you want to connect it to PayPal you can do it if you want to have
our offline payments you can
go for that.
For example you can accept check payments bank transfers and cash
on delivery so if you want any of
this you can activated and later in the settings you can add the
documents add for example for bank
trust transfer I think later you have to add your own banking information
as well.
Anyway you can set it up here.
If not you can just turn it off and do it later.
I'm gonna it.
Put it on later because it's a little bit complicated and you have to
connect your icons to newcomers.
If you are fine with it you can just.
For example if you want to connect to your paypal on your Paypal
account is ready.
Just write down your email and PayPal it will jump into the PayPal and
you have to connect it.
It's very simple.
I recommend it.
All right.
So these are some additional
tools or additional platforms that you can connect again enhance your
store with these recommended free
features.
All right.
So let's start from the first one manager stores report and monetary key
metrics with a new and improved
interface interface and dashboard.
OK.
So you can.
I think that's a good thing.
You can.
Keep it on MailChimp is a platform for e-mail marketing and using that.
You can do him and it's another Web site and it's very good if you are
just starting out.
It's perfect.
But as we go forward we have a section about other plugins that will
give you the ability to do e-mail
marketing inside your WordPress dashboard which is also amazing.
And Facebook you can use Facebook pixel to track your users and then
have more interactions with Facebook
and Instagram and so on.
OK you can for example show your products on Instagram shopping.
OK.
This is good.
But at the moment I'm just gonna turn these two off.
Okay.
Just we are going to go with commerce.
You can just keep them on if you want to use them.
So keep continuing.
All right.
So on the Activate part it is suggesting us another plug in to connect
with the name is jetpack.
Well by default usually on most of the themes we have jetpack it's it's a
good plug in many people are
using it.
Let me just show you here in plugins I'm not sure right now if we have
Alright here it is OK.
It's in there featured all as well.
So five million active installations a lot of people are using it.
The ideal plug in for a state related posts Search Engine Optimization
social sharing and so on backup
security.
So this is a good plug in and commerce is also suggesting it.
So let's just continue with jetpack.
All right.
So on the next part as you can see it jump into jetpack web page and if
you want to use it we have to
create an account or if we already have an account we have to sign in
there and connect these two platforms
together.
So I'm gonna just sign signing since I have an account and let's see
what we have on the next page.
All right.
So as you can see when you just like the into your jetpack account or
create a new account after that
it will connect these two platforms together and it will jump into the last
tab of newcomers setting
up.
So here you have to write down your email if you want to get tips and
updates about who will commerce
who can write it down subscribe to their email list and the next step as
you can see here create your
product which we will talk about it in the next lecture.
And if you have already in a store you can just import the products and
other things as well.
All right.
So I'm just going to visit dashboard and from there we are going to start
creating product the case
I'm going to click on the dashboard.
And all right here we are.
Let me just quickly show you what we have on the left side.
As you can see here we have commerce things about home commerce
are here and also we have products here
and analytics.
So these two tabs appeared here which is connected to all commerce.
And as we go forward in the lectures we will learn more about them.
So that was all for this lecture.
If you have any questions and not forget to ask me on the next part.
We are going to jump on creating products.
So Sue on the next one.
83. WooCommerce settings
All right so on this part as I said we had to jump into the products but
before that I want to talk
about the settings that we have here.
So you get familiar with the word commerce and then on the next lecture
we are going to learn more about
the product.
So commerce here as you can see the first thing we have dashboard.
Let's take a look at what we have here on dashboard.
So it will provide some general information about what you have.
Since we don't have anything it doesn't show us a lot of things.
You can select a date and see all right.
For example what have happened on your commerce on your store
during the last week during the last month.
And it will give you the information that you want.
For example the item sells the item returns the discount.
Total tax and so on it will show you all of the almost all of the analytics.
All right.
And also at the top here we have an inbox you will receive messages
notifications here orders staff
and reviews.
OK.
So let's come here to order the second item here.
So here since we don't have any order nothing will appear here and
there are some additional information
about for example if you want to connect your store to a stripe or other
places you can read more about
it here for example.
The table rates shipping shipping tracking and Google products for
example this kind of things you can
solve in the long run.
It's it can come very handy and very useful to your business so I suggest
you spend some time reading
them right.
Gathering some information.
Let's go to the next one which is about coupons.
You can create coupons discounted coupons and share it on the
Internet.
Or for example ran some ads on Instagram or Facebook that or IBM for
example 50 percent discount.
And when people use that coupon or the links that you have created
which include the coupon code they
can see the product with discount.
Then we have reports
in each of these later we will go deeper.
But right now since we are just getting familiar with the environment
we're just going through them
very quickly.
So here we have the reports since again we have nothing here.
It's not showing us anything here.
We have orders.
We have customers and we have a stock.
So the next part is about settings that you can add more information and
information about your products
and information about your shipping payments.
You can come here.
Part of it is do you remember this that we wanted to connect our
payment metal.
It exists here.
All right.
Direct bank transfer PayPal.
All you have to do is to click setup and.
All right.
So you don't see it here.
All you have to do is to click on setup and connect your.
For example website to paper.
Right.
Then we have account privacy e-mails integration and advanced.
OK.
Let's.
We have a status.
Let's take a look at what we have here in the status part.
So it will give you more information about your commerce plug in the
version that you are using the
server that you are using.
Engine X but in general you don't need to come here and let's take a
look at extensions.
We have been here before.
So there are different platforms that you can use.
For example give members access to restricted content or products for a
fee or for free.
You can do that.
But as we go forward we have as we have another plugin that you can
install on your Web site and have
the membership system.
As I said one of them free is free and the other one is paid.
But the paid one is cheaper than this one this is I think it's about 60 or
70 dollar so you can go through
this for example lets customers subscribe to your product or service and
pay on weekly or monthly or
annual basis.
So you can take a look at these maybe you need some of these plugins
product search product add ons
checkout add ons you can if you want to create better things on your
store but most often you don't
need because later as we go forward we are going to learn more about
how to create a better checkout
page and so on.
And also you get some of the reports from other platforms as well so in
general at the beginning you
just can take a look at these things but don't buy anything right now well
part of what they're doing
is going to sell these things.
So here we have featured elements.
Okay you can come to for example as you can see like plug ins.
Here we have a lot of other things we can come to all and see what they
have here.
OK.
I think we have been here for example stripe MailChimp pay pal.
These are the places that we have been here for for example for
shipping you can use FedEx and all you
have to do is to connect your commerce.
All right.
And then on the next part we have e-commerce dot com subscription if
you want to do that.
If not that would be all.
OK.
So let's take a look at products page here in the next lecture.
We are going to come back here and create a product and you'll see
how easy how easy it is.
And then also we have analytics here which under analytics again we
see the numbers some of the numbers
that we saw in the e-commerce dashboard.
But here are more focused separated.
We have all those product categories coupons taxes downloads store
customers and settings.
Okay.
Very focused in each area.
So that was all I wanted to show you before we get deeper into e-
commerce and learn more about how we
can create products.
So on the next part we are going to take a sample products from
Amazon or somewhere else.
We are going to bring it here.
For example use data and imported here and try to create our own
product.
Okay.
So that was all for this lecture.
If you have any problem or if you have any questions regarding this
write it down for me in that question
and answer section and I will see you in the next lecture.
84. Add product
So in this part we are going to start creating a product.
So let's get here and I mean the product's part and I'm going to create a
product.
So I went online on Amazon and I found for example this product if I
save the images by just clicking
on the images and rightfully Save image as and I have saved the
images on my hard drive.
So now I'm going to use it also in the creating the creating product part
because we need images here
as well.
So let's click on Create product and here we need to put down the name
of the product.
So when you come here for the first time it gives you some tutorial you
can dismiss it or you can follow
it for the first time.
Well I suggest you to follow it.
So let's write down the name.
Okay.
So I'm gonna write down DJI my mobile tree.
OK.
As the name of this product.
And then this is your product main body of content here you should
describe your product in detail.
OK so we have to write it down.
What are the features.
And so on.
I'm going to just copy and paste this information in here.
OK.
All right.
So
everything alright.
We wrote down the description.
I'm going to click on next.
Then if we come down we see the rest of the tutorial choose the product
type.
OK.
Choose a type for this product.
Simple is suitable for most physical goods and services.
We recommend setting up a simple product for now.
And so on you can read it anyway.
So here we have a product tie and as you can see and as it is
suggested well let's put it on simple.
And then here we have the virtual or downloadable.
So it's not both virtual or downloadable so we're going to next download
little products and the regular
price.
Next you need to give your price for your product price.
So here it is one hundred seven dollar one hundred and seven dollar.
OK.
And all right under here product short description.
Add a quick summary about your product very short.
OK.
So if you want to get it from here maybe we can write this down as a
short description.
Okay.
So let me just put it to paragraph next.
And all right.
Where is it.
Okay so on the right side we have to upload our product image.
So I'm going to just click on set product upload files and let me just
quickly go to the images that
I have downloaded
and let's just import all often here but we have to select one image right
now since this is the main
image of the product.
For example when you are searching for Product A You see for example
this image first when you're searching
on Amazon or summers when you come in the product page then you
see the rest of the images.
So right now we have to select that image and these images I think
there are big.
Yeah they're not compressed.
So pay attention to that.
The images must be compressed using tiny pens you or the other
plugins that we talked about it before.
So I think this is the image that we have to use here.
All right.
So set the product image click on Next year let's see the tutorial once.
All right.
Now here we have to add tags to our product.
So what is this product.
This is first of all products from DJI.
And you can separate it with karma as you can see it finishes.
All right.
Let me bring it higher.
So you have to separate it with karma as you can see it's written here.
So DJI for example mobile video core game game well OK.
So these are the tags that I want to add right.
So let's go to the next part.
Here we have to add a category or if you have a category right now and
you have to put this product
in there.
So I'm going to add a new category and I'm going to write down let's say
a video recording.
OK.
All right.
And you can for example we can have categories inside categories for
example for video recording now
on data can add for example categories as Brad DJI can Sony
Panasonic and so on.
Okay add the new category video recording selected and then we have
to publish your product.
Okay.
Well the arrow is pointing out to duplicate this.
Do you remember that we installed duplicate page plugin.
This also works here so you can duplicate products and make some
changes so click on publish.
And that should be all for creating the product and publishing it all right.
So now the product is ready.
And we have the description we have.
We have set everything.
We have the inmates.
All right.
So the thing is that
let's talk about the other parts.
We see tutorial didn't mention let's start from the top.
Here we have the.
We have the name and on it.
As you can see we have the you are.
So let me open this your head and see what we have here.
So here it is.
As you can see this is the.
This page is created by Vu commerce.
Okay.
This is why I am telling you that well commerce can help you a lot.
Very simple very fast.
It just created this and you can just click on Add to product and so on.
You can't see the tags here.
The categories here the short description is here the price.
The name and a more complete description here.
So let's come down here.
This is the description part and then we come down here.
We also have used for you.
OK.
So we can improve showing this product in the search engines.
Right.
We can add the key phrase for example this the key phrase is for
example all my mobile tree is the key
phrase and this is on mobile we can see it on desktop as well and we
can for example add the information
here
by.
Okay.
Visit our store and enjoy shopping
for example T.J..
That's right.
This area as well T.J. kind of more mobile tree which is one of the best
selling products for video
for being using your smart phone.
OK.
So if you pay attention I have tried to use different keywords here which
have some effects later you
see for example here we have
video recording we have it in our category.
Right.
So try to use all of the keywords that are important and valuable anyway.
It's the same as before.
You can increase the visibility of your page you can increase the social
you improve the social sharing
part and so on.
OK so let's come back here.
In general we set a price.
You can put it on sale and schedule it.
For example let me just show you quickly for example.
Ninety seven K and just I'm going to updated
and let's refresh this page here.
And now we see this would say it was one hundred seven dollars.
Now it is ninety seven dollars.
And on the on it's on the image.
It has a sales tax so you can do it as well.
So let's come to the inventory.
You don't need to be very about this.
You can for example mention if you have it on your stock you can put in
a stock or if it is out of a
site and you can not handle orders right now you can just make these
changes on shipping.
You can add some information about the size about the weight.
And we don't have any shipping here.
So all right about these later we are going to talk about it.
It's very useful on marketing up sales increased sales.
Many companies are making millions of dollars just using this part.
It's perfect for selling.
And I will show it to later.
So we have attributes here a all right.
So again you don't need to be worried about this right now later we will
get back to you.
We have advanced for purchase note and many there and more options.
All right.
So you can add reviews in general well uh users must add review.
But let's add some review and see how it will look like.
So this is just a sample review.
OK.
And the comment
and all right.
It added.
OK so here we have at product gallery images.
So this is the part that we need to add the rest of the images to our to
our product page.
Case so I'm gonna start from the first one to the gallery.
Again this one at the gallery next one to the gallery
next one.
Or maybe this one first.
Then this one.
OK so we have created out all right.
I'm not sure if you have seen this part because maybe it was under my
talking head video.
But anyway it is here.
All you have to do is to just click on add product to the gallery and select
one and click on Add to
gallery and it will appear right.
So what else do we have here.
You can disable headers is able to filter if you want to.
You can add sidebars which these are the performances for our website
for our theme and we are almost
done here.
There's nothing else on the product part so let's update it and see how it
will look in the product
page so I'm going to refresh it.
All right.
So the images are here.
You see.
OK.
You can make it later mate.
You can make some changes to the way that you can see these images
all right.
So right now we will let it be like this.
And later when we get to the settings part we can improve it.
OK.
All right.
So all right.
The review also appeared here.
You see we have one review.
This is just a sample.
And because we wrote it from there there was no star.
But here we can for example at other stars.
This is the search and test review.
Submit as we get better at Commerce.
You can improve these settings how people can leave reviews on your
website and so on.
OK.
So in general that was all about the product.
And on the next part we will quickly take a look at these two sections
and then we have to we start
focusing on creating our store.
So that was all for this part.
I suggest you to spend some time if you have access to all commerce.
So some time I suggest you to spend some time on creating your
product practice with me.
If not you just bookmark the important parts or later you can come back
and review the section and the
lectures.
All right.
So that was all for this part.
If you don't have any question about the things that you have talked
about here let's go for the next lecture
85. Create store
All right.
So welcome to the next lecture on commerce and till now.
We have created a product for our store and right now let's pay attention
how we can create this store.
What is it about and how it should be.
So here we are in the product part.
While products.
And since you have created a new product we can see all the
information about it here.
Now let's go to the pages and see what we have there.
So as you can see here we have cart.
Check out my account and shop.
So these four pages have been created when we install Vu commerce
as you can see.
Take a look at the time here.
For example these two were published 17 hours ago but these since I
installed Commerce One hour ago.
You can see that one hour ago all these four pages have been created.
So the one that we are talking about is this one which is shop.
So I'm going to just open it here.
And so this is the link.
So let's take a look at what we have in this shop page.
So here we are.
This is on the shop page.
It will show us the products that we have since you have only one
product.
It will just show us one product.
In a moment we are going to create couple of more products to see how
it will look here and at the top.
You can start sorting it according to the price and other for example
average rating by latest or from
load from prices low to high or high to low and so on.
On the right side we have a sidebar which you can edit it.
This is the shopping site but if you remember let me see if we have it
somewhere in the let's come to
appearance that's come to appearance and widgets so this sidebar is
where is it.
All right.
Here it is shop sidebar.
Okay.
All right.
So here we have is our shop.
We gave you have our code categories and Metta and so here it is
archives categories and Metta so if
we want to change anything on the sidebar or if you want to remove the
sidebar you can do it from here.
You can remove the sidebar.
Okay.
No sidebar anyway.
This is how our store looks like right now.
So let's add a couple of more products to it very fast and this.
We also get the chance to practice and see how different will be here.
So let me just close these pages that we have and we are on Amazon.
Let's just go through some of the other products that exist here and see
for example which one we can.
For example let's open this one.
Let's try this one for example let's go next see what we have here.
Maybe not sure this one
and maybe one of these can be help.
So I opened five products here and let's start by the first one.
I'm just going to save the image.
I'm not going to play all of the images since we are just doing this to see
how our product pay our
store page will look like I'm going to just keep it open for the title.
So let's do the same with this one
save the image here all right.
Let's go for the next
Kay save e-mails.
You know the more you practice these things the better you get at it.
And I know sometimes it may take some time but in any think any topic
any niche out there the most important
thing that can improve you is practicing.
So I understand that sometimes you don't have the mood for that and
you feel all right.
I know all this stuff but every time that you practice you do them you find
you face some problems new
problems and you get better at them anyway so that our images are
ready.
Let's come back here to the product.
Let's add the name of the first product here for example this one and this
is the product name.
And there's the product description that's come down and here at the
price for example how much is it.
Let's close this one.
One hundred sixty five.
One hundred sixty five.
And this one doesn't have any discounts so let's set a certain image for
it here.
Let me come to the image as passwords it downloads.
All right.
So the image for this one.
Let me quickly remove the previous images
OK.
So this is the image with this one.
And that's imported.
As soon as it is ready.
OK.
So the product is ready.
Is a short description.
Let's take a short description for it from.
Well this is just a sample.
We are just going to take a short description from here maybe.
Hey it's not important that much.
So almost everything is ready let's publish it and on our store page.
Now we must see another product as well.
Here it is.
Right.
And let's add some more couple of more and see how it will be adding a
new product.
So this one I'm going to close.
Let's go for the next one.
This is the for example
product name.
And just bring it here.
This is the description part and for the short description I'm going to put
this one here.
The price is ninety nine dollar and let's set the image.
So the image is this one
and as I said before you have to compress these images for example
this one is one hundred seventy nine
kilobytes which is too much.
If you compress it I think it should be something between 50 kilobytes
maximum.
So let's set it as the product image and publish it.
All right let's close this one and refresh here.
All right here it is.
And as you can see right now it is sorted by I think it is by no it's not the
price it's default sorting.
All right.
So for example high to low right.
So this one is the cheapest one ninety seven dollars and this one is the
expensive one.
So let's add one more we don't need to add all of them.
The next one is.
All right this one.
This is the name.
And let's take the description.
OK.
Let's come down here.
The pricing.
Let me just take this for the short description the pricing seventy nine
dollar seventy nine dollar.
Let's put this one on discount also.
Let's put it on.
Fifty seven dollars for example.
So description.
Put it on paragraph is that the product image so it was the pink one
right.
OK.
Some more or less.
Our store looks better.
We have four products on it.
As soon as I save this one and publish it.
All right.
So let me close this.
So set published right.
So if I refreshed our shop right now we have two products on sales and
two products not on sale.
One of them has reviews you can see the review here and so on.
OK.
So this is the default store that you have on your website using Google
commerce.
Now how you can create your own website or your own store.
OK.
So if you pay attention here let's come to the pages.
And here is the shop page.
Let's click on edit and by default we don't see anything here.
It's been all done by code so we don't see anything here.
You cannot come here and change something about it.
But here is the page you can improve the SEO and readability but there
is one thing else that we can
do so we can create com and create our own store.
So I'm going to click on add new but there is some problem with it.
I'm going to show it to in a moment.
Let's write down for example store right
and the link will be ready.
We don't want to have any title here and the rest of it is fine.
So I'm just going to publish it
and let's see what do we have here.
Okay.
All right.
So one thing I'm noticing that appears here when we created e-
commerce as you can see here you have
parents pages.
So some of these pages can be under there.
For example our product page can be under the shop page.
OK.
So we can select this as parent page and then we are loading for
example here let me see if it is right
now like this.
So as you can see for example take a look at the you are all here.
This has created a course that X Y Z.
Then we have less product than under it.
We have DJI all moment white three K so this page is under the product
page product pages the parents
for it.
Okay.
So close it.
And this is our store page.
So what we can do.
We can go to elementary.
But the problem is here.
If you're using element or free you cannot do it.
So we have the basic stuff here.
Same as before.
We have the pro stuff here but locked and we have some general stuff
and then we have three other things.
We have site which is close because it is you have to get the element or
pro to be able to use these
things.
And also here we have commerce.
So you can show archive products but you should get the element or pro
you can create your own store.
This way the way you want it to be very neat very clean the way that it
should look like.
You can change everything.
OK.
You can put containers for example same as Amazon put the main
images here put the dress off the images
on the left side instead of under it.
You can show the description the description is sort of at the bottom of
the page here.
You can create whatever you want but sadly you can do it only if you
have elements or prop everything
else appears he exists here.
For example product categories product title you can just put the product
title and this way it will
affect on all of the pages that you have.
OK.
For example you can come here on pages Lebanese take a look at it.
So as you can see here for example we have shop it is assigned as
shop page we have sample page it is
assigned as front page in the next lecture I will show you how you can
do this.
OK so you can create a page.
Name it product page and inside it you can design it the way you want it
to be not the way it looks
like here.
OK but again you need to have a mental profile to do that or if you use
other page we learn like for
example Gutenberg.
You can do that I think may be for free but as far as we talked about it
before Gutenberg it's a little
bit confusing and difficult to work with.
So anyway that was all about the store part.
You can go through this.
It's very simple to understand for example you can add this icon card at
the top in your header and
your top header and like Amazon that people come and we see here I
have the card icon I have one item
in it it can look like this it can be the same on your website as well.
OK product a stock short description product mentor product data tables
additional information related
products the same way we saw it on Amazon here the related products
you can have it on your own website
of sales it's one of the important things here for example here this is
absolutely OK frequently bought
together you want to buy this one but they are showing two other
products that works best with this
product.
So they're upselling they're
working on you to buy the other stuff buy more stuff from their store
anyway so.
All right.
And again at the top as you can see we have all the other pages for
example here if we click on Add
to cart it will be added to cart and if I click on View cart on the cart page
you see the domain here
it is the domain of the Web site slash cart and we have this one here we
can proceed to check out and
on the checkout page we have a complete page to write down our
information and place our order if commerce
is connected to our gateway it will be very easy to do that.
And as you can see just click on place order and everything will be done
right.
So that was all about stores and the next part.
We are going to learn more about some other go back some other
feature on Will commerce which is also
important.
And that would be all for this lecture.
So if you have any questions contact me if not.
Let's jump into the next lecture.
86. WooCommerce customization
All right so on this part I'm going to show you some of the additional
preferences that will help you
along the way to use your commerce.
So here we are in the world commerce under settings and products.
As you can see.
So what we have here the first thing his shop page.
OK so you can create your own shop or a store page and then come
here and assign it.
OK.
For example here it is shop.
We have an app store.
We created this page but we didn't add any elements to it.
We can come here and select a store and it will show your customers
store.
Right.
There are some other information here.
For example redirect to cart page after successful addition you can
make some changes for measurements.
For example the unit for weights right now is KG We can change it.
The dimensions are a centimeter.
We can change that if you want to.
And so on.
Another part that I want to pair.
I want you to pay attention is under advanced so when you come under
advance here we have cart page.
Okay.
Again you can assign it to other pages if you want to create different
pages.
Okay.
For example here when we come to for example our cart I think we have
added something right.
We have ADD.
So you can if you have element or pro or if you are using other page
builders you can create your own
cart page.
It will look like this.
If we are on 100 percent you can create your own cart page and instead
of here coming here with your
own design it can go to that page.
We have checkout page.
We have my econ page.
And if you have terms and conditions you can create that page and you
can come here and assign it.
Okay.
And if we come down there are some other information here.
You don't need to touch these because these are more like commands.
And for example what happens if someone click on lost password
payment methods and so on.
You don't need to test this.
Okay so this is the first part that I wanted you to pay attention.
The second part is on their appearance and customize.
So I'm going to open this in a new page and then we are here another
tab has been added to this customized
part.
And as you can see this will commerce right at the bottom of the screen.
So here we have different things.
First part.
We have a store notice you can add some assets here if enabled this
takes will be shown side wide.
You can use it to show events and promotions to visitors.
Okay.
So if I turn it on you see at the top of the screen we have a notice that
for example right.
This is for example Halloween sales this is Valentine's sales.
This is Black Friday sales.
All right.
So it is useful you can if you like you can enable it.
Let's go back here.
We have product catalog and all right.
It is for our store page so you can put it on.
Normally it is on show products against for example show products and
categories if you want to.
These are the categories.
But since our categories they don't have an image as it's not showing
anything to us.
But you have seen it on other stores that for example electronics OK
books for your home for example.
These categories and each of them has some images you can do as
well here.
Monday we have show products subcategories or both of them.
Then we have by default what we kind of sorting you want to show to
your to your users.
You can set it up here.
Then on days you have products per row write right out is for let's put it
on treat for example and
now in each row we have three or even two products K for come down.
We see two products so let's put it on for.
Since it looks nicer then we have pride rows per page you can increase
or decrease it.
Right now it is on four.
So let's go back.
All right.
So the next one is product images right now it is on white square.
You can change it to whatever you want.
Here you can put it on customer and change it then we have checkout.
So here you can change some settings here for example Company
Name field.
And here I think it is a company name let's put it on optional.
Let's put hide it.
Okay.
Now we don't have company address line to it is optional.
For example phone field it is required.
You can change that if you want to and then we have privacy policy.
If we come down where is it.
Right here it is privacy policy as you can see on the right side.
For terms of service we don't have any page but I'm gonna put for
example Star so we can see it here.
I have read and agree to the website terms and conditions and then
your proposal data will be used to
process your order.
This is a text here for before the privacy policy text link.
You can use a text that you want.
All right you can change this takes as you like to.
So that's all in the checkout part.
And we have single product which you can add a title or category and so
on.
Okay.
So more or less that was all about commerce.
And what I wanted to show you here and the rest of the pages appeared
here you can go to my account.
It should be empty.
Since we don't have anything here you can't go to cart and so on it can
change the menu here.
As we learned it before right.
Let's go to shop so in general that was all about Will commerce and on
the next part we are going to
start learning about ultimate member to create a membership system for
free using this plugin.
And it's a little bit interesting and I'm sure you're going to like.
So that wasn't for this part.
If you have any questions contact me.
If not.
Let's go for the next lecture.
87. Ultimate members
All right.
So welcome to the next part.
Till now we have learned many amazing stuff.
I hope you liked and enjoyed it.
So here we are in the plugins section and we are going to install this
plugin so let's copy the name
and paste it here ultimate member.
Here it is.
And as you can see about 100000 active installations we have.
Let's click on install the updated two weeks ago before I went to the
other plugin that we have it here.
Before I went before I used this plugin I was using this one and it was
pretty good.
It has good pages good designs on for example sign up page on a
profile page for each member.
And it was good right.
So here we are.
Where is it ultimate member.
Here it is.
So you can go to the dark documents and read more about it.
But anyway we have it here ultimatum members.
So let's come here and let's see what we have.
So it will give us some general information about it.
We have one user that is approved pending review.
We don't have anything so let's come to the settings and see what's
going on here.
All right.
We have user page let's open pages in another window.
We have user page.
We have log in page.
We have register page.
We have members page log out and account page and passwords they I
said page so you can assign the pages
that you want to have to each of these.
OK.
Then here we have.
Let's come here to the pages here and let's create a new page.
So I'm going to create a new page here and I'm going to name it.
All right.
Here as you can see there is a message ultimate member needs to
create several pages.
OK profile icons registration logging and so on to function.
OK.
So click on Create pages.
I wanted to do it myself but since it will do the work itself it will be easier.
OK.
So it jumped into the pages here.
It created.
And just like I say it changes
I'm going to refresh this page.
All right.
So now if we go back to the pages.
All right.
So we have accounts we have log in.
We have log out and so you can create your own pages and assign it to
these roles as well.
All right.
So if I refresh the page here since our main menu it's showing us all the
pages that we have.
It looks like this right now which is not nice but anyway so let's go to the
log in page.
Okay.
So unlike him page right now it looks like this but since I am liking so I'm
just going to copy and
paste it in a new window that I'm not logged in to see how it would look
like.
So this is how it will look like before you like it.
Okay so you can write your user name or password.
And if you forget your password you can click on this one and go to the
page for password.
You can come here and remove the sidebar for each of them you don't
need sidebars here you don't need
for example title it's obvious what it is.
So let's just quickly fix for example let's change the logging page right
now.
Kay so really like in.
Let's find it.
Here it is going to edit it.
So this is the code that will show the information about log in page.
The short code.
So here we don't need to have any sidebar or title and one other thing
that appeared in pages.
As you can see you can restrict access to this page and for example you
can put it everyone or people
who are just like the dean or they the users that they didn't like the show
this page only to these
people.
OK so you can do that using the information the tools here.
So I'm going to update it and if I go to this page and refresh it right it
looks nicer right.
Especially if we go on one hundred person size you see it looks nice
very clean and understandable.
So you can edit the pages that exist here this way just gonna close this.
And so that was just a short introduction to this tool.
And the next part we are going to get familiar with the rest of the stuff
going deeper into this plugin
and learn how we can use it to improve our website and so on.
Okay so that was all for this lecture.
If you have any questions do not forget to contact me and I will see in
the next part.
88. UM settings
All right.
So welcome to the second part on this plug in ultimate members.
And till now we have talked about this the screen.
Till now we have talked about some of the stuff that we had here and a
lot about.
For example the logon page and so on and let let's take a look at what
else do we have.
So here I am in the setting.
Part let's go to the first step and general.
So here as you remember we have assigned the users for example the
pages for each role the user page
is this page the log in page.
Is this one I saw on the page.
We have another tabs as you can see we have users for example on
their profile prime link base.
What should we show as we go deeper you can change these things
you can for example user display named
you wanted to show only first name nickname or last name first name or
custom name and so on.
OK.
You can make changes here for example automatically redirect author
page to their profile.
So if I log in.
After logging in I directly will jump into my profile page.
If I don't want that I can just turn it off and it will stay on the same page.
So you can go through the settings and change the ones that you want
to.
According to our needs there is a small question sign here that when
you hover your most it will explain
what this
specific setting is about.
All right.
So we have for example privacy icon tab later when we get to that
contact you will see for yourself
how it is.
So let's go to the uploads.
You can change these things for example profile photo maximum file
size according to but how many megabytes
or kilobytes you want to let your users to upload their profile photo.
OK.
Because when they upload a profile photo it will be uploaded on your
server and it will take your stories.
OK.
So if you don't want it to be huge or if you don't want to make your Web
site slower you can change
those numbers.
OK.
All of the settings is here.
Then we have access and then they.
And on access you can change the access of your site.
For example when you go to Carnival dot com right at the beginning You
must log in in order to be able
to just use the Web site.
There is no other way you can do that here site accessible to everyone.
You can change it site accessible to logged in users.
So anyone who come into your web site first day will have to log in.
OK so you can add the pages that you want them to see and redirect
them there.
Then here we have other.
Let's take a look at it.
So enable the reset password limits.
OK reset password limits three times like e-mail addresses.
You can do that blacklist boards for example if they use these words
they will be blocked.
OK so let's go to the e-mail.
And here we can change some settings about e-mail.
For example when someone log in they will receive an e-mail welcoming
me.
OK.
If they activate their e-mail they don't receive any e-mails as you can
see.
You can change them by going to the settings here.
Right.
Then we have appearance.
So here we have the profile default template.
This is on default template.
It doesn't have any other templates and maximum profile width.
Let me just quickly show it to you first.
OK so here we have icon and one to think if you pay attention we
equate used to commerce with commerce
created in my account page and we are using right now which you may
tab it is using again an icon page
you can combine these two pages and use one.
All right.
Not to cause any problems later.
So right now our icon page looks like this.
If you pay attention you can make some changes here to the way it
looks.
By coming here and change the stuff here and zoom in a little bit so you
can see it better.
So here we have a profile.
Maximum width.
If you want to change that you can profile field icon.
You can change these things from here.
Right.
So so enable profile menu can turn it off and disable the profile menu
and about the tabs that you want
to have when they come to each other's profile users.
For example you have let's say 10 users they can visit each other's
profile.
You can change the settings using here.
Let's go to the registration for just quickly save this.
Have made the changes.
So let's go to registration for how do you want your phone to look like.
And what do you want to show which page you want them to see and so
on.
OK let's go to the log in form and make some changes and see how it is.
First of all let me just copy and paste this links here and I'll open it in a
new window.
All right.
So here it is our log in page as you see it's nice.
So let's go back to the settings here.
We have the default template.
We have this maximum with for example if I make this 600 pixels it's
under 50 and say it changes and
you have to go through and refresh this page.
It should be wider you see.
So whatever you change it will be affected.
It is in the center as you can see there are many settings here log in
field icons.
And as you can come down here you can make changes for example
show remember me.
And so on.
OK.
So if you come back here keep me side signing.
All right.
So you can't change this stuff from here.
Let's go to the next step.
Here you can change some of these information these settings if you
want to.
And if you know what you are doing.
I'm not going to suggest it because normally it works just fine.
And some more information about the plug in and your lips.
So under next tab on the left side we have forums.
Let's take a look at that.
We have default registration default logging and default profile.
So let's go to the registration.
Let's just quickly go back.
Well I want to show something.
If you copy and paste this code anywhere for example you create an
element or paste and you paste this
code in an e-mail file.
It will show this form to the people to the user.
So the way you can use this the way you can show these forums is to
use this shortcut here.
So let's go to the edit after default registration and here's a tie.
Here is how you can edit this user name first name.
For example you don't want to have lasting.
You can remove it or you can edit it or you can obligated.
OK.
And how do you want it to be do you want to have for example you may
want to have two columns and maybe
add some elements.
Okay.
So you can have these are the fields that they have.
It's more or less looks like element or that we drag and drop.
Here's the same thing for example you can ask them to write down their
birth dates.
OK and put it for example let's say instead of last name put their birth
dates all right.
And you can add more from C anyway if I updated and let me just go to
this tab here.
If we go to the registration page so here we have the best date and they
can select it you see it's
so complete.
You just need to select the settings that you are comfortable with and
the rest will work just fine.
Right.
So this was about the forums you can add forms as well same as
before.
Right now we have three you can add forms more forums than we have
user roles.
So we have different rules here.
We have subscriber shop manager so you can assign different roles to
different people hire someone to
help you.
For example you can hire someone to just do your blogging.
OK.
You can upload make them author and then they can start working on
your website and publish this stuff.
Right.
Member directories.
So here we have the members part.
Let's come down here.
How do you want to show it to people.
Let me see if we have this page at our menu.
Okay.
All right.
Here it is.
Members.
OK.
So if you come here it would show the members who are on your Web
site but I suggest you to hide this
page.
Don't put it anywhere because usually it's not.
It is not good to show everybody on your Web site the users who are
using on who the users who are using
your web site.
Unless if your Web site is about having social connections which I don't
suggest you to make it with
Baucus.
All right.
So the settings for that exist here.
How many people do you want to show in one page and so on.
And the last part in this menu we have extensions that will help you too.
For example you can connect this ultimate member with Will comments.
OK.
Let's click.
Let's click on it and all you have to pay for it.
But.
All right.
Okay.
So here it is for a single Web site.
It is 40 dollar but you can get all of their add ons for 250 dollar which I'm
not just suggesting you
get that but anyway the ones that you need you can come here and take
a look at how they are what are
what they can do for example people can add each other as a friend.
Okay.
You can get this.
And people can follow each other for example or they can send
messages to each other.
Allow users to show their Instagram photos on their profile.
OK.
You can do all these things using the extensions here on this flash you
can connect on a splash website
to your profiles.
And people can select images from on splash on their profile okay which
most of them are not useful
depending on your goal but you can have verified users.
I notice I'm not suggesting you to use all of them.
Maybe you need some of them.
So.
So here we have the premium ones.
And let's take a look at the free one so for free 1 you can have a forum.
You can have online users display online users on your site.
So users can see who is online and the rest of it.
You can use this for things for us for extension for the for free.
But the rest of it was paid.
OK.
So more or less that was all about will you make member.
And one thing let me tell you.
People who sign up on your page they'll appear in the users as well.
OK.
So if you have less than 100 users they all will appear here as well.
All right.
So that was all about ultimate members.
It's pretty easy to use it.
All you have to do is to spend some time working with it on the next part.
We are going to talk about a slight error evolution and after that we will
get to May Lester and the
other plug WP forms I think.
Yeah WP forums.
We are going to talk more about that.
So if you have any questions or if you need my help contact me if not.
Let's go for the next list.
89. Slider Revolution 6
All right everyone.
Hey there.
Welcome to the next session and weekly VIP life calls.
And in this part we are going to talk about an interesting topic which is a
slider revolution.
So first of all why this is important.
If you want to have a successful website on different platforms mostly
we talk about WordPress because
you have more control over it.
But some of you I know that you used for example Shopify or other
platforms but here today we are going
to talk about slider evolution which you can use it with Wordpress.
Now the thing here is that why this is so important.
If you pay attention to most of the successful
websites out there which they are selling products online most of them
they use some slider at the top
of their home page to show their top products at the time or if they have
new offers or something like
that.
So if you know how to create a good slider good looking a slider that is
working fine without any problems
usually if you use other plugins or even this one if you don't know how to
use it you may face some
challenges along the way.
So together we are going to talk about slider evolution and the main
reason that I created that I wanted
to talk about this topic here in this session is because couple of months
back the slider revolution
got updated to the newer newer version and they completely changed
the way it look gay everything the
way that you wanted to create and then in your slider edit the slider add
images content to feed animations
everything that completely changed everything there.
So I decided to put this lecture to put this topic here so we learn how
you can create good sliders
with the new interface of a slider evolution and let me show you what we
are going to talk about here.
So
all right by today we are going to talk about how we can create a slider
something look like these I
just created this sample about 20 30 minutes ago it took me in general
20 minutes.
So it's pretty simple very easy.
And we are just going to take a look at how you can create this slider.
This is a new look of a slider revolution how you can use this platform
right now and create impressive
slides so before we begin if you have any question regarding marketing
business or especially slider
revolution write it down for me and in a moment we will begin this topic
right.
So I'm going to take a look.
I'm going to wait for a couple of seconds to receive your questions and
then I will begin today.
Today we have a lot of people watching.
Thank you for joining this call.
I hope you enjoy it and find it useful for your projects.
All right.
So I'm going to remove everything completely and start from scratch
okay.
So let's start.
Let's.
These are this.
This is the slider that I have just created.
I'm thinking maybe it's better to go for a new one or let's remove
everything.
Okay.
So all the elements that I've put here and remove them and be out here
it is background
and default that is here.
This one I'm going to do it slide.
I'm going to save it.
So we start completely from scratch.
Now if I refresh this page everything should be gone.
So we have nothing here.
And while let me refresh this page so I have put this I'm at right now I'm
using element or plug in
first of all to begin let me tell you that this is the slider evolution they
page you can get it from
different platforms.
Let me search here for example slider lotion.
OK.
So I got it from here.
Code Kenyan.
Here you can
also if you're using some of the raucous themes that I have suggested
before in my courses they include
this plugin so you don't need to even buy it anyway you can get it from
here.
And the way you use it this is the element or page.
So I'm going to create a new container and on elements I'm going to just
write down slider and the slider
revolution as you can see here to lap here.
So I'm going to put it here and then I have to select which a slider I want
to use here.
So I'm gonna select this one which we are going to work on right now
and to understand how it looks.
I'm just going to use a background color to understand.
Very easy my slider exactly on my page.
So I'm going to save it.
I just selected the red color.
And here we are on element or I'm going to update this one as well
and refreshed.
So let's come to our main page and refresh this one as well to see
where exactly our slider is.
Sometimes it's not fit.
You see there is a small space here.
I can fix these problems with different solutions.
I'm just quickly I'm just going to select this container.
Uh I could write just go select a container and on the margin I'm going to
decrease it until it fits
my header.
OK.
All right
things here.
Seventy five is minus seventy five.
OK so if I updated and come back and refresh it here.
Right.
So now the location of our slider.
Right now it's perfect.
All you have to do is to create it.
So let's come back here.
Well in general let me explain.
What are these new elements that you can't see here.
Well some of them are obvious but anyway I'm going to mention it on
the slides here at the top left
side.
We have the general layers and the slides that we have right now.
We have only one slide.
For example I can click on add in your slide and right now we have to a
slide and this one I'm going
to select another color for example here.
Right.
And if I save it
come here and refresh.
Now we have two slides here.
Red and yellow OK.
So the slides are here.
If you want to copy it you create a slide with a lot of elements titled
buttons product made it is perfect.
You want to copy it and edit the next slide from the version that you
already created to come here and
click on copy.
We have removed and also settings and remove the second one what
happened.
Yes to let this slide.
So here and the next one we have the layers we have takes image
button shape video audio and so on.
OK.
So every any element that you want to add to your slide exists here you
can add it here and also one
thing when you hover your mouse on each of them some of them you
see for video it opens another option
to add different kind of videos for text as well for e-mails as well.
All right.
In a moment we'll get to these things.
Just a second.
Let me grab a water.
Sorry.
All right.
So the next part when this is somehow a mini setting for your elements.
If you want to remove them if you want to copy them if you want to like
them it's here.
For example if I add a text this is my take here and it will tell me the
name of this layer.
I can rename it I can duplicate it.
I can remove it.
I can like it.
So when I want to move things I cannot move this layer.
It is here your layers all of your elements also appear on the bottom of
the screen here.
I can't unlock it again.
And remove it right.
Also if you have different layers if you want to bring one of them to the
top you can use these arrows
to bring one of them to the top.
We will practice in a moment.
Here you have the way to select your elements you want to drag and
select couple of elements or single
select as you can see you have your Ondo whatever you do if you make
mistakes you can go back or redo.
And then we have the way it looks for on desktop not with tablet and
mobile.
You can change the size and see how it will look here and help and so.
And on the right side we have the main toolbar so the main all of the
elements that lets you control
and create these sliders exist here.
All of the settings.
The first one is a general setting for the slider.
The second one is for navigation as you can see the title figure.
For example here as you can see under this slider we have a progress
bar.
Okay.
It will low.
It will show the user how long it will take to load the next slide.
Okay.
If I turn it off it will be okay.
So everything here arrows are here.
If I turn it off it will be gone.
So the next one is about the slide itself.
Okay.
The background the thumbnail the animation how long it will take to
progress and so on.
We will take a look at these elements in a moment came.
Then we have layers.
Now this is the part.
All the settings for each layer for each element exists here.
If you have a takes for example you have a text you want to change the
contents.
My.
So for example is here.
You want to change this side on the change the color.
For example it's here right.
You want to add a background to it.
Purple.
Here right.
So on the last one it is all the options for each element.
Now till now if you have any question write it down for me.
And if not in a moment we are going to take a look at a we are going to
start creating our slider and
adding elements playing with them and see how we can create
examples that I just showed you.
Right.
Let's continue with creating our slides.
So let's start from the general settings.
Now on the first one this is a title.
The title of your slider right.
It's when we came here when we selected.
Let me show you again.
Search for a slider slider evolution.
Now if I want to select a slider
they have name for example.
Here is his name.
The name is a slider too.
OK.
You can change this name from here.
Right.
Our test slides for example you can change it here.
This is a shortcut.
You don't need to be worried about the shortcut here.
The next one is the layout.
Now on layout this is these are the sizes that it's very important
especially if you want to create
successful slides.
It should be responsive on all different platforms and mobile because
while some of the users use my
way some of them use tablets.
Some of them is P.C. and notebooks.
So it is very important to make it responsive.
Here you can select the sizes right now for example our height is 400
that can select 300.
Or for example 800 or I can ignore this and go for fullscreen.
For example let me put it back on 400 save it and go for fullscreen.
And let's refresh our page after saving and see how does it look.
You see right now it is full scale.
While it will add you see this is the bottom of the slider and there are
some space to go up.
It's because of our header anyway.
If you want to change the size you should start.
Here let me change this one.
So to start getting it again.
So 400.
First let's create our slide.
Then we will come back here and create the responsive version for
notebook tablet and my way.
The next is about contents you don't need to take.
You don't need to pay attention here it's not very important.
You can use it on different situations but in general you don't need it.
What do we have here.
You don't let this one.
Some of the settings about the slider itself exist here so you can go
through them.
What will happen on the scroll.
I don't want to get you confused so I'm not gonna talk about all of these
things.
For example this one can be interesting.
This is the
loading icon that when your slider is coming.
Let me refresh this page you will see it here when it is loading the slider
it will show this icon.
Then it will load.
You see it is here so you can change the color and you can change the
icon itself as well.
Let's continue.
These are the items we don't need them.
The rest we don't need them right.
So all you need to take care of here is a title the layout.
And if you want the changes is the spinner.
Now let's change the background.
Right.
Let let's come to the slides option.
And here we have background not before we selected color you can
select an image and upload the image
from your hard drive.
It can use an image on line or some upside it can use transparent
YouTube video of email or video and
so on.
Right.
So
let's use an external image.
So as you can see this image appeared here.
But how we can bring it.
So I went on on a splash dot com.
As you can see here and I search for a keyword colors and I came down
here and I just selected one of
these images.
So I'm just gonna open this image in a new tab.
I'm going to rightfully click select view image and I'm gonna take the you
are all and come back here
pasted in the source.
So if I save it I should be able to see the
I should be able to see the slider the background image here.
So this is how you can add images but my suggestion to you is not to
use online sources because if you
are sure that this image will remain there for the time that you need it to
be there you can use online
source.
But my suggestion to you is that if you want to use any made like this
download it on your harddrive
then upload it on your own server and use it there because if for
example on the splash that come remove
this image my slider wont work right.
It will worry it won't show the background.
So there are some general options about it but we don't need to take
care of it right now.
So let's add some elements to what we have here to our slides so let's
come with a title.
Now here it will show you a different font to slightly different sizes to
select to create a title.
And this is for a subtitle and underrate at the bottom of the screen you
see shadows it has shadows.
You can change it you can come here and select each of them you
want.
I before I selected this one I think it looks better.
So now how do you change the text.
You come in the last item last tab here and this is my right.
Right.
So again under it it has all the all the options about your takes exists
here.
You wanted to bring it to the center or to the right side.
All of them exist here.
You want to change the color or add back onto it.
It can come here.
Okay let's say you want to put this in a box right.
Let's try that as well.
Here we have shape.
So this is the shape that I just added.
Now I have to resize it.
Okay so I mentioned this before.
How you can fix this right now my shape is above my text.
That is why I see it.
I see this shape first.
If I can select the shape and put it down now which will my takes will
jump up right.
So these are the things that you can do here and again pay attention to
the layers here.
Let's add a subtitle as well.
Let's add for example more of it so we can see what is happening here.
Let's add something like this and also I'm going to just copy paste that
text.
Come back to content paste it here and resize the box so it form itself in
the right way.
Now what I can suggest you here try to when you want to add elements
to your slider or when you are
creating a web page try to match them together.
For example the box starts with that subtitle here right.
If you don't have the box here it's better that both of them start at the
same place.
Okay.
So pay attention to these a small elements.
For example when I created the box the distance from the title to the top
part to the box to the right
side to the bottom.
I just calculate it with my eye but pay attention to these things to be for
example all from all sides.
It should be equal to look better.
All right from design perspective now let's add a button.
So come here.
SELECT button.
This is the layer here.
Again it's gonna start from here.
And these are the different type of buttons that you can use before.
I think I use this one you just selected and it will work right again at the
bottom of the screen.
If you have shadows.
If you want to use shadows for example and different type of buttons
and so on.
Now again here we are in the content.
If you want a change for example click here you see it is written please
here.
I'm going to change it for example to
join us now.
OK.
For example.
And again we have this side here.
We have the background color.
Now it is transparent.
I don't want it to be transparent.
I want it to be read completely.
I'm gonna put it on red.
I'm just gonna copying the code so later I'm going to use it.
The text is white.
That looks good.
Now when I hover my most on it it will change.
So again the setting is here on the last item.
Hover right.
So when I select hover it will show me the way it's like when I hover my
mouse on it.
The time for the animation and if we come down this is that takes color.
And this is the background color.
So now the text color.
I don't want it to be black.
I want it to be red.
Okay.
And find out.
Looks good.
So why is selected red.
The reason is because when I hover my mouse.
It suits.
We think that it suits the color from background to the text.
It looks nicer anyway.
It exists here.
Now let's add some image.
For example our product the image that I already found online.
So I'm going to come to image this is the image here.
You can come to media library or double click on it.
It's all the same.
So I'm going to use this one for example
and I'm going to recite it a little and put it right here.
OK so let's save it and take a look at it.
The slider until it loads I'm going to check the questions to see if you
have any questions here.
All right.
So this is right now how are a slider look.
OK.
It looks nice.
Everything is clear everything is readable clean.
The button is here.
So now let's add some animations to these elements.
All right.
So while the title is okay let's say I want to add an animation to our
button.
I'm going to select it.
This is our button.
And again on the last tab here you see the animation.
Can you see it.
Right.
So here we have in and out the outer part is when that is going to end.
And in part when we start to see the elements.
All right.
So I'm going to click here and I'm from and here I'm going to click and in
and this is the part that
you have to select different animations Kay you see there are a lot of
samples here.
For example I think this one this one was the one that I.
Now pay attention to the animations to the movements that you select.
It should have a meaning right.
For example when I selected the winner it's showing movement to this
direction to the right side of
the screen.
It will direct my eye as an audience to the product which is on the right
side.
Okay.
So pay attention to these elements as well.
Just don't just come here and select and random animation that you
think it'll look like nice or
we generally try to your work as a not as a designer but what you try to
create here.
It should direct the eye the audience eyes to what you want them to see.
So I'm going to select this one because it has a movement toward my
product.
So I can say so.
And right now here we have a play if I play the moment that our slide is
loaded it is starts to load
the animation.
Now if I select this movie it's for example put it here after one second
you see at the top.
We have seconds.
If I play it again it will load the button after what once.
Now animations are very important because they have movements.
It will grab the attention.
So don't waste this on grabbing attention of your audience.
To use less of stuff.
OK.
The important things.
This is the button for example.
This is our product.
This can be good as well.
So let's say for example pop up like this
maybe there's a rotation.
No
because
okay.
This is not bad.
It's coming from buttons.
Looks good.
And will I want first to have my button load that then my product.
So I'm gonna put my product to load after once I can.
And this one after half a second.
Right.
So let's play.
See.
Everything looks fine.
Let's save it.
And jump in to our page of fresh
you see it looks nice.
It will grab the attention of the animation is perfect because it separates
the background and the other
elements that are not that important with the important ones.
This is a call to action button.
It's important.
This is the product.
It is important that we refresh it again to see the animation
you see.
It looks good.
So there are some other stuff here we can talk about for example.
The second the third element here is the size and position.
If you want to change a size and position of an element it exists here.
How do you want to locate.
Look at this product.
This image or element.
If you activate parallax I'm going to talk about parallax for the
background.
For example we have actions.
So here we have the button right.
And when you want to click on it we want to go to a page right.
You have to come here to actions.
And for example these are all the actions that exist here.
Start the media callback and so on.
This is the simple link you select simple link.
And here it's on the simple link by clicking on it.
Here you have to add your you are out for example the anti dot com
right.
That's all it added.
Let's save it and again if if later I want to change it I have to select my
button come to action.
You see it's here.
Simple link is here.
So if I refresh the page
if I hover my most on it you see under at the bottom of the screen the
left side it is showing me that
you are URL that it will open.
OK.
So I'm going to click on the button.
It should jump into the home page.
OK.
It wants to fix this.
This is the problem in the URL.
This is the link.
Simple links same window.
Let we remove this and add this simple link again.
Let's just address here he appeared as it is the same window or a new
window for law.
This is no follow or follow link will have effects on a CEO.
So when it is unfollow it will have on their face a will have influence on
their CEO.
If it is a no follow it won't have any effect on their CEO.
So pay attention to this one if you are trying to improve your SEO.
Simple link.
Everything looks fine I think.
Let's say it again saved.
Not yet.
All right.
So right now it's working you see it at the bottom of the screen it is a
shitty Pierce reality dot com.
So if I click on it it will open my home page and any attack.
Right.
So it is working.
Everything is clear.
Now let's talk about the navigation.
Okay okay.
Before we go for the navigation let's talk about the background and
Parallax.
So here under the third one we have a slight options we have thumbnail
animation filters for example
on filters that can change as like Instagram filters that you use on your
photos see different filters
here.
Progress
links for example here we can add a movement right.
We can add a movement to our background so by default default
because I edit it before it has a number.
So by default when you come here when you turn it on the numbers look
like this.
Sorry just a second.
My throat is dry.
Okay so we want to make a movement going to make it for example
going off I'm going to add 50 pics so
if I play it will go up but it's a little bit slow and right now the way it looks
here it will look
much better on the page itself.
So I'm gonna put one hundred to make it more understandable.
I'm gonna save it
and save it refreshed so this way you can add some movement to your
background image as well.
Again don't make it so much.
For example right now on 100 it is too much.
It is grabbing attention.
It shouldn't be like this.
I think 50 is enough.
I put it on one so you see how it will look
saved.
Refresh
J.
It's much better it's not grabbing the attention.
Now how you can add parallax to your background if you come here on
the scroll
on default.
It is a no Parallax and if you come down it can select for example 50
percent.
These are the different options that you can select.
Let's put it as it is with fade lower save it and come back here.
Now if I scroll it will have more effects on more influence on the
background you see it is moving with
my scrolling.
K
Not only it's going up but when I'm going up and down it has different
look compared to the other elements.
Again I'm not suggesting parallax because it's it grabs attention and you
don't need it for useless
stuff so let's let us start our second
slider.
So I'm gonna just duplicate this one.
We have a slide now this is Slide number two.
Now I'm going to for example make some changes.
I'm gonna change the image select this one for example.
I'm gonna move everything to the other side.
This as well the plot as well.
And that's besides this
OK.
Let's also change the background cut back on image for example here
we have what we can use that looks
nice.
Maybe this one doesn't look that bad.
The image you have to testify K that's come to serve on the background
and replace the link.
Okay.
It doesn't look so good because a lot of elements in the background.
So let's go with something cleaner.
Ok
maybe maybe maybe maybe
let's go of
let's use for example this one
it has bubbles which is good for shampoos and this kind of stuff.
Actually this was what it was.
The one that I used as an example that I showed you.
So if I save it
right now let's refresh the page.
Now we don't have progress bar we don't have arrows to control this
slider.
So all we have to do is just wait until it's done and it will jump into the
nest.
Next slide.
So let's wait.
Couple of seconds and here it is.
Right.
So let's come back here to the navigation.
The second one on arrows it is off right now.
Now it is on.
So if you want to change the look of it it's here.
Don't beat yourself too hard to select something complicated and defend
for example
enough after like a Let's select for example the second.
Right.
I don't like the first ones anyway.
This is for the arrows for example here you can have them at the bottom
can have bullets and with different
looks.
For example like this I'm just gonna turn them on so you see how it will
look on the home page.
These are the tabs.
If you have different tabs I don't suggest that thumbnail again and we
don't need this one.
This is touch case so more on mobile when you want to swipe to right or
left.
If you enable this it will work there on desktop for example going to show
it to you in a moment.
A keyboard with arrows you can go right and left a mouse and you don't
need to take care of this part.
As for the coding so also here we have progress bar.
Let me remove this bullets.
I don't like them.
Save
and refresh here.
So see here we have progress bar.
We have the arrows here and when I select when I click on the slider
and move my mouse to the left and
right it will open and it will load the next one.
See the reason is because here on the touch we at every turn on
desktop swipe enabled.
OK.
If I turn it off and say it won't work anyway.
The set exists here.
Now one thing I want to tell you if you come here to the slowed option
here we also have another animation.
Now this one is for loading each slider.
Right now it is fate right.
So if I want to change it after cliff and this gear button and here there are
different ways to load
this
slide.
Okay.
Mm hmm.
All right let's select for example this one save and see how it will look in
our page refresh.
You see the next one is gonna fade.
This one is gonna remove it.
Right.
So more or less that was all about the slider revolution.
As you can see it's very easy to use it.
They change the look.
It became a little bit difficult at the beginning but if you just spend some
time playing with it practice
do this create the same thing that we just created today in this life
session.
Before you know it in less than one or two hour you will get master at a
slider rebels and it's very
easy at the beginning it was a little bit difficult for me as well but now it's
much better.
So if you have any questions regarding the topic that you just had or
any other question connected to it then you can ask it for me.
And we're going to talk about it here.
If not let's end this session.
We just come by here.
Let's end this session right here.
So today we had how long we're on.
It's about 50 minutes.
So that was all for today's session and the next week we are going to
talk about what was it.
The book.
Building your brand this story is going to be it's a powerful and amazing
book for marketing and I will
answer your question in writing and I will see you in the next session
next week.
90. WPforms intro
All right.
So welcome to the next lecture.
Here we are going to talk about e-mail marketing creating forums on our
website using two different
plugins.
So we will start with the first one which is a little bit simpler.
And the reason that I'm going to just talk about this plug in is not
because that I think it's good
because many people are using it and they find it interesting.
So that's why I'm going to teach it to you but my choice will with the
second two.
All right.
We'll get to it in couple of lectures so let's get started.
Here we are in our Web site.
And let's go to add new plugins and install WP opposite WP for so here
it is as you can see it has a
lot of good reviews over 3 million people are using it and everything
about it is good.
The reason that I'm going to talk about this plug in I'm going to teach you
how to use it is just because
it's very popular and a lot of people are happy about it.
And after this plug in we are going to talk about Melissa.
There is no free version of this plugin available.
It's paid but it is much cheaper than this plugin you can use this plugin
for free.
But up to a point then you have to go premium and the premium version
is so expensive.
But this one is cheaper one time payment and it will be fine.
And also this one I think it's more advanced.
Anyway let's install it and learn more about WP forums.
All right.
So now it's installed and activated.
And after you activated it will jump to another page where you can
create your first form.
Read more about it and so on.
But if you pay attention on the left side here we should have it all right
here it is WP four.
So I'm going to select it and by default it will jump to to the first app
which is all forms so here
there is a challenge I'm going to skip it.
It's nothing.
So you can create add new forms.
So let me just quickly.
Let's take a look around and learn more about it.
First of all here we can add new forms.
Here you have entries.
People who subscribe.
But the thing is that you have to you must go to the Pro version to be
able to see these.
And this is one of the reasons that I hate it.
Then we have settings and ponder setting you can add your Pro license
here and let's take a look at
the upgraded version and see the pricing.
You can use this plugin but if you want to use all the features you have
to go on the programs.
So the program isn't right now that I am recording this video.
It starts from 40 dollars per year which.
Well it's OK.
But again I'm not a fan of it anyway.
These are the price list.
And you can add your license key here in the settings.
Let's go for the next one.
Then we have tools.
And on this page you can import a form or export or form.
You have created software on other websites you can bring it here and
so on.
Then we have add ons the other platforms and plug ins that you can
connect connected with this one for
example connecting MailChimp or get response or some of the other
plug ins here.
They are e-mail marketing platform e-mail marketing Web sites.
OK you can use them connected to this one here and use it in whatever
you want to do for example PayPal
stripe you want to charge people you can do that anyway.
Then you have an Apple takes which again will show you but you have
to install google analytics which
later we will talk about this plug in Monster insights into Google and I'll
take part then we have some
creepy servers so as empty servers.
There are many servers out there for example you can use a WS As you
can see in this image you can use
a W us you can use google there are many companies many
businesses out there providing these kind of
servers and the thing is that what do they do.
So these platforms are these plug ins that we are going to talk about WP
forms and mail cluster.
These will provide you view their ability to for example to do e-mail
marketing but a server must send
these emails and receive these e-mails.
All right.
So let's say you have for example 20000 subscribers on your list.
All right.
And you want to send e-mails.
First of all you want to when you want to send an e-mail.
You want them to receive as fast as they can.
OK.
You don't want to send an e-mail and take for example two days for
them to receive it.
Okay.
So you need a good server and these servers are here and you can go
to them.
You can create and create an account.
So register for some T.P. servers and they will give you a couple of
codes and you can come back here
and import the codes here.
All right.
It's very simple to do but we will talk more about it especially in the next
section that we have about
us and the community.
So let's end this lecture here.
I just wanted to give you an introduction to this plug in and on the next
part we are going to add your
form and learn more how we can do that.
All right.
So that was all about this lecture you can go ahead and install the plug
in and practice with me if
you want to learn it.
And on the next part will create our first forum.
So see you on the next list.
91. WPforms - Creating forms
So in this part we are going to create our first form on WP form plug in.
So here we are.
We have a couple of options.
We can use a blank form.
We can use simple contact form newsletter sign up form and suggest
some form.
So let us us all of them look the same.
Okay all of them look the same but they have different fields which
doesn't matter that much since you
are going to do it ourselves.
So I'm going to create a blank for and it would take a little time to
prepare it.
All right.
So here we are.
Same as elemental on the left side we have some elements and we
have to drag and drop them on the right
side.
All right.
So first of all let's take a look at the fields that we have.
We have single line text.
Let me show you what it is so someone can write something OK.
And you can click on it and go to the edit part change the title for
example email.
Ok then you can write a description about it.
It will.
This is uh this group.
So it will write under it.
Then you can mark this of field as if it is required or not if you pay
attention to read a star appear
here.
OK.
There is an advance option.
We can change the size.
Well we will see the size better.
And when we go to edit 2 element or and publish it on our page we'll see
it better there.
But right now I'm gonna put it on medium later we'll change it.
Now this is the place holder takes if you pay attention sometimes you
see some example text here for
example
or at test dot com OK day users come to your website they see this for
example you don't want to write
a description you can use this place holder text you can hide the label
you can limit the length of
the characters okay don't use more than these number of characters
here and let's not talk about these
things right now okay it's a little bit more complicated case that for
example the CSF class
where I'm going to point it out in couple of lectures what you can do with
these things.
All right.
Let's not go deeper into this right now anyway let's get back to our fields.
This was the first one.
Then we have paragraph text that people can write something for
example someone want to send you an
email.
They go to contact us tab and they write down their e-mail and their
subject and so on and the message
here and they can click on send email and then you will receive this
message as an email in your email
list and you can respond to that.
You have seen something like this in many different websites I'm sure.
All right.
So again you can click on it.
It has the almost it has the same settings.
So I'm going to remove it then you have for example date and time.
Oh so here we are.
We have dropdown.
OK.
For example let's say let's click on the sitting.
This is the dropdown.
For example let's say gender and the first choice is for example female
male.
OK.
We don't have third choice.
You can add description you can make it required or not.
And then other people come here they can select one of them.
OK let's go for the rest of them.
We have multiple choice.
You have checkbox.
We have no name.
All right.
Let's take someone at name to right.
So here we have name a last name.
But let's say you just want one of them.
I think I have seen the options here to remove the last name.
OK.
All right.
So when you put it on simple it would just bring the name.
So let's come back here and well here they have e-mail we use single
text you can just remove it and
use the sample that they have pooper you know.
In general there is no differences.
They just prepared preferences here.
And for example it is required already.
You don't need to do all this stuff anyway.
No slider and a check to see if that person is not a robot.
And then we have what it calls fancy fields.
So there are some other fields which you have to go on the programs for
example get the phone number
address date and time website you RL and so on.
You can get these if you go through the process.
But let's say that's enough.
And here if you pay attention on the left side we have different fields as
well.
We have set up which is the name of your form and let's say for
example
I'm just going to have this name of something newsletter.
All right.
Doesn't matter that much.
Then we have fields that we have settings here now in settings again
part of it as you can see it's
liked because we are using the words and now here we have general in
general we have the name.
You can write a description about it you can add a class to it.
Now here we have Submit button you can change that some submit
button into for example join us right.
And then.
All right you don't need to be worry about this.
Let let it be as they are then let's come to notifications so you can turn
on the notifications and
when people sign up your e-mail list you receive a notification that or
someone just subscribe to your
emails you have sent to the email address you can change this right
now it is sending to the admin mail
that I have created my wordpress website it then is the email subject
you can change these things just
for you it is just for yourself to understand what is what.
OK then confirmation.
So here is the confirmation message that subscribers will receive.
That's all right.
You have been subscribe to our newsletter or email list.
So this is a message you can direct them.
You can show them a page or redirect them to your URL after they sign
up.
But let's say on message here for example Thanks for contacting us.
We will be in touch with you shortly.
So this is for the time that when they want to contact you right.
They write you a text and they click on for example send and then there
they will see this message.
All right.
Again you can show.
Show them a page vendor.
They go to a page another page or another URL.
Anyway it doesn't matter.
So let's go to the next part which is.
All right let me just save it let's go to the next part marketing.
So here again if you want to do e-mail marketing you need to connected
with one of these platforms.
But sadly as you can see most of them are like because we are using
the free version and then we have
payments.
If you want to sell anything using these forums here you can use PayPal
or strike.
OK.
These are the two platforms that they have now WP forums is both for
selling is both for email marketing
selling your product or having a contact us page right.
Generally creating a forum.
But the other two LA Times I will talk about it.
It's more about e-mail and marketing.
Hey it doesn't have anything to do with for example Contact Us form like
this.
Right.
These are the some of the differences here anyway how we can show it.
So this form on our Web site.
So here's the embed code.
I'm just going to copy and paste it OK.
And I have to go back to say I have to go back to the WordPress
dashboard so here right now we have
a forum and let's open a new page and I'm gonna stay here.
Let's open a new page.
And here we have a front page right here it is our front page let's open it
and also sorry.
And also edited with element.
So we have the page open here and in a moment.
I have talked about this before I have shown you how you can do this.
Now in the video part.
But anyway it's the same thing.
So just import an Eskimo file here a simple element here and paste that
code right.
That's all you have to do and click on update
and then it is updated just refresh the page here.
So as you can see we have our form here.
You can change this stuff here.
We have the botanist join us.
You have the name.
We have the name and so on.
And let me just go back a little.
So let's say you want to make it look better.
Right.
So here we have one column.
Let's add another column maybe two columns OK maybe I mean maybe
three columns so we can put this one
in the middle.
All right.
And let's for example let's change some settings here.
Let's come to a style border and give a border radius 10 and a box
shadow and let's decrease this a
little bit and let's look at it.
Now let's see how it is
so as you can see very fast.
I have created something like this.
You can make some changes for example if you pay attention here in
the advanced path.
We have this one as maybe we can make it large.
And let me just save it and refresh here again and you see now it is full
size.
So you can do that.
That's do it for all of them and see how they will launch.
And this one as well.
Large and safe.
Let's come to this editor here and let's add some margin to this one
hundred.
And also to this column I'm going to add some padding to make it a little
bit better.
Updated let's take a look at what we have here.
So it looks nice all right.
It's very clean and very simple you can add four add elements and this
so you can capture e-mail leads
or whatever you want to do with it.
Now there is some there are some problems here.
For example how can you edit this button.
Hey.
Well you will change the text but very we can just change the way we
can change the color.
We can add the stylus.
That's the part that I mentioned.
It's a little bit tricky.
So here we are in the settings in the general.
And as you can see we changed the text for example.
Let me just add more to it.
Click here to download the free PDA.
OK.
For example save it.
And let's take a look at it.
Let's say here I have to refresh.
All right.
So we have this text.
Now the thing is that if you want to change it you have to give it CSF
class.
And you have to do that with codes.
Maybe when you go to the proverb then you have the ability to change
it.
I don't know I haven't used this plug in in the provision but crucially I'm
going to show you.
For example let's say
let's give it a name.
A class assesses class idea.
For example I'll turn to for example I write something so it doesn't mix
with the other stuff inside
the WordPress press that we have right now.
Button 22 right.
Make sure.
And then what you have to do is to go back to your Let's come here.
Go back to the dashboard.
And on their appearance let's go to customize.
Let me zoom in a little bit so you can see things better.
OK
all right.
So here we are and how we can change this.
You have to calm down and as you can see at the bottom of the this list
we have additional sources.
Now I'm going to write down dot and then paste the name that we
selected and then I'm going to open
and close it with this sign.
And now whatever I write here it will affect this bottom.
For example let's write down this write down for example black
background color.
Here it is background color.
I want it to be for example read write
and let's see if it's going to work.
It's not.
Let's find out why in important yeah.
Okay so there is a problem here.
I'm going to publish this and see what's the problem.
Let's refresh here.
All right we have the button 22.
We have the background color all right.
So I got why it's not working there isn't it.
Because when I change this I did save it.
Pay attention to these mistakes that usually happen and you don't know
why.
This is not working for example.
So I'm going to refresh this page again and this page again so here right
now we must see the background
of our background color of our button should be red.
Right.
As you can see here.
So let's change the color to white.
And again it's not working less important right.
So there was another code that was colliding with what we are writing
here.
And when we add important it will this one will overwrite that one.
Let's add border radius and let's write 10 Excel maybe.
Again we have to override it.
OK.
Let's do it more.
OK.
So as you can see this way you can change the design of button.
Let me go back.
This way we can change the design off the bottom.
But again I'm not a fan of this plugin but since maybe you are interested
and it may help you.
I talked about anyway.
So this is how it's going to look like in our first home page.
All right.
So in general that was all about this plug in as you saw it wasn't so
complicated.
It was easy to use and we didn't go through the rest of it because as you
can see it is light.
But anyway it's not so different.
It's more or less the same as what we had here on the next part.
We are going to take a look at this plug in.
I'm going to install it on this Web site and I'm going to teach you how you
can use it.
Now the thing is that the plug is cheaper.
You have to pay it only once and you can use it for the rest of your life
and benefit from the updates
also.
And my opinion that one is much better comparing to this one.
But this one also has some small advantages like connecting it to the
PayPal or receiving masses on
the Contact Us page and on.
Anyway that was all for this lecture.
If you have any question contact me if you want to try it test this play
with it and see how it is.
And I will see you in the next part.
92. Mailster
All right.
Welcome to the next part where we are going to talk about an amazing
and very interesting plug in sir.
So here we are in our documents.
Let me tell you one thing before we get there these plug ins that I'm
introducing to you I didn't get
any benefits from it.
It's an affiliate link.
You can go out there searches for yourself if you want to buy buy it.
So the main reason that I'm suggesting it to you is because I used it and
I find them very useful and
you all you can improve your business using this plug.
OK.
That's the main reason and I don't get any benefit from you buying or not
buying this plug.
All right.
So I wanted to make that clear.
All right here we are.
You can click on the button here.
It will jump to this plug ins page to where you can buy it.
As you can see it is 60 dollar right.
Yes.
Comparing to the previous plug in we talked about it is one time
payment and you can own it for the
rest of your life.
It's a very powerful plug in as you can see.
They had about 22000 saves on this plug in.
And you can do a lot of things.
It gives you an all takes.
It's very complete.
Now beside this plug in there are other platforms that you can use for
example like MailChimp or gets
response.
These are the plugins that I have talked about it before on those.
So get response you can use this plug ins to do e-mail marketing.
But the reason that I like this one the most is because you are in control
of everything.
You can change things on this one you don't need to pay to have
subscribers.
For example let's take a look at the pricing here.
So this is the pricing.
Well it starts from free version.
You can use it and you can do some e-mail marketing with it.
If you are at the beginning the platform is easy anyway.
If for example you select this one that is the standard version if you pay
attention it is starting
at fifteen dollars a month.
So let's calculate our price.
If you have 500 followers you have to pay them 15 dollars per month.
If you have 5000 you have to pay them seventy five dollar.
And if you have 100000 followers following I mean subscribers you have
to pay them five hundred dollars
per month which is too much.
But on this plug in you don't need to pay anything to have your
subscribers.
OK you don't need to pay anything.
The only thing that you have to pay for is to use for a server to send the
e-mails which later we'll
get to that.
All right.
So you can come here if you want to use this plugin you can buy it here
if you're interested.
So I have the plug in the file downloaded and I'm going to come to add
new plug ins here close this
and upload plug in and I'm gonna select it.
So I have the zip file and I'm gonna click on install.
All right so it is installed.
Now we have to activate the plug in and it will open another tab here in
this left menu in the moment.
So here it is our the new tab is newsletter so click on it.
And the thing is that the first thing we have to do is to add the purchase
code which right now because
I'm not gonna.
I'm using this plug in on one of my other websites.
I'm not going to add this the purchase code here because you can't you
can only add a purchase code
one time to a website.
So I'm not gonna do that.
But anyway we can still use it.
We cannot do e-mail marketing.
So here we have the first thing we have.
Let's just quickly take a look at what we have here.
And then we will get to each of them separately.
So the first part we have all of our campaigns.
The campaigns are the emails that you want to send to people.
Right.
We have a draft version of it.
It's not important let's just remove it.
Okay then on the next step we have new campaigns you can create
your e-mails here and send it to people
right in the next lecture.
We will talk about the campaigns and how you can use this page to
create your e-mails.
Then we have auto responders which you can create automated e-mails
auto responder e-mails that when
someone do something or subscribe to your email list to some specific
e-mail list they receive any image.
All right.
This is the part for your subscribers.
Then we have forums here you can create the forums that we learned
about it in the previous lecture
on WP forms here you can create the forums and it is a little bit more
advanced and to be honest I like
this one more.
Then we have lists now on lists you can have different kinds of lists that
people can join in for example
list of subscribers list of paid users lists of people who are interested in
this topic lists of people
who are interested in the second topic.
Right.
In the second product.
So this way you can separate the lists and put everybody the people
who are interested in each of them
and create forms for each of them.
OK.
You can create for example a forum for subscribers a forum for page
users a forum for people who are
interested in let's say cooking and put them in different lists and then
you can do send emails to each
of these this or all of them or people who are in this one but not in the
other.
Well we will get to that in a moment.
Another difference that it has with the other platforms for example on
MailChimp if you want to use
it for free you can only have one list.
But here while it's unlimited so many subscribers here if you have other
subscribers from other platform
you can import them or export them.
And the next part we have templates for your email marketing add ons
that you can connect it to other
platforms for example you can connect it to Amazon to send your to use
Amazon e-mail services simple
e-mail service which is very cheap.
I have the pricing open here as you can see Amazon.
Yes pricing you select your server vary your let's say where your
subscribers are located there more
you can selected and you can come down here as you can see for for
example you can pay 10 cents for
every 1000 e-mail you send 10 cents meaning if you send 100000
thousand emails you have to pay how much
ten dollar right.
Which is extremely cheap if you have one hundred thousand
subscribers with every promotional email that
you can send.
You can make something between want to 10 not 10 but something
between one to five thousand dollars
so paying ten dollar it's nothing.
That is why I like this plug in a lot you can do a lot of things like this with
it anyway.
The next page is the settings which will get to that in a moment in couple
of lectures.
All right.
So that was just the introduction to this plug in in the next part.
We are going to learn how we can create campaigns and send e-mails
to our subscribers.
So if you have any question or if you need my help contact me the
question and answer section if not
let's go for the next lecture.
93. Campaigns
All right.
So I hope you're excited.
Here we are going to in this lecture we are going to create a campaign
for our e-mail marketing are
going to learn everything about it.
Well I know these things and I'm excited.
I hope that you are excited too.
So here we are.
Click on the new campaign.
All right.
So here we are.
As you can see the first thing that we have here is the title of our
campaign.
And this is just for you to nerd to remember what this campaign was
about.
So I'm just gonna write down test and then we have subject.
This is the same subject.
Then you want to send an e-mail to a friend to select the subject.
You write something pretty Heather if you pay attention and you want to
send and when you receive emails
you you see a subject and in front of it you see another line of text.
OK.
This is the same thing.
You can write something here to make your e-mail more interesting or if
you don't write anything it
would take the first text from your email and put it here.
You have from name which you see.
All right.
I have received an e-mail for example from here.
Right.
And usually my suggestion to you is to make it to be more effective
make it more friendly.
Use first things for example.
Most companies do display that.
All right.
For example they write down Jim from Amazon right.
They write down Suzy from Apple.
They write it this way.
So first of all you know from where they are sending your message.
And also this is a little bit more friendly.
OK.
They will count on it more than they have from email.
The e-mail that you are going to send and reply e-mail the e-mail that
you want your subscriber to reply.
All right.
So here we have our template.
Let us zoom back a little because everything here is a little bit
compressed.
All right.
So it is this is how it looks.
And here on the right side against same element or that you had some
elements it is the same.
You can add and for example in through here write down your title write
down your text however you want
it.
There are other things here for example we have a separator which we
had it before in
let's say in element or here we can have a call to action by clicking on
the button itself.
The settings for it will appear.
So you can add the You are all that you want for example.
Here we have some new orals let's find our shop for example I want to
sell this product and I'm going
to add this here and I will write down D.J. I j I was more mobile 3 K and
you can edit it you can add
some icons to it if you want you can make it add I light icons or dark
icons.
It doesn't matter.
But anyway when you're done just click on save.
And as you can see it is changed.
If you want to make some changes by coding as you can see here we
have the code view.
You can come here and add whatever you want to add to it.
If you know what you are doing that can be helpful as well.
So again as you can see there are a lot of stuff here.
You can just go through them and take a look at what they have and use
it wherever you want them to.
All right.
So I removed most of them because it's not necessary.
So in general the first part was very easy.
All you have to do is to drag and drop and then edit them.
Right.
So on the left side we don't have any other thing on the right side.
Let's start from the top.
We have the version the version is that let me save it and show it to
what it is.
People can see your e-mail under there.
Right.
So this is the link of it people can come to this page and see what is
your e-mail about and click here.
But the thing is that you can protect this by a password one two three
four for example.
OK I'm going to update it and now not everybody can see the
Virgin until they write down the passport.
OK.
You can do this things if you like.
All right.
So you can also just turn it off.
Here we have send now and updates a song.
Then we have the delivery system.
You can send it right now or you can schedule it.
You can add it to auto responders which in the next part or let's talk
about it now.
OK.
So here is a delivery system.
I wanted to separate these two lectures but it will not be that much for
the next one.
So here we have auto responder.
You can send this auto responder.
Turn it on and say All right.
One minute after you see we have one minute.
OK you can do it one hour after users signed the user unsubscribe or
whatever happened.
OK.
Send this e-mail after this.
Right.
And this way you can create a lot of auto responders and make your
work very easy you just need to create
them once and then it will do the rest of the job itself.
Then we have receivers home to which list you want to send it since we
don't have any subscribers or
any list we don't.
We cannot select anything here as you can see we have some default
lists which is why I include one
user in it which is myself anyway you can edit it you can for example edit
on it if conditions you can
add condition and you can say All right send people who have this idea
or write or send people who have
signed up or you can also add another condition send it to people who
signed up on this date for example
or they have for example that has received the previous campaign.
All right.
So you can't play with these things to make it more effective.
Email marketing after that we have on the right side.
We have options and we do this ways that the movement you made my
video I mean so you can see things
better.
All right.
So on the right side here you have your options your images.
You can select the colors for example the background color if you want
to change that or you want it
to be why you can't change all of this.
For example here we have the text button background color which is all
right.
This is the background color of our button.
And if you want to change the color of the button.
Well they are all selected together.
And this thing will happen.
So usually it's better to select either you can change it with code which
is very simple let's do it
quickly.
OK.
I'm going to go to the codes here and they will.
This is our button.
It doesn't matter.
I think we are going to add this.
Here is the button right.
Let's just find the name.
What was our button called.
D.J. I was more mobile.
OK.
Where is it.
All right.
Here it is.
So we can add this here.
When I add to a space file is equal quotation color.
Two dots wide.
Let's see if it's going to work right.
You see it.
Very simple.
They're fast they change it so underwrite.
So what else do we have you have a featured image which is not
necessary and we can add and attachments.
Right.
Same as.
Normal images that you send.
You can add the attachment here you can send a fight for example to
people who subscribe to your e-mail
list.
You can.
They can receive this auto responder and a download for example a
PDA that you have promised them right.
So you bring myself back here.
So more or less that was all about campaigns.
If you have any questions you can contact me about it and let's see what
we have on the next part.
We are going to touch evolved forms.
All right.
This is also very interesting and I'm sure you're gonna like it.
So see on the next lecture.
94. Forms
All right.
So welcome to the next part where we are going to talk about forums
and learn how we can create different
kinds of forums on our mail list their plug.
So here we are in the forum section and as you can see we have the
name of.
We have to sample form prepared here.
What we're going to start from scratch and in front of it if you pay
attention there is a shortcut.
OK.
So let's click on add new and here we have to select the name for
example again use letter form and
on the right side.
As you can see I have created these two before.
So in a moment I will show you how you can create more fields.
OK.
If you remember in the WP forms plug in there we had a lot of elements
on the left side and you just
drag and drop it.
But here by default you have only first name and last name.
And if you want to have other tabs as well you have to created yourself.
But it is pretty easy.
I'm going to show you in a moment.
So the first thing that we have here is the e-mail tab and the subscribe
button.
OK I'm going to save this and I'm going to go back to the forms part.
Here is our newsletter and I'm going to copy this shortcut and I'm going
to come back to elementary
here into our e-mail side.
I'm sorry I made a mistake.
I copied it again.
Let's go back to the forms.
This is a shortcut copy and come here and paste it all right.
I'm going to updated and here I'm going to go back into the newsletter
and let's refresh this page and
see what we have.
So as you can see right now we just have an e-mail subscribe but if you
remember before we were creating
the landing page for Shopify we needed something like this.
We need a place to write e-mails and a button.
Right.
But here as you can see it is.
It was a piece of cake.
We created it in a couple of seconds.
Anyway you can change the text here if you want to.
And in forms we have three different types.
We have fields we have design and settings.
So let's learn more about fields right now.
We have e-mail we can add first name the same way.
And you can make it required or not and you can add an error message
if you want to it's optional.
For example e-mail is missing or on this one.
This is an example for e-mail.
So if I save this and refresh the main page we should see a name as
well.
OK.
First thing you see and now how we can I have other birth dates and
gender as well how we can add that
to if you pay attention on it.
It is written add more costs on fields on setting pace.
So let me zoom in a little.
I'm gonna click on setting pace here.
All right.
So here is the setting pace.
It will jump to the newsletter settings subscribers.
All right newsletter setting subscribers.
And it's become come down year this is the part that I have created.
Let me just remove these too.
And here you can click on add.
Now you should write the name let's say again gender.
Right.
And then it will select a tag for it.
You don't need to be sorry about that.
And then here for example for gender we need a drop down menu.
Right here we have different type.
We have text field takes area that they can write.
For example paragraph there a drop down menu.
Radio buttons and checkbox and date.
So job.
Menu.
And let's add fields.
Let's write down female.
OK and male.
Right.
So this is one of the tags and let's save it
and then you save.
Just go by here to your forms refresh your page here.
Now again here we have the gender.
All you have to do is to drag and drop it here.
And when you're done click on Save go back to your home page and
refresh your home page and you should
have the gender part as well.
So as you can see it looks really good.
It's very simple very understandable and easy to use.
So what you have to do now this is all about the first part which is about
fields.
Let's go to the second part which is about design.
Let's work on that.
So here I am a lot.
They compressed into one.
So here as you can see on the left side we see our form and on the right
side we have some settings
for color.
So the first cab is global.
Then we have button fields and inform us.
So let's take a look at global and global.
We have labeled color which is the color of these text.
If I change it to for example purple as you can see it is change that color.
So we have input tax which is the text inside it.
Then we have input background.
You can change that to whatever you want then we have input then we
have input focus color.
I'm going to show you what it is.
For example I'm going to select yellow right.
When you are on this tab it will show it this way this way.
Right.
So it is the color for the active field then the required Mark as you can
see here it is red.
You can change it to whatever you want.
So these are the global colors.
Let's take a look at the button colors.
So we have the background it can be purple.
For example we have the text color.
It can be for example white as it is right now.
Then we have hover color that can be for example purple but maybe a
little bit darker right.
So when we hover the most make it dark when we hover the mouse it
goes darker.
Right.
Then we have the hover text color.
And for our example we can keep it white.
It's working best.
Then we have fields so we can change the label to whatever you want.
And this is for each label separately.
You see this one.
Let me make it a color.
You see I'm editing just first name right.
So you can change each of these labels separately according to your
needs.
Then we have informed messages.
So on the right side you see we have this is a success message.
This is an error or message.
So you can change this.
You can change the.
For example text message background and you can change it to other
type of green.
And we have error message Color Error message back.
We can for example change it to another kind of red.
Right.
So this is off to you can edit them here and then let's say we want this
button to be around it.
What should we do about that on the right side.
See we have some tags and if you pay attention here we have submit
tag.
Just click on it and it will add the code.
All you have to do is to just add the code that will make this round right.
So lenders this tell so you see all right.
Border
border radius for example one hundred feet.
So these are rotate right or not.
OK.
Border dash radius one on the pick so important.
No.
OK.
I may write something wrong here so let's check it out.
Border.
Hey let's come here to see what is my mistake.
Border radius twenty five.
So let's copy and paste it here.
Is it here.
This
right.
So as you can see now it is working.
And I can increase that to for example 100 to make it as round as
possible.
All right.
So this is how you can edit them with codes as well you can change
some set settings as well.
And if you save it.
Let's zoom a little back and go to our home page refresh it.
All right.
As you can see now here is it.
It looks different.
All right.
So this was about the design part.
Let's get into the less tab which is the setting.
So here we have some settings about the form for example here we
have redirect after submit.
So when they submit this form they can we can redirect them to another
page.
Show them something that we want to and use this form as user profile.
If people want to sign up on your website you can use that list option.
All right.
So you can say all right people who sign up on this form I want them to
be added in to for example.
Let's quickly create.
We have to talk about in the next part anyway.
You create a list and here you can say add the people who sign up on
this form add them to for example
subscribers.
Add them to paid customers list.
Okay.
And the next part will create a list and you will learn how to do that.
Okay.
But anyway I'm going to select default here.
Here we have double opt in option.
And it is when they write down their email they have to go to their e-
mails and confirm their e-mail.
OK.
This way you can avoid getting a lot of fake e-mails and the spammers
inside your inside your email
list.
All right.
So this is a very good option.
I strongly suggest you to have it.
It happened for me a lot that I forgot to turn it on and I use it for example
and one day I received
1000 e-mail subscribers and all of them were fakes right.
So you can change the settings here please confirm that takes a subject
I saw on
redirect after confirmation you can send them to some specific page we
send the confirmation for example
if they forgot to confirm we can for example send another e-mail in two
days and remind them.
All right.
When you are done.
Just save your form is completely ready to use.
All right.
So on the next part we are going to talk about lists and learn more about
it how we can create them
and so on.
OK.
So if you have any question contact me if not let us go to create some
lists.
95. Lists
All right.
So welcome to the next part where we are going to talk about lists.
So here we are in the list section and click on add new managers
luminal to with.
So this is the name of your list.
Maybe we can say hey customers for example.
And you can write a description about it and then you're done.
Just click on Save.
All right.
So in general when you select your list each of your lists will give you
some analytics that according
to the e-mails you send them to campaigns you send them how it is
going on here.
If you go back in the list part we have a default list and we have a paid
customer.
Let's quickly go back to the farms and change that the form that we had
created for example this one
newsletter if we go to the last tab settings if we come down here the list
option.
OK.
Now here we have paid customers.
So if for example we can add these people who subscribe to this list into
two lists.
All right.
Or maybe one after.
So this way you can specifically say how or where you want to store
your subscribers.
Now this is really important.
For example on your Web site you can create different pages about
different products or different topics.
And at the top you can add a forum and people who are interested they
can sign sign up to your email
list and they can sign up to your email list.
And this way you know for example these 100 people are interested in
this topic.
For example I have seen a lot of websites out there that they have a
separate landing page for their
products.
And when you go there you say all right I want to buy this product or
they don't write by direct right
for example learn more.
You click on learn more than they ask for your email address.
OK right your e-mail address and on the next page after that then you
can buy the product but it doesn't
matter if you don't buy it.
They have your e-mail address and they know that you are interested in
this topic.
They will do e-mail marketing specifically for your interests.
And this way if you do the same thing with these strategies you can
convince people with a higher rate.
All right.
So I'm not going to take your time a lot about lists because so much
things to talk about it on the
next part.
We are going to talk about settings and some of the other policies which
remain.
And then that will be all for mail supply.
OK.
So that was all for this lecture.
If you have any questions contact me if not.
Let's go for the next one.
96. Setting SMTP
All right.
Welcome to the next lecture and The Last Lecture on MLS Sir Paul
again.
Let's come back here and on the left side.
We talked about a lot of things here after least we have many
subscribers which we talked about it before
we can import and export users and subscribers here then we have
templates you can click on More templates.
There are some default example and free versions that you can use
some of them are paid.
For example you can go through these plug these templates and if you
like some of them you can use it
for your business.
And I think some of them are paid.
Let me just take a look at it the first one was free.
These are paid.
You can buy it from this website again if it is connected to your website
the niche that you have maybe
it make your work a little bit easier.
All right.
But I usually don't do that.
I create and write my campaigns myself.
So that's why I'm not going to use templates.
Let's go to the settings so on settings the first thing that we have is
general the general information
about our plug in here.
Then we have templates we have front end for example.
If you paid attention under when you were on campaigns let me show
you your campaigns at the bottom
of the screen.
There was a.
Now if you pay attention here we have Facebook and Twitter the social
sharing buttons you can add more
to it if you want to.
Then we have privacy.
You can go through these settings here yourself and learn more about it.
But usually it's better not to touch them if you don't know what you are
doing here on the subscribers.
It's the same place that we added a new field for our forums.
We have WordPress users you can change.
For example you can sink your WordPress users with your subscribers.
So anyone who sign up your page on your Web site using the other
plugins like Ultimate members directly
will add them into your subscribers list as well.
OK.
These are good things.
Take settings all of the messages that exist in your email marketing you
can change them here tags.
You don't need to be worry about tags.
Then we have daily.
All right.
This is the part that we needed to talk about.
So on default.
Well it works OK.
You have send e-mail.
It will use your e-mail to send e-mails to your e-mail list but if you have
for example as you can see
it explained it here as well.
Use this option if you don't have access to it as empty server or any
other provided options.
OK.
So you can use it.
It's not perfect if you don't have a lot of subscribers.
It's OK.
Then we have SMP GP and have Gmail.
You can use e-mails as well.
But as you can see G.M. has a limit of 500 e-mails within 24 hours.
OK.
So you cannot use it for more e-mails.
It's going to take a long time to send it to them.
But here you have the SMP server.
You can add the information here and save changes and then it will be
connected to your servers.
You can just create your campaigns and then you're done click on send
and it will use that those servers
for example on Amazon.
It will use these servers and send the e-mails and your work will be
much easier.
And also this tweet is way way cheaper.
But one thing I should tell you about a double U.S. Amazon Web Service
it's a very very very complicated
platform.
When you come here for example on products you see they are they
have tons of stuff here.
So you don't need to learn about all of these.
You can just read more about it.
Yes.
Okay.
This is the simple e-mail service of Amazon.
And it will do the job for you.
You don't need to be worry about the rest of it.
But as you go forward try to read more about for example there are a lot
of good tools good elements
on this Web site that can help you.
They have a lot of servers.
They have a lot of storage.
For example you can use good storage is here.
Let's say for example you want to upload images on your Web site.
All right.
You can buy a very fast server on Amazon.
Upload your images here and use the links on your Web site.
This way you can improve the your website speed as well.
OK.
Or you can have your Web site here.
As I said in the first lecture of distinction but it is very complicated.
That's the big problem with this platform.
Okay.
It's very hard to understand.
You have to learn about it.
You have to read more about it to be able to use a W as the proper way.
But I think the S E S program is very easy to use.
Only if you want to use that.
Right.
So that was all about what we have here for May lesser under Settings
you can go down.
We have some information about balancing authentication advance and
so on.
You can go through them.
But in general that was all the things that we could talk about about mail
Easter as I said it's a very
great plug in one time payment and you can do whatever you want with
it without being worried.
All right.
I have 1000 subscribers now how much I have to pay.
So that was all for this lecture.
If you have any questions contact me if not on the next lecture we are
going to learn more about the
other plugins and tools which is very important and effective on our Web
site.
So see you on the next one.
97. Google Analytics
All right.
So welcome to the next lecture.
I'm so happy that you have came so far you have learned many things
and still you're learning.
So in this lecture we are going to talk about another plug in let's take a
look at it.
Here we are in the blogging section I am going to search for Monster
and sites.
I wrote it wrong.
Right here it is.
Came Google and I'll take dashboards master insights as you can see
over 2 million installation.
Now what this tool does it will connect your Web site to Google
Analytics.
So if you go on Google Analytics create an account.
It will give you a code.
Okay.
You can get that code.
Come here.
Put it inside the Google and I'll take.
Put it inside this plug in which we're going to learn more about right now.
Okay.
Then what will happen.
Google Analytics will start to track whatever is happening on your Web
site.
So let me just find it under.
All right.
Here it is.
Insights
and here we need to launch set up.
Let's click here.
So here they will help you to set up the plug in as my web sites are right
now connected to my google
analytics.
I cannot use it.
But anyway you can.
It's very easy you can just follow up the steps and me from here.
If you click save and continue it will jump into google analytics.
You have to create an account there.
And it's very simple when you create an icon table will give you a code.
It's a very short it's just a couple of letters.
All right.
And numbers come back here you put it here and then whatever is
happening on your Web site for example
if 10 people are watching your Web site right now in different pages you
can see that you can see how
many people have visited your website during the last week.
Okay.
Then the number increases or decreases why this happened.
All right.
It is extremely helpful to learn more about this to analyze what is
happening on your Web site because
when you do that if anything is going.
Anything bad is going to happen.
You will know before it happens.
OK.
If you have some problems right now on your website site this way you
can figure out the problems why
they are happening and then when you know why you can fix it.
All right.
So this is one of them.
The other useful plugins that I am using on my own Web sites and I
wanted to share it with you.
All right.
So you can follow up these steps and let me know if you face any
challenges or problem.
I will help you to fix that.
All right.
So that was all for this lecture.
Let's go for the next one.
98. SSL certificate
All right.
So in this lecture we are going to talk about SSL cert cape.
First of all let's learn more about what it is and why do we need it.
And then I will show you how we can get so SSL certificate is something
like a mini software or a code
that you will install on your Web site and it will encrypt everything and
make your website more secure.
OK.
From getting hacked or other problems other security problems SSL
certificate will help you.
And why do we need it.
Beside it will it will make your Web safer when you have SSL certificate.
Your website will rank higher in search engines.
It is more valuable to search engines so the thing is that if we come
here.
So this is the website that we have created.
For example in the past couple of lectures in this section on named
Chip.
And if I come to the visit site here as you can see at the top here it is
written not secure Cape because
I don't have any SSL certificate on this Web site right.
But on my own Web site we don't see not secure text here.
OK.
And we see this like here.
If I click on it as you can see it is the connection is secure.
OK.
And certificate is valid.
So my Web site has this as a certificate.
And usually in some other browsers you see that the links become
green or instead of a TTP you see a
TTP.
Yes.
Okay.
That's what happens when you have this assault certificate on your Web
site.
So if you search for SSL certificate there are many websites that
provides SSL certificates and depending
on the platform that you are using for example let's say if you are using
low cost OK I think they have
it.
If you are using for example named cheap when you want to buy your
for example domain or if you go to
the products that you own there is another option for Get your SSL
certificate you pay something annually
and you will have access to it.
It's cheap but it's extremely important.
So if you want to have a good website that is safe people can trust
because this is very effective.
Most people take a look at up there.
All right.
This Web site is not secure.
So maybe there is a problem maybe there is a virus on the okay.
They think these kinds of things and it will hurt your Web site.
And also you will ranked lower in the search engines.
OK.
Again we will talk more about it if you get to the section for SEO.
You will.
We will talk more about it so you can learn how you can get it.
All right.
So in any platform that you are using right now go there the name cheap
in any other platforms out there.
They have the option to give you to provide the SSL certificate.
Read more about it.
And it's easy when you get it.
It would be automatically installed on your Web site and you can enjoy it.
All right.
So that was also this lecture if you are ready.
Let's go for the next one.
99. What you will learn
Welcome to the next section which is about website optimization.
It is very important topic and very effective in marketing.
So during this lecture we are going to learn more about some
fundamental steps in Web site optimization.
And after that we are going to practice on different topic for different
Web sites.
We are going to spend time analyzing different Web sites finding their
mistakes.
And I will suggest to you how you can improve the website if for
example you as a digital marketer want
to work on that Web site.
All right.
So if you're ready for this section website optimization let's begin our first
lecture.
100. Website optimization fundamentals
So during this part we are going to take a look at some fundamental
steps about website optimization
but in general we will learn optimizing a website better on testing and
practicing with different websites.
So here I wrote down some tips that you have to pay attention about the
first page of every website.
And later on we will practice I have prepared some other Web here to
take a look and walk on.
All right.
So in general the web page especially the first page of every Web site
must be responsive meaning it
must work and look very good on desktop or laptop on tablet and on the
phone.
OK.
It is very important.
We will learn more about it as the practice in the examples that I put.
The next thing is that usually it is better to have a video at the top.
We talked about some of these strategies before we call this the L video
says letter.
So having a video right at the top.
Introducing the business and showing the reward to the customers will
be very helpful.
Which we will see how many people how many companies use these
strategies in their Web site.
So a video should explain exactly what the company does and what is
the reward for clients.
And it should be very short.
One two three minutes.
In general you can go higher depending.
You know these are not some golden rules OK.
These are some general structure but as you go forward according to
your topic you have to pay attention.
That's right in this topic maybe having three minutes of video is very
short.
Maybe you must have 30 minutes video.
OK.
That depend on the business and the topic.
But these are some general insight structures that will help you the next
one is having the call to
action right after the video ask people to buy or ask people to do
whatever you want to do for example
if it is a restaurant.
Ask people to make a reservation and so on.
Know what people want.
Why people come to your website what do they need.
Kate this is important.
Every web page on a Web site must have a goal and the person who
build a web page must always in every
step of the way.
Remember that the goal is this because most people they start to build a
web page and as they go forward
because for example it will take several hours to build a good web page
or maybe days.
And as they go forward they start to forget that the goal was to drive
people to that part.
Okay.
But I'm going down deeper deeper and deeper and I am doing other
things.
I am adding other call to actions to the bottom to the page.
OK.
So remember first of all what is the goal and why people are there.
OK.
This is a very basic step but most people miss it.
OK.
I will show you in a moment.
I open these web pages.
I made the research about it.
I wanted to people as some example for you.
I opened these different Web sites top Web sites on these topics on
restaurants and some other topics.
And you will see that they don't even know what is the goal of their web
page vi the customer visit
their Web site they add things that look crazy.
This is very basic but a lot of people miss it.
A lot of people don't know about it.
So your job here is to remove clicks OK.
Meaning that if for example most of people let's take their restaurant for
example let's say 80 percent
of the people who visit the Web site they come to make a reservation.
All right if they have to click on a button and then go to another page
and then go to another page
and then they make a reservation.
This is bad your job here to Rome is to remove all of these buttons and
bring the reservation right
in the front page.
OK the less clicks You have the more successful you would be in
marketing.
Why.
Because more clicks will push people not to continue.
Kay.
People want things easier faster.
Kay and clicking clicking clicking You may Sarah.
It's nothing.
People come and click on this button but in general psychologically it
has a bad effect on people right.
So keep that in your mind give something for free for email leads.
We talked about it in the e-mail marketing and says finance a lot.
So in any business if you want to capture email leads you should give
something for free.
It will help you a lot.
It should look like a funnel.
Asked people more in every step.
So if you want to direct people to a place and you want it to look like a
funnel.
Step by step every step you have to ask more from people so less
people get it.
OK I understand that you may think all right if we bring more people to
the last step it may sound better
but it is not because people who get through these funnels and get to
the last step they are perfectly
ready for to buy your product.
But if you don't do it if you make it very easy every step the same way it
won't work in this.
This last step is for funnels so maybe you don't have any funnel on your
front page or on your website.
So consider this if you want to create a funnel right.
So here are a web optimization mingle.
The main goal of optimizing a Web site is to make it more
understandable an answer to the primary needs
of the users.
Okay so it is very important that the Web site is understandable.
Now most people who are good at designing most designers web
designers they don't usually understand
this fact.
They look at the website as a piece of art okay.
But people who come and want to with it the website they don't care that
for example the color on the
right side and the color on the left side.
Derek good match or the design looks good.
Gay people who visit a restaurant website they want to make a
reservation or they want to know what
is the menu or they want to find the address.
They don't care if the design is this a style or a dating site.
But mostly designers because they don't know about marketing they
knowledge about user experience is
not enough they make a lot of mistakes like this.
And as we go forward I will show it to so in general that was all about
the fundamentals of the website
optimization and on the next part.
We are going to talk about travel agencies for example in Los Angeles.
I made a I just search and searched on google and opened the third
three websites and we are going to
talk about these Web sites.
I'm going to show you what are the mistakes and how they had to fit how
they have to fix it.
OK.
So this way you will understand better when we make an example than
we practice on an example.
And when you want to apply it for any other businesses that you want to
do marketing you will do a better
job.
And I suggest you to watch all of these lectures.
Even if the topic is different let's say you want to work or you want to do
marketing for cafes and
the next lecture is about travel agencies.
Take a look at OK.
You will learn a lot of new things.
All right.
So that was all about this lecture.
If you are ready let's go for the next one.
101. Travel agencies in Los Angeles
All right so we are going to have a lot of fun during the next couple of
lectures we are going to practice
a lot and learn a lot of new things the things that we are going to
practice.
Some of them I learned before when I was doing creating video games
on our U.S. I what I learned some
of them from Apple webinars.
They were very useful and in different walks in different projects.
I have used those information.
And right now I will pass on this information to you not only the ones that
I learned on creating video
games but also whatever I have learned on marketing.
So if you're ready let's start this lecture which is about travel agencies on
Los Angeles.
So the first question that we have to ask from ourselves why people go
to a travel agency Web site.
Why.
In general there are two main reasons.
One they want to take a flight.
OK.
Do they have a flight to this location at this time or not.
How much is the price.
And so on board they want.
They are looking for different offers and different maybe packages to
travel somewhere for vacation
for business and so on.
OK.
So these are the two main goal of a visit or going to a travel agency Web
site.
So I opened the first two Web sites here.
This is the first one happy tour tourist travel agency.
And this is the second one and this is the third one.
As you can see these are the top three in this list.
And for of course they're making good money but they are not some of
them.
They did an okay job but we are going to learn more about that.
So let's analyze the first website that we have here.
So the first thing that you see in this Web site.
It shows you a form which is good.
You can select various your origin point where is your destination.
Which date you want to do go.
And for example when you want to come back how many passengers.
So this is good.
This is what people are looking after.
They have on air they have hotel they have both or.
OK.
So this is very good.
But there are some weaknesses in this website as well.
So first of all we it is showing us different images on the background.
And it's an asset it is n a slider.
The woman in the background but it is not moving.
I don't know why they put it and it's not moving.
You have to click on this arrow and to see different images.
And while it is different images for different locations different cities.
But it is somehow distracting.
OK.
The main focus of the visitor must be on this list.
Right.
But if it was me designing this website I would remove this that would
remove this slide show and maybe
add a big title here with a subtitle and directly after that have this form.
OK.
Another thing is that I understand that in Los Angeles while the second
language is a Spanish but still
when you select English even though that I just clicked on English.
These are their packages and you see the name the title of their
packages.
And here also these are in Spanish.
OK.
So this is wrong.
If I'm a person who have absolutely zero idea about the Spanish when I
come here I don't understand
what this package is about.
OK.
For example I can open this one let's open the first one and see what we
will have on the next page.
So you see first of all this is very bad.
The text is completely on the same line with the border with the other
background which is very bad.
And there are some images while the text at least here the title for
example is in Spanish.
But the rest of the text is in English.
So it's somehow distracting and the offer is not very obvious.
It's hard to understand the silk they could bring some of the information
in the middle they instead
of putting images like this they can.
They could have a slide show here to put the images and show for
example where they want to take you
as an offer and so on.
OK.
Let's go to the for example to the contact page and Name Email Phone
topic messages et cetera.
It's more or less okay.
They could do a better job on designing but still it's not that bad.
And the other thing here is that I told you that every page must have one
single goal.
Okay so but here because this is the front page you usually can add
some mangoes and prime and secondary
goals but you shouldn't bring the same focus for all of them.
Okay.
Here we have what this form is one call to action at the top left side.
Here we have one call to action follows on these channels.
Then you have subscribe to our newsletter.
OK.
They should put a revolt here if it was me I would remove this one.
Come down here.
Put a big title.
For example if you want us to inform you about the cheapest packages
and cheapest packages to the for
example best cities in the world.
Click here to sign up and we will inform you will contact you.
Okay.
So they can at least offer something like this to push people give.
Give people a reason to for example sign up to your email list.
Okay.
If you just write down subscribe to our newsletter it's not gonna work.
You cannot for example I cannot come and tell you okay.
By this point I have to give you a reason by this poem because this pen
is amazing this pen is will
help you to have a better handwriting and so on.
Having a reason is much better.
So in general this website is not bad.
It's okay.
Right.
So it's almost respond to the two questions that I ask at the beginning
booking and checking flights
and also see different packages.
So let's go for the next one.
Let me close.
I will keep it on.
So this is the next phase I'm going to refresh the page to make sure
here there is no problem.
These are first cases.
So you come to this website.
Travel agencies in Los Angeles.
This is the second Web site and this the first thing that you see is a big
empty white space.
Why.
Well this is this is a mistake.
All right Dave Vegas.
And the thing is that let me show you inspect element.
Also we can check the previous Web site for to make sure it is
responsive.
So I'm going to click on this tab here first of all let me add it to for
example right side.
OK so this is the way we will see this Web site.
If we take a look at it from Galaxy S5 or from iPhone 6 we see
something like this from our iPhone if
we see something like this so they are losing it they could use this space
but instead of that they
decided to waste it.
All right.
So this is a big mistake.
Let's go to the serious Web site and see how it will look on mobile.
For example on iPhone X it's not bad.
You see the slide show.
Now it is above okay.
This is right before it was behind it.
Now it is above the four while being showing the slideshow above the
forum.
In general it is better not to put these two on over each other but I'm not
sure that this was their
goal to put them on each other or it happened by mistake.
It's more or less looks good on other platforms as well.
Other devices.
So it is good but here we have this problem.
So I'm going to close it.
This is the first problem.
The second problem varies the form.
Okay where is the form I want to check some flights.
There is none.
There is none here.
Right.
And also also I want to see the packages.
What are your packages here.
They wrote don't get the Internet lose.
Call airline B for your flight hotel packages or cruise.
All right.
So if I come here and I want to do something I have to contact you.
I cannot take it for myself.
And when you hover your mouse on this images you see movement.
There is a movement and usually these things happen.
You should use this kind of stuff for clip clickable and important elements
on the web page.
Okay.
For example you should if you want people mostly see this contact us
button you can use a movement.
Now let me make it more clear.
So let's say on your web page you have different elements but you want
people you want your users to
click on this button.
They use animations use movement on that button.
Okay because movements will grab more attention.
But here in this website they use movement on some use this stuff you
hover your most on this image
and the logo of their company their agency here.
It is so useless.
Right.
And on Andre what do we have here.
What do we do.
Okay.
They explain again they wrote down the same title customized multi
destination packages group travel
honeymoons.
So it is general okay there is more.
Okay.
So holiday and last minute travel destination weddings discounted
international business class airfare
so most of the work that they do is very common.
If you go to any flight agencies they have customized multi destination
packages.
They have group travel.
They have.
Well I think most of them have honeymoons.
OK.
So they are not doing something special here.
If you want to mention something you must speak about something
special.
OK.
And also people don't read these things OK.
People don't come to a travel agency website and read this stuff.
This is wrong.
So let's go for the next part.
And all right the next part who we are and they put seven images here
and they wrote down some biography
about the people who work for example born in southwest Germany and
lived in the United States since
1999.
So Duff The thing is that who cares.
Right.
Put yourself in the position of some person who want to come to it who
want to visit a travel agency
and is looking for flight or looking for travel packages and they come
here and they see who we are.
Who cares who you are.
No one cares who you are here.
Right.
People are looking for something else and you are delivering something
else.
These are the same.
These are the things that will hurt the business and people don't pay
attention.
People don't know about these things.
All right.
I want to talk about myself on the Web site on my Web site.
Okay but people don't care about who you are.
People care about what what's revealed.
You you're going to give them gay.
I had a psychologist mentor.
He always used to say that when you go to parties people come to
parties not to see you.
People come to parties to show themselves.
Right.
Because people everyone think about themselves first OK.
They don't.
For example I as a customer don't come to this website to know more
about who are the owners or who
are the people who work in this travel agency.
I come here from myself.
I want a flight right.
I want a travel package.
This is a big mistake.
Do not talk about who you are.
Right at me.
If it is connected if for example on some topic people want to know more
about who you are.
Then talk about it.
But if there is no question about it.
When people don't care why you should waste the space that you have.
Waste lose customers and talk about these kind of things.
I guarantee you no one but themselves read these things.
OK I guarantee.
And finally at the end they have a form that's there too.
You have to contact them.
So this is a very bad example for a travel agency.
And I'm not going to waste our time going through these posts because
here I just mentioned the mistakes.
Lot of mistakes that they make.
So also let me show you something.
I think I opened this somewhere around here.
Right.
You can go to Google and search for Web site.
And there are some Web site that according to the visitors that website
has they will put a value on
it.
So where is it.
Here it is.
Okay find this is for example this one.
Okay.
I use this one mostly because it gives the more accurate information.
So find your website value and let's just check how many visitors they
have.
Copy paste copy paste the URL here and it will take a couple of seconds
to analyze it.
Twenty nine visitors daily.
This is a big disaster for this company.
These are opportunities for you OK.
You can simply send messages to these companies and give them an
offer.
I'm gonna fix this for you.
I'm gonna bring this to for example 1000 visitors per day but I'm gonna
charge you for example two thousand
three thousand dollars per month and they will do it if you follow what we
have time till now to convince
them.
You can easily make money here.
Right.
So let's go for the last Web site for travel agency.
Okay.
So here we are again.
And this is a third page in this ranking.
And let's look at first of all.
The first big mistake is that everything is so compact and so pressed it is
very hard to understand
when you want to design a website.
You have to design it somehow to make me move my eye and followed
the way you want.
Okay here.
Everything is so compact I don't know which I should look first.
Hey here.
When you come you know that the first thing that you have to look is this
area at the middle.
Then you have to look at these because there are some empty spaces
some white space.
It is called white spaces.
I will talk more about it later.
White spaces are not useless.
These are spaces here are not useless.
Let me show here.
All day we use white spaces.
The best way possible.
So when you come here these there are a lot of empty places in the
Apple website but these are not useless.
They put these empty spaces here to grab your attention to the main
element here.
They want you when you come to this space.
They want you to see this not all hundreds of elements around it.
And look at the text it's so clear readable understandable call to actions
are learned more by their
very clear right you come down here a lot of empty spaces.
This is one package.
This is another package.
This is another thing.
Another thing you can easily understand if it is not the only compact part
is the last part which is
it's a menu.
Right.
But the rest of it it's completely fine.
It's perfect right.
If I were you I would visit Apple website more often to learn more from
them.
OK.
Let's come back here.
So this is the first mistake.
It's so compact second award winning travel advisors.
Who cares how many hours or what awards you want.
I am here to get answers for those two questions.
OK.
So I came here of the first one.
There is no place to book a flight or take a flight.
Here they put some business travel management and some packages.
Let me open one of them and see what we'll find inside.
So are they.
Okay read me customized travel solutions for how you do business.
Okay.
With our duty of care we have got your back covered.
So these titles I can say again they are useless.
So here they should write about the reeve art.
What I'm going to receive.
These are not clear how you got my back.
Okay.
How you're going to help me.
It's not clear.
Those are some random texts advanced travel technology in the palm of
your hand.
You don't have a form to check flights.
Right.
And you want and you are offering advanced travel technology.
So these are all they don't make sense.
Okay.
And here they have different topics and a forum here.
All right that's enough.
Let's go down.
We talked about general stuff.
And again they have a lot of call to action here.
They have search in the middle.
They have a logo in the left side.
Very big contrast.
And on the right.
So contact us.
And again above it a lot of call to actions.
This is right under its menu.
You see very it's a very crowded page.
So that was all for travel agencies.
And under next path we are going to talk about restaurants in New York.
And if you have any question regarding what we talked about during this
lecture write it down for me
contact me and I will be happy to help you to explain more give you
more information.
And if you think it is a little bit hard to understand the things that we
talked about I suggest you
to go back again and watch this lecture one more time.
OK because what you are going to learn during these couple of lectures
what we are going to practice
will help you a lot to be more successful in marketing and making good
money and convince people convince
companies that they have a horrible website.
Okay.
So that was all about this lecture.
And if you are ready let's go for the next one which is about restaurants
in New York.
102. Restaurants in New York
All right.
So during this part we are going to speak about restaurants.
So restaurants in New York.
Yes.
I went on Google and search for it.
And these are the result.
And I opened the first three page and pay attention.
These are expensive restaurants as you can see here.
And if you find problem with their Web site and if you can convince them
to sign a contract with you
you can make a lot of money because you can bring a lot of customers
for them.
All right.
So this is a first Web site.
Second one and the third one.
Right.
So this is the first one when we come here we see a slideshow with their
logo and a button to show us
the menu.
Now the thing is that this button is mostly used on mobile version.
OK.
And mobile and iPad and people usually don't expect to see a menu like
this on desktop or on laptop.
So this is important even though that their website looks nice and they
have good looking food but still
if it was me I would then use this icon here.
So why people let me change this not to dislike you so why people visit
a restaurant website and what
do they want in general.
First of all they may want to make a reservation.
They may want to know more about the menu that they have.
And this patient even that they have and their location their address.
These are the main three four things that people want to know more
about when they visit a restaurant
Web site.
OK.
So let's take a look and see what we can find here.
So first of all they have the phone and the address right at the bottom of
the page.
But it's it's so little that I noticed because I am going to analyze this
page.
Otherwise they put the menu right at the bottom.
I made this test before.
OK.
I one time I designed a website and I told myself because I have this
characteristic in me that everyone
who's come and tell me that the rule is to use the menu at the top.
OK.
When someone tell me something like this without any good reason and
if I think about it and if I don't
agree with that person I will try to do other ways.
OK.
So I have tests that to bring a menu to the bottom of the page.
But trust me it's not working.
Why.
It works on mobile.
The reason is because when people hold their phone at the bottom of
the screen on their mobile is more
closer today eyes today.
So they see things first there.
That's why if you pay attention on on Instagram the menu is at the
bottom.
But on Web sites on desktop and laptop they use the menu at the top
because the top part is more closer
to our eyes.
So let's look at it here.
Let's say that for example if you want a reservation you click on the
reservation and it will go to
the reservation part but if it was me I would put it right at the front page
Kate.
So there are some text about written here and it looks a little bit
complicated.
You have to go through these things you have to read them.
And for example check availability.
This is a call to action button which is not clear.
This must be with a different color standing out separate from all other
elements.
OK.
So this is one problem here.
But let's say OK let's go to the first part.
Whereas here this is the first one I'm going to scroll with my mouse
point.
I'm going to scroll down to get to the next steps.
OK.
Let's see.
Let's say I don't see this reservation button here because it is very small
they put it there like it's
that it's not valuable.
This is one of the main things.
If it wasn't I put a big right in the middle.
Anyway let me scroll down so I come down the next thing I see but you
see again.
They start to talk about themselves.
Nobody care when you open your restaurant.
Nobody care how hard it was for you to build a restaurant.
If I wanted it dinner here I want to know more about food.
I want to know more about what you are going to give me my regards.
All right.
So you come down again.
I'm not sure who this person is but it's about someone maybe the Perth
chef that person who the team
who built this restaurant and I'm just a scrolling down you see it's not
going down it's just going
right to show pictures which I cannot go there and even if I want to press
the middle point on my mouse
to go up and down I cannot.
I only have to scroll down scroll down down and it will go to the next.
OK.
They have a lot of titles here.
They go down down down down down you see.
And finally after a lot of scrolling I get the reservation path.
It's very complicated and very bad.
You see it looks nice but if you want to look at it from the assumes that
the user may ask regarding
their needs.
It's extremely bad right.
So no one read all of the information that they write here.
OK no one come here about books.
OK.
No one come here read maybe a small number of people but I told you
you have to ask yourself why people
come to our website why they come here to visit our Web site.
There are some primary needs.
OK if it was me I wouldn't do it this way because though in my opinion
they're losing customers this
way or they won't get any new customers from their website even
though that they're ranking first here
OK.
So let's go for the next one.
There is a practice that you can do when you want to look at the page
and understand and find out the
important things.
This Web site is designed ready.
And try to look at it and close your eyes.
Try to look at it.
Make your vision a little bit blurry.
OK look at it this way when you look at it this way the things that are
important will stand out.
OK.
So when you do your eyes like this.
Just pause the video and practice it with me when you close your eyes
more or less and try to blurry
make your vision blurry.
The main thing is that you see here is the title the name of the
restaurant at the top and the logo
here at the left side.
Which both of these are not the important things.
And the problem with this design is that there is no contrast here.
Everything is more or less the same gift certificates.
What is it about gift certificates for a restaurant.
Friday May 17 they put the date here which is not important press and
you see the font is various lame
it's same as this design in the background.
Everything is the same more or less.
And it is hard to find what is the main thing that you have to look here he
cannot find that out and
then you come down it's facts.
What what what is the facts here.
Is it important.
And I think it's about the restaurant opened in 2000 see everybody
everybody wants to talk about themselves.
This is a mistake.
When you talk about yourself not revived for your customer you are
going to lose customers.
So this is their logo.
Their address maybe here.
Right.
And if you want to hear you can click to take direction maybe and some
more information and so on.
OK.
So in general the the previous Web site at least it was more clean and a
little bit more understandable
but this one it's very hard to understand.
Okay.
You have to come here and the design of this Web site won't show you
where you must look.
You have to find it for yourself.
All right.
So let's go for the next one.
This is a third restaurant Web site on our list.
And when you come here first of all again this is a little bit complicated
and hard to figure out what
it is here.
What what is what.
And you see for example the font the lines here.
The distance between each line is so little.
This makes it hard to read.
These are the important things that you have to pay attention.
Do we have the you don't have here.
Let me show you the.
If you pay attention to the text here.
You see the difference between two lines.
Is it enough to make it first of all look nice and understandable readable.
Right.
But here is it.
Here we have the problem.
So you come here at the bottom you see make the reservation.
So it's not that bad.
At least they have the reservation right in the front page.
They have some images about their restaurant which the way that
they're presenting it.
It's not good.
Kay and these are some Instagram posts but again this is a little bit hard
to understand.
So if you want a location you have to click on location they have many
different locations.
So my suggestion is first of all again this is very compact in the middle.
They can use this space and they can make the reservation part more
separated so people can look at
it right at the beginning because when you come here at the beginning
first of all you see these images
and they have fading animation from this one this is going to that's one
so it will create that it will
make that problem.
It will grab our attention to the images but not the reservation.
OK so the address lets say I want to find the address in California.
OK.
And they have a lot.
You see when you click on it.
All right.
Here it brings the address but it also opened the menu.
So the menu probably is different from the places that they have
anyway.
It's somehow it is providing it is providing answers to the questions that
a person might ask when they
come here and we'll visit this Web site.
But it is the design of this Web site.
It is very old.
I think it was 10 years ago or 15 year more than that.
Yeah 15 18 years ago that the Web sites look something like this.
Okay.
It's not for today.
Right.
So more or less that was all about these three Web sites and let's let me
just for example check the
value of one of these Web site Web sites here.
So this was the first you see 300 almost 400 visitors daily.
It is not much.
It is very very low.
With walking on this Web site for a month you can easily bring it up to
1000 2000.
And after six months it easily gets to ten thousand or more.
OK.
And you will see how much value you can bring to this restaurant as
digital marketer.
All right.
So that was all about this.
This lecture and on the next part we are going to talk about dentists in
London.
We are going to take a look at the first three Web sites.
So again if you have any questions do not forget to write it for me.
And if you are ready for the next part then let's go for it.
103. Dentists in London
So welcome to the next lecture.
During this part.
We are going to talk and practice on dental clinics on their websites and
analyze what they have done
their case.
So these are the first three websites for dental clinics in London.
And let's take a look at them.
This is the first one.
This is the second one and the third one.
So what are the questions that customers may have when they visit a
dental clinic Web sites.
Now I'm not professional in dental marketing or restaurant marketing.
Okay.
It's my general experience and my vision my view as a customer.
OK.
So if you want to do marketing for a dental clinic you have to go deeper
and if you have to make connection
with the customers that they have and ask them gather information
make a research to find the exact
questions.
But in my view I think people visit dental clinics Web site to first of all
know what they do what are
the services and also what are the costs.
And if they can book online.
OK.
So for example I have a patient I want a checkup.
OK I want to check up where should I go to book online care or how I
should contact them.
Or for example I heard this clinic is good.
I want to know what they do what are the services that they provide.
So he come here you see this Web site.
First of all they are using the area the space that they have very bad.
They miss the first part.
Why they use they missing it.
They miss the second part.
Why is the space here.
Why it's not understandable.
Then they put a logo which you look at that it should work this way when
a person look at the logo they
must understand what this company is about.
So when you look at this logo you cannot understand.
It is about Dent.
It's about it's a dental clinic.
You cannot understand that.
You have to read it.
And here you see you must see dental.
And maybe after that you understand it.
So there is another test that when you visit a Web site on there to
maximum two seconds you must find
out what this website is about.
So when you look at here you see a logo.
Purple color and an image but the image here is not showing that it is a
dental clinic.
They could use other images for example a dentist working on a patient
in the in the room with the special
tools and they could use something like that.
So when I come here and when I see this Web site I understand that this
is about dental clinic.
OK.
So they don't have they have a call to action here click to book online.
But it is very hard to see a call to actions must stand out.
So let me click on this call to action and see where we go
okay.
It will take us to another Web site to look online.
And it is better to do this process inside their website.
But if they can't it is the minimum.
It's okay.
OK.
So let's go back here.
Their logo is there is a problem here.
Why.
There is a circle here why.
There is a line.
It's hard to understand.
Maybe it's the mirror or that dentist used to see inside the mouth maybe.
And here it is Mirror Mirror.
But it is very hard to understand this.
OK.
And a mirror that then dentists use.
It's not very famous and very familiar.
The main icon is teeth right.
So after that we have some more information in here.
Hello there we are family friendly private dental practice.
Establish in again they started talking about themselves.
Stop talking about yourself OK.
Talk about what you are going to provide.
So they have some services here.
But if it was me in sort of all these tapes and all these buttons so takes
dental implants then plan
and so on in sort of all of these put some are designed some icons for
example six seven icons here
that those icons shows or those images shows exactly what each topic
is about.
So let's click on orthodontics
so here you come.
They explained a little find out more.
And again they have the same menu and find out more.
It will go to another Web site.
Why.
Oh no it's maybe it's a PDA.
Right.
It's a PDA.
They have a PDA about a dentist but there is a price.
OK.
How long it will take for me to for example use the service.
Right.
It's hard to find these are some.
Some important stuff that you have to seat right at the beginning.
Let's go to fees
ver the fees private okay.
You see it's very hard to see these buttons OK because they are almost
faded.
Yes.
You more or less you think there are titles but they're call to action
private fee guide for example.
Again they take you to a PDA These are our problems.
OK.
Pay attention.
They put their prices here.
This is wrong but they're doing I think their best with the help of a person
who knows marketing.
They can make more money obviously.
So this is a second site confused about cosmetic dentistry options.
Take the tests here.
Well I'm not sure if it is helpful book online and they have their numbers.
When I click on book online to see what we will see here again click
here to book online one time you
have to click here book online second time book online.
This is the part that I mentioned before remove cliques.
Why I have to click two times till I get to the book online.
Why.
You can easily remove one of them.
And again I get to this Web site which is not showing a broken tooth so
they are not available at times.
Okay.
Anyway it's not usable so it is.
This is a problem.
Remove all of these if you can put the booking part right in the center of
the screen.
If not remove one of them.
They don't need this space book online go to the book online page.
That's all.
Let's get back to the main page and see what else they have.
They have a forum here if you want to contact them and there's another
thing.
Another thing here.
Dental excellence at competitive and transparent fixed pricing.
So using default a font like this it is what it is.
It's not good.
And they have to have a phone and email here.
So I'm going to go.
You see there is a problem.
You cannot come here and just combine different font size k.
This is problem.
You must have the knowledge of typography and funds and this way you
just make it more confusing and
complicated.
Why not just use one font right like it here.
You see they have one sound right.
Maximum two but it's understandable.
It's for example they don't write the first two words we ship with another
font and the rest of the
sentence with another font.
Even if you find different fonts here it's four separate locations.
Right.
And here but in these websites you see they have a big problem about
the funds.
And the next lecture we are going to talk about font and typography.
I'm going to give you a very powerful tips but do not you.
You make it simple.
You do not need to make it.
For example look very beautiful which is not so you ruin the website.
OK calm down.
They have some general information some logos and so on.
So in general though the call to action at least you see it somehow this
is the main thing.
And the rest of it finding the services do they have a place for services.
I didn't see it.
Maybe these are designer.
All right.
They are missing that.
OK.
This is the third one.
Extremely complicated.
So they have a logo here.
I think you already know it's OK you already know how bad this is.
Why so many elements so many things Kate tour to Simona Charles
book online.
Let's click on become line and
OK.
When is the time.
Maybe I want to see the time first for example.
It's not OK.
Anyway let's go back.
Lot of information.
I'm going to skip this part.
I don't like the look instead of showing him bad images.
At least show the bad image.
Good image for example before and after.
This way you can push people you can make what is this year.
So what Google has to do with they have earned a five a star Google
rating from most of our patients
for who you can show the testimonials.
Right.
You can put for example images of your users or people and for
example James said this about this Web
site about this business.
And look at here at the top they put five stars but the color of these
assaults is so bad it's hard
to understand.
Anyway moralists you know how.
What are the problems here.
So crowded no empty space.
It's not directing my eye to find that important stuff here.
Skype or ask a question and they have they have a lot of call to action a
lot of information they typography
is bad.
Okay.
On the next lecture we are going to talk about fonts and typography
because it is important and you
must know what it is.
All right.
So in general that was all about this lecture.
Again if you have any question or if it was complicated for you.
Go back again and review that lecture again and well that was all.
So if you are ready let's jump into the next one.
104. Typography & design
So the next important thing that we are going to talk about here is font
and typography.
Now this is very important.
And I suggest you to take some look at some videos to learn more about
it because it is important.
It will help you to understand how you can help a website.
How you can design a website to work better from a marketing
perspective.
So here I am on Google.
So what you can do.
Go.
So just on Google search for Google font OK.
The first link is some funds from Google.
They are free.
You can use them as much as you want and they're good.
OK.
So let me give you a tour about about funds.
So I'm going to unmask all of these so the monies space are these kind
of funds which like for example
typewriter all typewriter.
It's kind of a style.
I'm not going to suggest you to use them on a Web site.
So my suggestion for you is to forget it.
The next one is handwriting.
It's hard to read.
It's hard to understand.
It's not for a Web site.
So forget about it.
OK the next one is display.
Well some of them are readable but still I don't suggest it it's because
what.
Everything that make it harder to understand.
You should avoid for example maybe on some Web sites.
This font here look nice look beautiful but we don't need it to be beautiful
here.
We need it to be understandable.
We need it to do the job.
OK.
So forget about display as well.
So remains safe and sound safe.
So here my suggestion to you is always use sensitive funds.
Hey Roberto is a default funds for Google.
OK.
When you search on Google here.
All these funds they are a robot.
OK.
So you see it's readable.
Millions of people everyday searching Google.
They are comfortable with this fund.
Everything about it is clear so I suggest you to use robots.
There are some other funds like this one.
People use it a lot but in some places maybe on some for example
images maybe you can use it on some
let's say call to actions.
There is there are some other funds like Poppins.
This one also looks very good and readable.
I use it sometimes on slide show on some big titles.
I use Poppins.
Barlow is also another fund for the places that you don't have enough
space.
For example you can use this one.
You can use this one.
BARLOW It's compressed and also readable.
Right.
So the difference between serif and sensory is that series.
OK oh they don't have so well sorry fonts are the ones that have they
have a small handle on each letter
you see on T.
They have it on as they have it and they have it.
OK.
I'm not saying that they are not looking good.
They it is a little bit harder to read them.
Sensitive funds are much better.
And the story behind safe and sensitive is that these little handle I think
in Greek language it is
called Safe and sound.
Sense in that language means without.
So we'd handle or without handle OK then the meaning of these two
songs I suggest you to forget about
safe and just go for sensitive funds and what even if you want to
combine these two together somewhere
you must have the knowledge you must know how not always look nice
beautiful and understandable so if
you don't know about it just use sans serif fonts.
OK.
It's much easier.
And there is another thing that I want to share with you.
There is a guy if you go on YouTube this channel is great for type for
learning design and typography
and it's this guy.
He is very knowledgeable in this topic.
So we can learn a lot from this guy can come here and find the video
that he has about typography.
He also teaches other stuff like business but he's most successful both
from his time.
He's a skills that we have on design and typography.
Okay.
But I is trying to suggest for you to take a look at some of his videos on
design and typography for
example.
Let me just come down.
He has a lot of videos and he put a lot of livestream so
all right.
So we are right at the bottom and I'm going to just search for typo OK.
They found 18 type.
So here is one of them.
Let's go for the next.
The last one.
So for the second one the second one is this one typography video.
The next one is this one.
You can learn a lot in these videos some of them are short to 60 Minutes
video.
And let's go down for example this one you see it's explain what these
are.
And with the spending one or two hour you can learn a lot about
typography and it will help you a lot
in designing a website to make it more understandable.
And this way you can grow a business much faster from a marketing
perspective.
All right.
So in general that was all about fonts and typography.
And again I'm repeating myself spend some time on it with couple of
hours two three four hours spending
one day you can learn a lot of things from typography that will help you
in the future.
Again if you have any question don't forget to write it for me.
And if you're ready let's go for the next part.
105. VIP student’s Website analyze
All right.
So hey everyone during this part we are going to talk about a Web site
from one of my VIP students.
So this Web site is about social media marketing agency.
For those of you who are in the VIP group you already know about this
Web site.
He send it to me several days ago so I thought maybe it's a good idea to
talk about it to take a look
at it to find the places that he can improve and work on.
All right so that suits the screens here we are.
So one of the things that I wanted to pay attention here first of all
generally let's take a look at
it.
There are a lot of good points here.
A lot of
strength points I can say but I'm going to focus on the parts that are a
little bit weaker and by improving
them he can improve the website much better have a better influence on
the user.
So there is one thing.
Lets us start from the top here at the top.
We have the e-mail the phone number.
It's good.
On the right side we have the social media channels.
One thing you have to pay attention you have to change it is that the
font here I think you are using
the optimize template for wordpress which I suggested earlier in my
other course.
It's a good thing but the font that they use it's not so good.
So if you just go to the setting I think it's inside me card those option
then font change the general
fund to something like Roberto which is the default font for Google.
This problem will be solved and it will look much nicer.
And you see for example this zero the zeros here in this font the more
moralist they look like 0 instead
of 0.
Right.
So that would be much better here and under it.
We have the header which is more or less okay.
But in my opinion it's too thick.
Right.
You see the size here.
It's too much.
Let me show you.
I'm going to right click on the page and click on inspect.
So let me show you how you see when I select this i click on this icon
here and go over my element.
You see it is one of this.
It doesn't matter the height is one hundred eighty seven pixels.
It is is it is too much.
OK.
I will tell you why it is too much.
So let me just quickly show it to.
Right.
Where it.
Here.
So this is Google Analytics for one of my web sites.
So on Google and I'll take it will also tell you if you come on the
audience under technology browse
browser and OS if you click on it normally it is on Browse on browser.
It will tell you how many people use what different what browser.
But here it exists a screen resolution as well.
So if you click on it for example on my Web site you see one hundred
seventy people there using this
size.
OK.
And let's take a look at the website with this size which most people are
looking at my Web site.
So if we come back here and say OK well we are already on that
because I had a setup for example this
is on iPhone X and let me just quickly turn it off or is it OK.
This is a normal view and this is in that size which I just mentioned.
So take this off.
So you see almost we can say one for one third of the screen is the
header.
OK.
And this is too much you don't need this huge space for the header.
So what you can do first of all you can upload and I think this should be
probably a mistake because
if you just decrease the size of your logo the header will be decreased
as well.
So that would be solved by that.
Just pay attention to the size to the height of your logo and it will fix the
height of the header.
Another thing that I want to mention here is about the design of the logo
inside the.
As someone may call social media marketing agency course there is a
lecture that I talk about typography.
I'm not sure in which section it was.
And in that lecture I introduce a guy who is professional in designing
logos in.
He has a lot of videos free videos on YouTube that by just spending a
couple of hours you can learn
a lot.
So about this logo if I want to be honest.
First of all I can understand I look at it I can understand.
All right.
It's about digital marketing.
But I cannot understand about which niche it is.
All right.
So this is important first of all go very simple.
Much simpler than this.
Okay.
We can remove the things that are distracting go simple and
understandable.
And I mentioned this before I think run a test case design your logo or
hire someone to design it for
you then take that logo show it to me.
For example a 15 year old person around you or an older person like for
example 60 78 year old person
showed that logo to them and asked them right.
Can you understand what this company is about honor.
Okay.
If they understand it everybody can understand it.
So your work will get easier.
Right.
So simplify the logo as much as you can.
If you pay attention most companies they don't have a fancy logo.
They just select a good font and write the name of the.
That's one way but if you also add something to it that shows or right
what this company is about.
OK and just quickly looking at the screen and I see the logo and
immediately on I understand what this
company is about.
OK in this case it will help you a lot.
When the user understand what you are doing much faster.
It will help them to get to the point much faster and easier and maybe
get connected with you and song.
All right.
So this is a next thing that I wanted to it that I wanted you to pay
attention.
The other thing is that let's go in the normal mode.
Right.
So what I come here I see this now.
It's really good.
There is a text here.
Very big.
Understandable but still I think you can go.
You can make it simpler.
Right.
Have you ever wondered what what your business would look like with a
clear social media strategy.
That's good.
But still you can make it shorter the shorter the better.
OK.
Think about it you can remove a lot of several laws here.
Maybe the first part.
Have you ever wondered what your business would look like.
I don't know.
You can think about it but I think you can decrease it and bring it all into
two line maybe eight to
10 boards maximal.
Right this way it would get easier.
I also like this part giving you social media strategies that everyone
loves.
It's smaller at the top.
It's very good.
The arrow the call to action here is perfect.
Everyone come here and they see this first but there's one thing that I
would like to add here.
Try and make this a smaller one.
Everything will go down.
So for example let's say if you make this part the header smaller.
When we come here we see something like this for example.
So when you see something like this already you know that under it
there are more information.
So you can come down and see all right.
There are other things.
This is good.
Why I'm saying this because I see a lot of upside that when you come
it's a full page and that's all
they have a lot of other information down there but you see only this
part.
And there is no arrow here.
There is nothing you have to understand it yourself.
All right if I scrolled down I would see other things.
So this is from user experience.
You ex prospective that I'm telling you.
Always always try to design your piece somehow that a little part of the
next topic is visible on the
first vision of your website.
Right.
So come down other topics service that we provide.
It's.
It looks nicer.
It looks good.
Well social media you put an icon.
I think you can work on the social media icon much better.
It's look like windows right now.
But you can make it more understandable.
The Web site development is more or less the icon.
That's why I'm focusing on the icon because most people don't read
these things.
The data look at the icons for example.
This one is completely obvious that.
All right.
It's about search engine.
Right.
So the next part that I want to talk about who we are.
Now the thing that I mentioned before.
If you have seen the other section which is about website optimization I
talk about it a lot.
Most people who visit your website they don't care about who you are or
what your company is.
KAY HULL for example the company has started.
Who are the founders.
They don't care about the things they mostly care about.
What you can do for them.
So here.
If it was me I would put this but right at the end maybe here you can add
for example what we can do
for you or what we have done for other companies like you.
Right.
And there is a part again in one other section I talk about.
There's an element VSO video says later.
So we put the video right at the top here.
We have a title.
Then we have a video that explained exactly what this company is going
to do for me as a user.
Let me show you something click finals game search for a click funnels.
This is their website.
They are extremely a huge beast in this market in in selling in creating
powerful landing pages.
You come here you see first of all on the top they don't have a lot of
element.
They have only one well it's different because of what they are doing is
different but you can learn
a lot from this website.
You come here first of all you get inside the website.
A video starts playing so immediately if you want it or not you'll start to
see at least 10 20 30 seconds
of this video.
They have a call to action quickly create beautiful sales funnels that
convert your visitors into leads
and then customers right.
It's completely explained in couple of sentence couple of words what
they are going to do for me right.
And they also have another demo they have.
For example how much good their website the platform.
For other users like me for example five million funnels they have three.
Several days ago I think it was three point five.
Now it's two point seven two point seven billion process through the
website's right.
So again this is a good website you can learn a lot from it.
You see it's very clean a lot of empty white spaces.
That helped me understand what's going on here.
OK.
So let's go down.
These parts are good.
One thing I would suggest may be remove the borders here and let the
empty space these two empty space
collide with each other be one place.
This way it will be more understandable.
Also add more empty space between these elements for example
between this call to action to the next
part between these two lines.
Here is more or less OK you can add more right.
This empty space would give will make it easier to understand for your
user right.
So what our clients say it's very good.
You can put more and also you can for example this is the review that
one company while you one of your
client gave to you.
That's very good.
On data you can also show or you can check it with your client if they're
happy with it.
If they allow it you can write it down for example in three months for
example we increase the sales
by 10 person by five person by 20 person.
They also show under each review we can separate what we have done
for this company.
This is also very helpful.
So the next part is good.
It's about contacting you and the footer.
So let me show you one thing that I want to add to that has I think it's
important.
So when you come down you pay attention to the things that have
animation.
Jay you see the text are loading with fade animation.
Right.
This is good but I don't suggest it.
Why.
Because movement I always said that movement grab attention and you
don't want to grab the attention
of your user.
Fourth for everything or for the things that you don't need only grab the
attention for the important
stuff.
Again take a look at click funnels website.
There are beasts at it.
They are doing it perfect.
When you calm down you don't see a lot of things moving.
You see almost nothing is moving here right.
But I think in 3 4 years they they get to 100 million sales something like
that.
It's crazy I read about them read about.
Read more about the founders and they're doing amazing an amazing
job here so you can learn from these
websites to be able to create powerful landing pages.
In general what you have done here is amazing and I am so proud to
see you are doing a great job.
You're trying to build this agency pushing it forward.
I know it's tough because you have to try to spend a lot of time with life
beside it.
A lot of things out there.
I know how hard it can be but still it's perfect.
You just need to improve.
Couple of elements inside the cake.
So that was all for this video and I would love to help you with your
social media marketing agency
and I would be very happy to see you become successful at it.
So that was all CNN x1.
106. What you will learn
Welcome to the next section which is about search engine optimization
or a CEO.
So what we're going to learn in this course in this section we are going
to learn keyboard research
how to find the right keywords for your website so you can rank in better
SEO instructions that will
help you to be more successful in search engine optimization search
engines how to bring your website
in different search engines traffic driving traffic and also an advanced
ACL.
Now here we have two documents.
The first one the topic documents is for the first four section that we
have here and the issue advanced
is just for the advanced part.
So doing the first part we are going to learn more about the four first
section inside the first document.
And in this advance we are going to talk about some advanced stuff
which will help you to rank better
on search engine optimization.
So if you're ready and excited let's jump into our first lecture on SEO.
107. 3 major SEO steps
So what is CEO here.
This is my website.
I have created a page for you guys to have access to all the information
that you are going to talk
about in this course.
There are all the links that you need exists here all the tools all the
information.
And together we are going to take a look at these and go very deep in
them and practice and learn them.
All right.
So what is a seal a seal A stands for search engine optimization and it is
a process of getting traffic
from free organic editorial or natural search results on search engines.
First of all we have many different search engines.
The major ones are Google Bing and Yahoo.
And what we are trying to do.
We are trying to create our Web site create our web page in a way that's
rank higher in these search
engines.
All right.
So before we start our course here before we go very deep in each of
the steps that we need to talk
about here I have created a checklist at 21 a step as your checklist for
you so you can easily just
in this website come here come down and click on download as CEO
checklist and it will bring.
It will open a Google Sheet you have access to all the steps here.
These are 21 steps.
And after that we have.
I have created another thing that I suggest different tools different useful
tools for you that you
can come here.
The links are available and you can use them.
But first of all when you come here before doing anything because you
can not edit this one this Google
sheet you can just view them just come on file click and come down
here make a copy.
Ok.
Click on make a copy.
Change the name as you like.
And this is your copy and you can edit it any way you want it.
All right.
So we will get to this checklist.
You can just come here and downloaded from this web page that I have
created for you.
So in this course we are going to have three major steps.
The first one here is keyboard research.
All right.
As I said before ACL may look a bit confusing and may look a bit difficult
but it is not right.
Our first step is keyboard research then we are going to talk about build
building our web page with
ACL structures.
And finally we are going after different channels to drive traffic to our
Web page ACL only has these
three major steps and we are going to go through each of these and
practice them together.
All right.
So that was all for this lecture on the next part.
I want to introduce a very interesting and useful tool for you.
So let's go for the next one.
108. Keywords Conversion & Bounce
So Cuba deserves the first step which we have to talk about.
In Cuba the search is keyboard conversion and bounce rate.
So first of all keywords are the queries we search for in search engines
and there are two types.
So when you go to Google and you search for a phrase you search for
war.
You search for anything any queries that is called keyboard right.
And there are two types of them.
The first type is broad.
And the second type is like tail.
So let's talk about broad keyboards broad keyboards are usually include
one or two words and they have
a very huge search volume.
For example here we have wordpress template chocolate cake.
As you can see here or for example job these are all broad keyboards.
Let's take a look at their search volume.
When I say it is a very it is very huge.
So come here and we search for what was it the first one or press
template.
We change this.
So as you can see every month it has 60000 searches.
For example for job what can we find here.
Eight hundred thousand.
You see these are all broad keyboards and they are the thing here is
that broad keyboard has a huge
amount of bands rate and lower conversion.
So what is bounce rate.
First of all here I have put links you can just click on them and there are
more information about bounce
rate and conversion as you can see here.
But bounce rate let's say for example i i search for wordpress template
on Google and what I really
need is a war press template course a tutorial for me to learn how to use
lowercase templates.
Right.
So I come in Google as I search for wordpress template.
And the first page or the first couple of pages that I see here the links
there doesn't provide what
I really need.
So I go inside these pages for example.
This one is two thousand 18 news premium Walker team they're selling
for example wordpress themes.
I go inside it.
I see there's no tutorial.
There is no course there for me and this is not what I wanted.
So I come back.
Right.
This is called Bounce and to the number of these bounces on a Web site
and on that page it is called
Bounce rate.
Now the next term is conversion rate conversion rate means for example
I come and I find the links rightly
for me I go inside I see that.
All right.
There is a Vocus template course there.
And this is what I wanted and I buy the product.
I buy the course or I do what a whatever I have to do on that web page.
OK this way it is called me as a user.
I converted into the number of these converted users.
It is called conversion rate.
So in marketing the lower balance rate and the more conversion rate it
is much better.
So the next type of keyword was lying tail or not lying till keywords.
They have more or less usually between three to eight wards inside.
Now let's change the example which we had above to line.
Take for example wordpress template for online T-shirt store as you can
see it is very specific for
a specific situation for some exact number of people.
Let's say I want to start an online store and sell t shirt there I go to
Google and search for wordpress
template for online T-shirt store.
It is very exact.
The next one.
Chocolate cake.
How to make chocolate cake at home.
It is specific for a specific situation.
The next one job I'm looking for a job in New York.
So it will exactly show me the job requests on the on New York.
So this way I will get to what I want faster.
And for me as a user I will get converted much easier.
Right.
So the purpose here for us is to create to use a keyword in our web
pages which has lower bounce rate
and higher conversion rate which we have to use lying take Cuba.
All right.
So on the next part we are going to talk about different type of broad and
long tail keywords.
Let's go for the name.
109. The 2 Type of Keywords
So what are the different type of these keywords on broad keyboards.
We have only general type such as for example says this laptop.
London hotels exit et cetera.
Right.
But online tele keyboards.
We have three main type informational transitional and general right.
So let's look at the examples for informational we can use how to sell t
shirt online right.
So when we're talking about how to staff how to do this how to do that.
These are informational long tail keyboards.
Now transitional by a laptop in London by this or for example let's say
how much is the price of this
product.
When you're searching for these kind of keyboards we are talking about
transitional allowing tail keywords.
And then last one is General which is for example e-commerce
ecommerce WordPress Web site.
We are not talking about learning something or how to do do something
or we are not talking about buying
something.
Simply we are just looking for some type of information on different
websites.
All right.
So now these were the different type of broad and long tail keywords.
And now we have a pretty much good idea about keywords and from the
next picture we are going to start
creating our list of keywords so let's go for the next one.
110. Create The List
In this part we are going to start to create our keyword list.
All right so if you come to our FCO checklist here you will see that our
first step is create a keyword
list.
And here is the list of places that you can use to create this keyword list.
And together we are going to talk about each other.
Right.
So come here.
The first one.
The first is that the first place that we can use to find right keyboards
good ideas for our niche is
Wikipedia so we can go to Wikipedia.
For example you are.
You want to create a page about a specific topic that you are very good
at.
You know that topic very well and you want to write something about it.
You want to for example or you want to write something about it.
You want to sell a product there.
So you more or less you know in which area you want to create your
Web page.
You can come here you can go to for example wikipedia and search for
your terms.
Search for your niche there right here at this for this example.
You are going to go to wikipedia and search for for example digital
marketing right.
So I'm going to put the link here so you can have access to it easier.
Let me make this page a bit bigger so you can see this thing easier.
All right.
So here we are in Wikipedia and what you should do here what you
should look for are some highlighted
boards and just go through the first couple of lines and find the flaws
that are connected with your
business with your niche.
Right.
So here we come.
We can come down we see for example Internet display advertising.
We come down here.
We have search engine optimization search engine marketing content
marketing influencer marketing content
automation Data Driven Marketing e-commerce marketing.
And we can come.
There are a lot of things here.
For example social media marketing social media optimization.
And as you can see all of these awards are connected all of these terms
all of these keyboards are connected
to the main keyboard to the main topic that we have searched for.
Right.
So all you have to do is to just write all of these keywords in a text file.
And later we're going to go very deep in it.
And as you can see all of these keyboards are more or less broad
keyboards.
And what we have to do here is that just create our list store our
keyboards there and later step by
step convert some of these keyboards which are very good.
Which are better than the other ones for our for our web page.
Convert them from broad keyboard into a long tailed keeper.
All right.
So the first step was Wikipedia.
You can just come here and go through the information and find the
highlighted keyboards.
Let's go back here for example here as we can see you have 10
keyboards in this topic and let us go
for the next two legs we can use here to gather more information to get
more ideas about the keywords
that you want to work.
So the next two legs you are going to talk about is over suggest.
So here I have put the link for you.
Kansas open it and this is their Web site.
Here you can come down and Intel your keyboard.
You can select an area for it.
Let's search for United States and click on search and let's see what
information Hoover suggests is
going to give us first of all as you can see it is giving us some general
information that how much
search volume it has which is high forty thousand searches for this
keyboard every month.
The next one is as your difficulty is just forty nine and medium which is
telling us how hard or how
easy is that to rank in these broad keyword.
The next part is paid difficulty which is hard it is hard to make an ad and
become successful in this
keyboard ranking this keyboard.
The next one is CPC cost per click and it is almost 13 dollars and you
can see how high it is for one
single clique of user just come and see your ad in Google search and
click on it.
They will cost thirteen dollar in United States.
All right.
So you may go to let's see it together.
You may come to Google and search for this on marketing change this
to dot com USA for digital marketing.
As you can see the volume is much more just three hundred thousand
the cost per click is lower.
It is three dollar and the competition is zero point five.
You may say why.
The result here is different.
The result here is global.
But here in over such as we are seeing this result in United States.
And if I change this to some other country we are going to see a
different result.
All right.
And here you can see the search volume in different month of the year.
And if we come down here is the part that we are looking for.
Keyboard ideas.
We have digital marketing we have affiliate marketing social media
marketing human resources management.
Free market.
Free online course market research etc..
So here Uber such as is giving us additional information about this
keyboard and we can take a look
at their search their search volume and the cost per click and the paid
difficulty or SVOD difficulty
and select the ones write down the ones that is you you think you have
a better chance to rank.
For example for this one digital marketing the volume is high.
It is good but the cost per click it is so much if you don't want to use ads
so you can avoid looking
at cost per clicks.
But if you think maybe later you want to work on advertising on Google
just pay attention a little to
the numbers here and try not to select the ones that are very expensive.
Also pay difficulty is for the time that you want to create ads.
But here we have SEO difficulties.
So as you can see these two are much easier to rank in for example
free market and human resource management.
Maybe it is not connected to our topic.
Okay.
I'm not saying that exactly.
Just go for the easiest one and whatever it is the ranking is right.
Just select the ones that you think are much simpler much easier right.
So here at the left side there is a menu you can click on this third ones is
written.
Keyword ideas and as you can see it is giving us it is suggesting almost
800 keyboard ideas.
So we can come down and go through all of them.
Take a look at them for example.
Social marketing.
It is 4000 but the cost per click and the paid difficulties is high.
But the SEO difficulties is low it is for example how much it was it was
34.
It is easier to write.
I'm not saying it is very easy but it is easier comparing to the other ones.
For example this one is what is digital marketing is 18.
Can range in that easily.
Right.
So at the bottom of the page here you can come here and copy the
clipboard or export to CSB and you
don't need to just export all of these 800 just come from above and
select the ones that you really
want.
For example this one copywriting copyright free image for example you
may find this keyboard interesting
and connected to your needs.
Just come here and selected at the left side you see the boxes here.
For example in marketing let's come down B2B marketing.
I'm just selecting randomly but you have to go through them.
Take a look at the numbers and select the ones that are more connected
to a business all right.
Also at the top of the page as you can see there is a filter here.
If you turn it on you can add more filters.
For example how much should be the minimum or maximum search
volume.
How much should be the CPC and SEO difficulty et cetera.
And it will only show you.
For example let's say I don't want your difficulty more than 30 right.
And let's apply this and it will show me only the bonds that are lower
than 30 is still a difficulty.
So this way you can find the ones that you really need easier.
Also at the left side as you can see there are some other useful
information that later you can come
and go through them yourself for example.
Here we have content ideas.
Here we have several analysis we have overview here.
Top pages keywords again.
Right.
So you can come here.
Go through the additional information that exists here.
But we are not going to talk about over suggest anymore for our debt for
this a step that we have here.
That's all of it.
Also you may see cost per click CPC in a different way you may see
PPC or pay per click.
There are the similar thing.
One other thing that I didn't bring here I didn't bring keywords
everywhere here because we talked about
it before but right now we are going to go back to keyboards everywhere
extension and try to get more
try to extract more information from it.
All right so let's come to Google and we have search for digital
marketing before we have the search
to global search volume.
We have the global cost per click and the competition.
Now the competition usually shouldn't be more than zero point four or
tree K lower than zero point three.
You have a chance OK higher than zero point three.
It is getting for example between zero point three to zero point six.
It is harder and you have to work harder on that.
You have to bring a lot of traffic to a web page to get to to rank number
one on these terms.
These queries these keywords that have a competition up to zero point
six but after zero point six It
is very difficult.
So I'm not suggesting if it is this is new for you and you don't have a
website with a high traffic
don't go for higher the competition higher than zero point six.
Now on the right side here we have related keyboards not related
keyboards are the keyboards that include
the keyboard that we have written down with some additional words for
example the search for digital
marketing.
Here we have digital marketing courses on marketing definition is on
marketing examples et cetera.
You can export them to a CSC file and under it it is going to suggest a
similar keyboard.
All right.
It may not have the same exact keyboard we have search for inside
there right.
The first couple of months they have this on marketing course for
example but if you come down you may
see some ideas that they don't include digital marketing.
All right.
So this was how you can use keyboards everywhere to find more ideas
find more keyboards about your own
niche about your own business.
All right.
So what I want you to do here right now create a text file or a specified
just gather all of these keywords
that you think you have a chance to rank in just gather them all in one
sheet and keep them there.
So later we are going to go back and improve them select compare
some of them together the top wants
together and select the best one the only best one for our page.
So that was all on the next part.
We are going to talk about competitor keyboard sets.
So that was all for this part.
Let's go for the next six.
111. Competitor Keyword Research
So in this part we are going to talk about competitor keyword research.
Before that.
Let's go to our CEO checklist.
And here create a keyword at least if you have a start at that.
And if you did the same.
Just come here and market this company and on the next one here we
have competitor keyword search and
there are several tools here that they have mentioned this foo.
Similar verb and some other like Sam Rush and an expression.
So you can use all of these.
But here we are going to focus on O two or three of them only.
So the first one that we are going to take a look at these is five.
Now what these websites do.
So we will only paste the You are all of our competitors Web page or
Web site.
They will analyze it and they will tell us they will give us more information
about.
Now the thing here is that maybe you say all right.
In my own niche in my own business.
I have no idea who are my competitors.
OK.
So that simple whatever you are doing.
Come to Google search for it.
For example let's say I am creating a digital marketing course.
I will come here and I search for do some marketing course.
All right.
And I will come down.
I will.
For example I would take a look at the links here and I will open some of
them that I think they are
connected.
And for example here this website it is more or less connected to what I
am doing and they may consider
as a competitor for me.
So what can I do.
I can come here.
Click on this pie for open their web page and haste.
There you are all of my competitors are here and click on set.
So as you can see I have put the image here too.
They will search for it and they will give you some information.
For example there are a ranking for almost 14000 organic keyboards.
All right.
And three thousand.
Hey keyboard you can just go through this information and find the ones
that are interesting for you
but the ones that we are going to focus are one of them is the
competition here.
Organic competitor hate competitors from here you can find other
competitors in your own niche.
These are the competitors off the site that just face that you are oh so
this way you can search for
more Web sites and find more information both on organic companies or
and hate compete.
Now if you come down after all of these.
Here are the top keywords that these that this Web site is ranking.
This is the first one is organic.
And the second one is hey digital marketer here as you can see most of
them are these are marketing
the last one is a marketing consultant.
You can come here click on View all organic keyboards but it will not
show you it will show you only
the ones that were in the previous page and you have to like in and also
become a paid member.
So you can see all the information.
And if you think it worth it if you need these information if you need to
know on what keywords your
competitors are ranking exactly you can come here and join as a paid
member.
Right.
On the right side we can see for example marketing master online
marketing online course Internet marketing
Corp master certification in digital marketing some of them may give you
good idea.
That's right.
These are interesting for example for me certification in digital marketing
is interesting and maybe
I can use it on my own web page.
Right.
So you can come down.
There are more information here.
The organic rank at the organic ranking history as you can see how
much they have been ranking with
how with what search volume they can just go through the information.
There is one other important thing which later we are going to come
back here and talk about it is in
brown bag things.
Now you can see from all also it is not showing all of the information but
only the five ones you can
see from very near your competitor is bringing traffic to their website.
So for example here they are bringing 400000 organic fleet monthly
from only this block.
So let's open it and see what this blog is about
this information.
Very interesting.
Later in the third part which we have to bring traffic you can come here
and use this information.
So there is a block here and in this blog you can see the name is
mentioned this done marketing Institute.
So a lot of people will come to this blog and visit visited this flight.
And then they get to this part.
They will click on their website.
They will jump into for example my company's Web site.
And from there they are receiving four hundred thousand organic foods.
So this way you can find out exactly from where your competitors is
bringing traffic and if it is good
you can do the same.
Right.
So more or less that was all about spy food.
Let's close it and go for the next one.
Come down here.
Also here I have explained all of the things that that we have talked
about.
So the next to that you are going to talk about is similar.
So let's open up again.
Copy that you are all of our competitors Web site and here at the top left
side free report on any website
or app just click on it hates the URL and click on search
so it could give us some other information some additional information
as you can see.
Here we have the global rank of their website is one hundred thirty five
thousand country rank is ninety
nine thousand categories rank it's ten thousand and if you can come
down you can see their total disease
their total digit per month how much it is and average duration that
people spend on their website.
For example two minutes their bounce rate.
Do you remember that that we talked about balustrade.
We can see this Seventy two percent.
It's so high.
Seventy two percent is very high for a web.
And if you focus just on line 10 keyboards you can decrease these
numbers.
Right.
You can see on which countries they are ranking the most the United
States United Kingdom India Germany
Australia.
And you can again come down see their traffic source.
Seventy six percent of their traffic source is from search engines.
All right.
Seventeen percent from Detroit and the rest various mile number from
e-mails social referrals.
So you can see how valuable it is to rank in search engines.
All right.
Guess it every four hours from where they came and where did they go.
And their search.
Now this is the interesting part which we are looking for in there in the
search engines as you can
see 91 percent are searching for organic keywords.
And as you can see Digital Marketing Institute programmatic advertising
video marketing digital done
marketing cover letter digital marketing so there are a ranking for these
general but there are more
as you can see for example this one is a three person one person one
person one person one person.
So these are the paid ones.
We saw some other some of some other examples in the previous Web
site in this typhoon.
So again if you see any idea and you any new keyboards that you may
be interested in write them down
in your list too.
All right.
So you can come down again find out more holiday are bringing traffic
from their social from which channels
are bringing traffic from Facebook LinkedIn Twitter and et cetera.
They are.
This is about their advertising which they're not doing so much here.
Only zero point five percent and their website content.
So which pages have the most traffic this way.
Also you can find out for example on your competitors website.
People of value which pays the most maybe they have a blog or maybe
they have some.
They have created a web page that people like the most and they visited
visit there the most so you
can find it out and learn more about it.
Maybe apply the same thing on your own Web site.
Right.
So more or less these were general information that you can get from
seeing a lot of that.
As I said in our checklist here we have other Web sites too that you can
use if you're interested.
For example Summers is very popular mixing is also popular.
You can come here use them.
I have put the links here as you can see here are similar wish me
strength mixed rank and et cetera.
You can come here just open them and use those tools too.
So let's come here and take this step as complete.
So that was all about this lecture and then the next part we are going to
talk about keyboard planet.
So let's go for the next.
Assignment: Share the list
30 minutes to complete17 student solutions
Welcome to our first assignment on SEO tutorial. In this part we are
going to create your keyword list and improve it together.